THE FIVE YEAR PLAN FOR

SOCIAL WELFARE DEVELOPMENT

IN HONG KONG-REVIEW 1998 CONTENTS

Page

Chapter 1 : Introduction 1

Chapter 2 : General Philosophy and Strategies 3

Chapter 3 : Major Developments in 1995/96 - 1997/98 9

Chapter 4 : Family and Child Welfare Services 25

Chapter 5 : Services for Children and Youth 47

Chapter 6 : Services for the Elderly 59

Chapter 7 : Services for Offenders 75

Chapter 8 : Rehabilitation Services 90

Chapter 9 : Community Development 110

Chapter 10 : Social Security 117

Chapter 11 : Support Services 130 LIST OF APPENDICES

Page

3.1 Expenditure of Subvented Sector from 1993-94 to 1997-98 147

3.2 Social Welfare Subventions 148 Actual Expenditure 1993 - 94 to 1997 - 98

4.1 Family & Child Welfare Services 149 Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.1998

4.2 Distribution of Medical Social Services Units under SWD 171 (as at 31.3.1998)

4.3 Family & Child Welfare Services 175 Staffing Standards

5.1 Services for Children and Youth 177 Resources have been allocated to the following new projects through reprovisioning of existing centres from 1995/96 to 1997/98

5.2 List of Integrated Teams (IT) as at 31.3.1998 178

5.3 List of Community Support Service Scheme Projects 180

5.4 Non-governmental Organizations Providing School Social 181 Work Service in Secondary Schools with Social Welfare Subvention (as at 31.3.1998)

5.5 Outreaching Social Work 182 Distribution of Provision as at 31.3.1998

5.6 Projection of Uniformed Organizations (1998-2002) 184

5.7 Services for Children and Youth 185 Staffing Standards

6.1 Multi-service Centres for the Elderly 187 (as at 31.3.1998) Page

6.2 Day Care Centres for the Elderly 189 (as at 31.3.1998)

6.3 Social Centres for the Elderly 191 (Government and Subvented) (as at 31.3.1998)

Social Centres for the Elderly (Non-subvented) 203 (as at 31.3.1998)

6.4 Residential Services for the Elderly 204 (Government and Subvented Homes) (as at 31.3.1998)

Residential Services for the Elderly 212 (Self-financing Homes) (as at 31.3.1998)

6.5 Services for the Elderly 215 Staffing Standards

6.6 Services for the Elderly 221 Planned Provision for 1998/99

6.7 Services for the Elderly 223 Planned Provision for 1999/2000

8.1 Planned Rehabilitation Services (1998/99) 226

9.1 Community Development 228 Staffing Standards

9.2 Community Development 229 Standard Schedule of Accommodation for District Community Centres, Area Community Centres and Neighbourhood Community Centres

9.3 Criteria for Selecting Priority Area for Neighbourhood Level 231 Community Development Project

9.4 Community Development 232 Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.1998 Neighbourhood Level Community Development Projects Page

9.5 Community Development 239 Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.1998 Community Centre Facilities

10.1 Eligibility Criteria of the Social Security Schemes 243

10.2 The Level of Assistance of the Various Social Security 249 Schemes and the Standards Under Which They Are Operated

10.3 Major Special Grants Payable to Recipients under the 256 Comprehensive Social Security Assistance Scheme

10.4 Emergency Relief Fund 260 Chapter 1103 of The Laws of Hong Kong Payment of Grants

11.1 Existing Services on 262 Modified Standard Cost Subvention

11.2 Subventions for Recurrent Expenditure by Programme Areas, 263 1995/96 and 1997/98

11.3 Lotteries Fund Allocations by Programme Areas, 1995/96 and 264 1997/98

11.4 Projections for Degree Graduates 265 (Extracted from Social Welfare Manpower Planning System Report No. 10)

11.5 Projections for Diploma Graduates 266 (Extracted from Social Welfare Manpower Planning System Report No. 10)

11.6 Research Studies Completed from 1995/96 to 1997/98 and 267 Data Systems Developed/Maintained in 1997/98 CHAPTER 1

INTRODUCTION

The policies and objectives governing the provision and further development of social welfare and rehabilitation services in Hong Kong are laid down mainly in the White Paper “Social Welfare into the 1990s and Beyond” (1991) and the “White Paper on Rehabilitation” (1995). Responsibility for co-ordinating the implementation and delivery of social welfare services rests with the Social Welfare Department. Policy co-ordination towards the achievement of the White Paper objectives is primarily the responsibility of the Health and Welfare Bureau of the Government Secretariat. Other bureaux and departments responsible for related areas include the Home Affairs Bureau (for community development), the Security Bureau (for services for ex-drug addicts and ex-prisoners), and the Education and Manpower Bureau (special education, pre-primary education, retirement schemes etc.). Progress towards attaining the White Paper planning targets is monitored through the reviews of the Five Year Plan for Social Welfare Development and relevant committees and working groups.

2. The Five Year Plan for Social Welfare Development was first published in 1973 following the publication of the White Paper “Social Welfare in Hong Kong: The Way Ahead” in the same year. It is essentially a working document for implementation. It shows the extent to which the White Paper policy objectives relating to the various services have been achieved and sets specific targets for further expansion within the policy framework. The agreed plan provides a basis for estimating the financial implication of social welfare development and a source of data for the Government’ s Resource Allocation Exercise.

3. The Five Year Plan is reviewed periodically by the Social Welfare Department in conjunction with the Hong Kong Council of Social Service under the auspices of the Social Welfare Advisory Committee. From 1973 to 1985, the Plan was reviewed annually. Starting from 1985, the reviews have been a biennial exercise. This not only allows reasonable time for work between reviews but also enables greater in- depth examination of issues. Mid-term meetings are held in the years where there is no formal review to monitor progress.

4. The regular review mechanism serves to assess the extent to which services are effectively meeting the respective policy objectives, monitor the progress of the implementation of agreed plans for service development, determine specific targets of expansion for each service over a five-year period, and identify possible areas for change and improving the effectiveness of the service. - 2 -

1997 and 1998 Review

5. As in previous years, the 1997 Review was conducted by the Social Welfare Department, in conjunction with the Hong Kong Council of Social Service and its member agencies through a series of Review Committee Meetings, in which the concerned policy bureaux were represented. The major biennial review was completed in early 1997. The updated Hong Kong Population Projections 1997-2016 was released in mid-1997. In order to adopt the latest population figures for the projections of demand for population-based services, it was agreed that the 1997 review exercise be extended to include the mini-review in 1998. The majority of the activities or projects carried out by welfare agencies which come under the current and planned provisions of the individual programmes in this Review are subventable. However, some projects may not yet have funding provision or specific financial approval.

6. The revised chapters of the Review, with the exception of Chapter 8 on Rehabilitation Services, were subsequently endorsed by the Social Welfare Advisory Committee. The role of monitoring and guiding the development of rehabilitation services has, since 1977, rested with the Rehabilitation Advisory Committee (formerly known as the Rehabilitation Development Co-ordinating Committee) whose responsibilities include overseeing regular reviews of the Rehabilitation Programme Plan which was introduced in 1977. The current Rehabilitation Programme Plan review has commenced in January 1998 and a series of meetings have been held to study and review the provision and demand of various rehabilitation services. The chapter on rehabilitation services is based on the White Paper on Rehabilitation published in June 1995 and the Rehabilitation Programme Plan (1994/95 - 1998/99). - 3 -

CHAPTER 2

GENERAL PHILOSOPHY AND STRATEGIES

This chapter sets out the general philosophy of social welfare as promulgated in the White Paper “Social Welfare into the 1990s and Beyond” (1991) and the strategies to be adopted in the development of social welfare services. How these concepts and strategies are being operationalized will be elaborated as appropriate in the subsequent chapters on respective services.

General Philosophy

2. Social welfare in Hong Kong is based on the premise that society has an obligation to assist its members to overcome personal and social problems, and to fulfil their role in life to the optimum extent in accordance with the particular social and cultural circumstances of their society. In particular, it recognizes a responsibility to help its disadvantaged members to attain an acceptable standard of living. The extent to which society can meet its obligations and the way in which it does so depends very much on its system of values and the resources available.

3. The means by which the above obligations are discharged is mainly through the provision of social welfare services. In a wider context, social services include social welfare, medical and health services, education, housing and other services which contribute to the well-being of individuals, families and the society in which they live. The development of social services such as health services, education and housing will have implications for social welfare, and vice versa.

4. Social welfare embraces laws, programmes, benefits and services which address social needs accepted as essential to the well-being of a society. It focuses on personal and social problems, both existing and potential. It also plays an important developmental role by providing an organized system of services and institutions which are designed to aid individuals and groups to achieve satisfying roles in life and personal relationships which permit them to develop their full capacities and to promote their well-being in harmony with the needs and aspirations of their families and the community.

5. Social welfare services should not be regarded as some form of charity but should be made available to all those who need them. - 4 -

Social Welfare in Hong Kong

6. The welfare programmes of Hong Kong have been designed and developed with cognizance of the innate local values of concern for the family, commitment to self-improvement, self-reliance, mutual support and generosity, reluctance to be dependent upon ‘ welfare’ , high respect for social order and a combination of ingenuity and resourcefulness.

7. The development of social welfare services in Hong Kong is also guided by the principle of care in the community, which enables service recipients to stay as members of the community as long as possible by means of family care and community support services, both formal and informal. Supporting the family unit, social networking, involving the users of services and the community and mobilizing volunteer services are strategies adopted to promote the principle.

8. Over the past decade, social welfare services in Hong Kong have developed significantly both in scope and quality. Apart from the presence of a safety-net for the needy and disadvantaged, there is a wide spectrum of preventive, developmental, supportive and remedial services for the vulnerable and those who require assistance. Moreover, welfare services in Hong Kong are kept under review to ensure that they are adjusted and refined to meet the changing needs and evolving aspirations of the community.

9. Many groups contribute towards the provision of social welfare services in Hong Kong, such as Government, welfare organizations, traditional charitable bodies, religious groups, clansmen associations, employers, etc. But the main providers are the Social Welfare Department and the social welfare agencies. The Social Welfare Department’ s responsibilities focus on social security and statutory services. It is also responsible for the provision of recurrent subventions, service evaluation and overall planning, development and co-ordination of services. Furthermore, through its recommendations, Lotteries Fund can be tapped to meet capital expenses of welfare projects as well as operating costs for the implementation of new initiatives on a time- limited and pilot basis. The non-governmental social welfare agencies provide a full spectrum of services ranging from child care to rehabilitation. Both the Government and non-governmental organizations (NGOs) recognize the importance of experimenting with new services and approaches, which could be implemented by both sectors with new or re-deployed resources.

Strategies for Development

10. The following paragraphs set out the major principles adopted in the planning and delivery of welfare services in Hong Kong. - 5 -

Supporting the Family Unit

11. The family is an important component of the community. It is the fundamental source in providing care, mutual support and emotional security to its members. It has a particularly important and indispensable role in caring for weaker members like the young, the sick, the elderly and people with a disability. Rapid social changes and increased mobility of people between territories have imposed great impact on the family functioning as a unit and resulted in an increasing number of single-parent and split families. It is essential for social welfare services to enable individuals and family members to prevent personal and family problems and deal with them when they arise. The objective is to preserve and strengthen the family rather than to replace it, and enhance its functioning as a coherent unit in providing support and care to its members. The carers of more vulnerable members will need support themselves in discharging the carer’ s role. The roles and interests of the individuals and the family should complement each other in bringing greater fulfilment to all.

12. Societal support through a comprehensive network of social welfare assistance and services is developed to meet the needs and address the problems of all types of families, in the form of a three-pronged strategy of prevention, supporting the family and helping families in trouble. The concept of preserving, strengthening and supporting the integrity and functioning of the family is one of the basic considerations in formulating policy and planning the provision of services. The family perspective is taken into account by the Government when developing other public policies that have implications for the family as a unit and a resource. Measures adopted to achieve this objective can be found in the relevant chapters of this Review.

Social Networks

13. Social networks refer to the network of informal care and support provided by families, friends, neighbours and interested individuals, which complement the more formal social welfare services in helping those who are in need. Social networks, together with the more formal services, aim at encouraging greater self- reliance and helping individuals to achieve maximum independence and maintain control over their own lives.

14. Social networks are built upon links between people. They may be formed by social welfare clientele sharing the same problems or needs, their families, friends, neighbours or interested individuals. Some may have the support of welfare organizations, religious bodies, mutual aid committees, etc. The most common forms of social networks in Hong Kong are support groups, mutual help/self help groups and volunteer services.

15. The future development of social networks would focus on the strengthening of existing networks and facilities, as well as support services, and encouraging the building up of new networks. Some social networks may need support, - 6 - concrete help, guidance and training to function effectively. New social networks can be promoted through systematic community education, publicity and active facilitation by Government and NGOs. Agencies could be encouraged to support self-help alongside with their formal services.

Integration in Service Delivery

16. An integrated approach of service delivery will help address the difficulties created by the compartmentalization of clients’ needs and the fragmentation of service provision. This is also expected to allow those in need to have more convenient access to a wide range of services and provide for more flexible and cost- effective use of available resources. With the increasing complexity of community needs and problems, multi-disciplinary collaboration is of utmost importance. The Department will take an active role in working together and coordinating with relevant parties, as appropriate, in dealing with community needs and problems.

17. Integration of services can be applied at different levels in different forms - such as integration of different services which supplement or complement one another through better co-ordination or through physically co-locating the services together, or integration through providing a range of services by a single agency, etc. The way and extent services can be integrated depend on a number of factors and constraints, such as composition of the population of a district, the needs of the target groups in the community, the availability of resources like premises and expertise, and the disposition of the agencies involved, etc. These factors and constraints will render the adoption of a standard model of integrated service delivery difficult and impractical. Integration in service delivery should therefore be applied with flexibility as appropriate. Different models can be experimented to gauge their effectiveness. In this regard, NGOs are encouraged to initiate and try out the integrated approach with resources available. To facilitate implementation of the integrated approach, Social Welfare Department would, as far as possible, try to co-locate the services required for an area under planning within the same building and allocate the services to one single agency to operate. Consideration would also be given to allowing greater flexibility in the use of subvention on individual case merits to facilitate implementation.

More Flexible and Innovative Approaches

18. In response to the changing needs of the community, great emphasis is accorded to more flexible and innovative approaches in the design and delivery of welfare programmes and services. Such flexibility will ensure that resources are utilized cost-effectively and that the growing expectation of the community on the provision of social welfare services, both in quantity and quality, can be met.

19. New initiatives will continue to be encouraged and supported, and these can in many instances be implemented by a re-focusing of service contents, or attempting an alternative mode of operations, and do not, therefore, necessarily involve - 7 - additional funding or manpower. There are pilot projects specially funded as experiments. These will be closely monitored and assessed.

Public Education and Publicity

20. Public education and publicity are essential tools to promote public awareness and acceptance of welfare services, to encourage their contribution to social welfare, to provide information on available services to people in need, and to help prevent the occurrence of social problems. Public education is important to instil proper concepts and social attitudes such as the role of men and women, responsible adulthood and parenthood, protection of children, equal rights for people with a disability, positive perception of ageing, civic-mindedness and community concern. Such attitudes contribute to the well-being of society. Emphasis should continue to be placed on public education which can be promoted in schools, through the media, family life education and other social welfare programmes.

Community Involvement and Volunteer Services

21. Apart from formal welfare organizations, the community at large also plays an important part in the delivery of welfare services. Community involvement can take different forms and approaches, e.g. expression of service needs and expectations, advocation, providing a network of community resources in formal and informal care, financial contributions to service provision, etc. A more direct form is services provided by volunteers as individuals or in groups.

22. Volunteer service is an expression of concern and involvement in the well-being of society. The development of volunteer services is an investment in human resources for enhancing individual development and building up a caring community. The use of volunteers will continue to be promoted and supported in various service settings. The government, in collaboration with the welfare sector, will continue to encourage and develop volunteers of all ages to serve the community. More publicity and training are necessary to this end.

Continuous Service Improvement

23. The subvention system has been criticized for years as being complex, focusing on input and denying NGOs much flexibility in how they manage their resources. The Social Welfare Department appointed Consultants in March 1995 to conduct a review of the existing system with the objectives of enhancing the flexibility in the use of resources under the current system, developing agreed service quality standards for performance assessment and service improvements, and shifting the focus of monitoring from subvention ‘ input’ control to performance ‘ output’ control for more efficient and customer focused services. The Review of the Social Welfare Subvention System is now in its final phase. Subject to the broad agreement with the NGO sector, - 8 - the Department plans to implement the recommendations of the Review, by phases, starting from the second half of 1998/99.

Self Supporting Services

24. Some welfare services can be operated on a self-supporting basis. Such provision can help in meeting demand more efficiently, and offering greater choice for consumers who can afford to pay for the services beyond the basic level. Examples of self-supporting services can be found in homes for the elderly. There is scope for the expansion of self-supporting facilities and for applying this concept to other service areas, such as rehabilitation. Encouragement will continue to be given to NGOs in the provision of self-supporting social welfare services. Assistance is offered by Government through giving advice on planning, assistance and support in the procurement of land/premises, refund of rent/rates and short-term funding support in eligible cases, etc. Government also liaises with the operating agencies whenever necessary to safeguard the interest of service consumers.

Participation by Employers

25. With an increasing awareness of the role of social welfare in society, there will be a growing demand from the community for a wide range of social welfare services and for services of increasingly high standards. Various sectors are encouraged to contribute to meeting this demand. Employers have been involved increasingly in recent years in providing welfare-type benefits and amenities to their employees, such as employee assistance programmes. Greater involvement of employers not only contributes towards community welfare programme, but is also an effective measure to attain higher staff morale and efficiency and lower wastage.

26. Various schemes are emerging, ranging from employee assistance programmes which provide personal counselling, home care services and preparation for retirement to provision of child care centres. Government will continue to encourage more participation by employers and provide support and assistance wherever necessary. Promotion of the idea can be achieved through wider publicity.

Operationalizing Strategies

27. Examples of how the afore-mentioned strategies are operationalized can be found in the following chapters on various services. The development of various different strategies is expected to help encourage self-reliance and allow more choice for service users, and enable social needs to be met through quality welfare services. - 9 -

CHAPTER 3

MAJOR DEVELOPMENTS IN 1995/96 - 1997/98

The White Paper “Social Welfare into the 1990s and Beyond” published in March 1991 sets out Government’ s policy and strategies for the future development of social welfare services in Hong Kong. The 1998 Review saw many achievements in the development of policies and services over the past seven years since the publication of the White Paper.

2. During 1995/96 - 1997/98, there were significant developments in service provision. These included not only increase in supply, but also improvements in service delivery, the establishment of new services and the experimentation of new approaches. More notable is the setting up of an integrated centre in Tung Chung, Lantau, which places under the administration of the same agency and pooling of the resources for services of a day nursery, a children and youth centre, a social centre for the elderly, a home help team and family casework to cater to the multi-faceted needs of the local residents. There were also major improvements in the social security schemes to provide better services to customers. In particular, subsequent to a comprehensive review of the Comprehensive Social Security Assistance (CSSA) Scheme completed in 1996, the standard rates for various categories of recipients were improved by 9% - 57% on 1 April 1996. Arising from the same review, a new scheme was implemented in April 1997 whereby elderly CSSA recipients who meet the prescribed criteria are allowed to continue to receive their monthly standard rate payment and annual long- term supplement should they choose to take up permanent residence in Guangdong.

3. The following is a list of developments/achievements in these three years under the various service programmes :

Family and Child Welfare

- 215 additional family caseworkers.

- 27 additional small group homes.

- 40 additional foster care places.

- 26 additional home help teams.

- 2 additional urban hostels for single persons, i.e. bedspace lodgers, street sleepers, etc. - 10 -

- 2,173 additional places in day nurseries for children aged 2-6.

- 94 additional occasional child care units for children aged under 6.

- 17 additional clinical psychologists.

- 14 additional family aides.

- 8 additional family life education workers.

- 3 additional Family Activity and Resource Centres run by non-governmental organizations.

- 18 additional child protection workers.

- 56 additional medical social workers.

- With the joint efforts of non-governmental organizations (NGOs), Social Welfare Department (SWD) and the education sector, new directions and a series of recommendations to enhance the service provided in child care centres and kindergartens were formulated in the Report of the Re-constituted Working Party on Kindergarten Education in December 1995. A number of these recommendations have since been carried out, which included introducing the same qualification requirements and a harmonized set of salary scale for child care and kindergarten staff, implementing a new curriculum guide applicable to both child care centres and kindergartens, and strengthening child care training courses both in content and duration.

- A computerized central referral system for residential child care services operated by the SWD was set up in May 1995. It aims at streamlining referral procedures, maximizing the use of available resources, identifying and establishing service demand and providing information for planning purposes. The system was reviewed in 1997 and improvement measures, including extending the system to cover foster care service and children’ s reception centres, and revising the Manual of Procedures, would be implemented by October 1998.

- The amended Criminal Procedure Ordinance, Cap. 221 was implemented in February 1996 to enable vulnerable witnesses including abused children to testify through a live television link system and give evidence by video recorded interview to reduce trauma during court proceedings. In such regard, a Child Protection Special Investigation Team was set up jointly by SWD and Police to conduct joint investigation and video recorded interviews. The amended - 11 -

legislation also included a provision for a support person to accompany child witnesses while giving evidence in court through live television link system.

- A Witness Support Programme has been launched since November 1996 to provide support persons to accompany child witnesses in giving evidence in court through the live television link system. A group of volunteers and staff of the SWD are available to be called upon as Support Persons for vulnerable witnesses. The programme aims to help child witnesses reduce their fear and anxiety when giving evidence in court.

- District Committee on Child Abuse has been set up in all 13 SWD Districts in 1996 to co-ordinate multi-disciplinary efforts, provide a local network for the handling of child abuse problems, and enhance public education on prevention of the problem at a district level.

- Territory-wide public education and publicity campaigns on prevention of child abuse including child sexual abuse were launched with joint efforts from concerned government departments and NGOs from 1995/96 to 1997/98. A series of programmes were implemented to (i) arouse public awareness of the child abuse problem and encourage early reporting of suspected child abuse cases, (ii) teach young children to protect themselves against child sexual abuse, (iii) advise parents and carers on ways to identify and handle child sexual abuse problems, and (iv) promote public concern and responsibility on prevention of child abuse.

- Taking into account the new investigation procedures and collaboration from multi-disciplinary professional, the Procedures for Handling Child Sexual Abuse Cases were put into operation in March 1996 to streamline the handling approach and collaborative efforts in tackling child sexual abuse.

- New legal provisions have been implemented under the Child Care Services Ordinance to exempt mutual help child care centres from registration under the Ordinance subject to their meeting certain basic requirements, to prohibit unsuitable persons from acting as childminders, and to improve the quality of service provided in child care centres since 30 September 1997.

- A review on provision of day creche places was carried out in 1996 and the target provision of the service was revised taking into account the demand and utilization. At the same time, a series of improvement measures were formulated after consultation with NGOs to tackle the problem of declining enrolment. These measures include revising individual creche capacity or reprovisioning them where there were service needs, and developing a new mode of operation, the nursery-cum-creche centres, in order to meet changing service needs with greater flexibility. - 12 -

- In order to strengthen co-ordination and co-operation among concerned government departments and NGOs in handling and combating the problem of battered spouse, a Working Group on Battered Spouses was formed in April 1995. A set of multi-disciplinary procedural guidelines on the handling of battered spouse cases was introduced in early 1996. The Working Group has also launched publicity activities to educate the public on the destructive forces of family violence and to encourage families at risk to seek early professional advice through the production of Television Announcement of Public Interest (TVAPI), Radio Announcement of Public Interest (Radio API), and posters. A Central Information System to collect data on battered spouse cases handled by government departments, the Hospital Authority and NGOs was also set up in April 1997.

- In order to provide services to the vulnerable people such as the elderly, street sleepers etc. during cold spells, the operation hours of the Departmental Hotline Service has been extended to 24 hours with a back up team of social workers to deliver outreaching service when the temperature drops to 12 °C with an expected few degrees lower in the New Territories. From December 1996 to March 1998, the Departmental Hotline Service operated on 24-hour basis during 10 cold spells. In response to the calls, social workers reached out to the callers to render services to the cases requiring immediate attention and services such as distribution and provision of blankets, food and clothing, escort service to hospital or cold shelter, and financial assistance were provided to those in need.

- Additional temporary shelters for street sleepers were established, bringing the total to five shelters and two day relief centres.

- To expedite the integration of the new arrivals into the community, the department has secured additional resources in providing various welfare services through government subvention and other charitable funds and private donations. The department has also assisted the International Social Service - Hong Kong Branch (ISS-HK) to expand its post-migration services. These include counselling, Cantonese and English classes, orientation and social group programmes for new arrivals. With funding support from the government, the ISS-HK has been provided with a total of four additional Welfare Workers, produced a video to publicize welfare services available for new arrivals, and conducted a research into specific needs of new arrivals and how they are adjusting to Hong Kong life.

Community Development

- In accordance with the decision of the Executive Council at its meeting held on 5 December 1995, an independent review team chaired by Prof. Lieh-Mak had been formed in January 1997 to review the two pilot Neighbourhood Level - 13 -

Community Development Projects in old urban areas (Mong Kok South and Nam Cheong) to determine whether the service would need to be extended to other old urban areas. The review group has completed the tasks and submitted its report to the Secretary for Home Affairs in January 1998. The findings and recommendations are now being considered by the Administration.

Children and Youth

- Pursuant to the proposals put forward at the Governor’ s Summit Meetings on Drugs, two teams of social workers were set up in October 1995 and October 1996 respectively to help at-risk youth who have occasionally abused substances.

- Pursuant to the recommendation of the Report on Review of Children and Youth Centre Services, 20 integrated teams were established by 1997/98 by pooling the existing resources of children and youth services.

- To implement the recommendation of the Report on Review of Children and Youth Centre Services, two experimental Community Support Service Scheme projects for youth at risk have been established since 1994 to help them re- integrate into society. These projects are operated on a permanent basis starting from 1998/99.

- 14 new children and youth centres funded from resources redeployed from existing centres in less needy areas were established.

- 58 additional school social worker posts were created.

- Three additional outreaching social work teams were established.

- SWD started to subvent a youth hotline in August 1995 to tackle youth suicide and help young people at risk.

- The Working Group on Services for Youth at Risk has examined the issues of teenage suicide, illicit use of drugs among young people, teenage sexuality, runaway youths and juvenile gangs.

- Pursuant to the recommendation of the Co-ordinating Committee for the Welfare of Children and Youth at Risk, a Task Group on Modernization of Children and Youth Centres was set up in October 1995 which completed a review in early 1997 on the modernisation of children and youth centres so as to attract more target users to participate in the activities organized by the centres.

- Two projects under the Community Service Support Scheme operated by NGOs for those children and youth cautioned under the Police Superintendent - 14 -

Discretion Scheme started to operate as a pilot project in late 1994. These projects will be subvented on a permanent basis starting from October 1998.

- The City University of Hong Kong had completed a 2-year evaluation on the refocusing of children and youth centre services, the setting up of integrated teams and the effectiveness of the Community Support Service Scheme in early 1997. The study confirmed that refocusing of children and youth centre services should be the right direction and also recommended the formation of more integrated teams and the extension of the Community Support Service Scheme to cover all the districts in the territory.

Offenders

- The Community Support Service Scheme of the Department for offenders started to operate since December 1994, serving young offenders under probation order or community service order through intensive therapeutic groups and structured programmes. Resources have been secured for the pilot scheme to run on a permanent basis in 1998/99.

- The Post-Release Supervision of Prisoners Ordinance was gazetted on 30 November 1996, and the Scheme started operation in December 1996. The Scheme aims at assisting certain categories of discharged prisoners, as specified in the Ordinance, to rehabilitate and reintegrate into society, and at protecting the public through reducing recidivism of discharged prisoners. Staff from the Correctional Services Department and the SWD jointly provide statutory supervision to discharged prisoners on whom supervision orders under the Scheme are imposed.

- The Community Service Orders, now available to all Magistracies will be extended to High Courts in May 1998.

- The Report of the "Research on the Effectiveness of Rehabilitation Programmes for Young Offenders" commissioned by the City University of Hong Kong under the auspices of the Fight Crime Committee's Standing Committee on Young Offenders was published in August 1997. In response, the Department has drawn up an action plan to follow up the recommendations of the research, which cover educational and pre-vocational training in correctional homes, service for families of young offenders, community re-integration, probation service, Community Service Order and Community Support Service Scheme.

Elderly - 47 additional independent social centres for the elderly.

- Six additional day care centres for the elderly. - 15 -

- Five additional multi-service centres for the elderly.

- 366 additional home for the aged places.

- 1,966 additional care-and-attention home places.

- 500 additional bought places in private residential care homes for the elderly.

- The number of companies/organizations participating in the Senior Citizen Card Scheme as well as the number of elderly persons applying for the cards have been increasing. At the end of March 1998, there was a total of 806 companies/organizations/government departments (with 3,006 units/outlets) and 375 medical units (with 456 branches) participating in the Scheme. Over 542,000 Senior Citizen Cards were issued.

- The Licensing Office of Residential Care Homes for the Elderly (LORCHE) was set up to enforce the Residential Care Homes (Elderly Persons) Ordinance (Chapter 459) which came into operation on 1.4.1995 except section 6. The full implementation of the Ordinance was effected on 1.6.1996. Licences and certificates of exemption are issued to residential care homes for the elderly and regular inspections to these homes are being carried out by inspectors of LORCHE to ensure that they comply with the requirements of the legislation.

- Recommendations of the Working Group on Care for the Elderly announced in August 1994 have been fully implemented. Highlights in community support services are : open membership in social centres for the elderly, provision of an additional van, an additional driver and driver allowance for each day care centre for the elderly, raising of enrolment rate of day care centres for the elderly to 110% and extension of the experimental period of the Volunteer Workers Programme and Older Volunteers Programme. Highlights in residential care services are : 300 hostel places were converted into home for the aged or care- and-attention places, setting up of the Elderly Services Deveoplment Fund, provision of 1,190 health worker training places, introduction of infirmary care supplement, establishment of the Residential Care Services Delivery System for the Elderly which came into full operation in early 1998, the Social Welfare Department had taken over operation and subvention management of nursing homes and introduction of the Financial Assistance Scheme for self-financing and private residential care homes.

- Two other major recommendations of the Working Group on Care for the Elderly have been implemented. Firstly, planning ratios for care-and-attention places, home for the aged places, social centres, multi-service centres and day care centres have been revised and promulgated in the Hong Kong Planning Standards and Guidelines. Secondly, the consultancy study undertaken by - 16 -

Deloitte and Touche Consulting Group in May 1996 to assess the needs of elderly people for community support and residential care services was completed in early 1998. The Elderly Commission, Social Welfare Advisory Committee and Legislative Council Panel on Welfare Services were consulted on the findings. Various recommendations are being followed up.

- The Elderly Commission was appointed by the Chief Executive to advise Government on policies in respect of the elderly, to co-ordinate the planning and development of programmes and services for the elderly, and to monitor their implementation. The Commission was set up on 30.7.1997. The Department will respond to the advice of the Commission in developing services for the elderly.

- The Department will implement measures to achieve the Government’ s Strategic Policy Objective of “Care for the Elderly” as announced by the Chief Executive in his Policy Address in October 1997. Highlights are : to set up 36 support teams for the elderly, 2 cares’ support centres, dementia supplement for subvented residential care homes, a blister programme to train 270 enrolled nurses, 15 additional home help teams, 3,300 additional subvented residential care places, 2,400 residential care places under an enhanced Bought Place Scheme and to promote elderly volunteerism.

Rehabilitation

- 711 additional day activity centre places.

- 1120 additional sheltered workshop places.

- 650 additional places in supported employment for disabled persons.

- 312 additional places in the integrated programme in child care centres.

- 132 additional places in special child care centres.

- 60 new places in the special programme for autistic pre-schoolers in special child care centres.

- 530 additional places in early education and training centres, including 65 places for hearing impaired children.

- 451 additional places in hostels for moderately mentally handicapped persons.

- 821 additional places in hostels for severely mentally handicapped persons, including 250 additional places in care and attention homes for severely disabled persons. - 17 -

- 64 additional places in three supported hostels for mildly to moderately disabled persons.

- 40 additional places in five special small group homes for mildly mentally handicapped children and three new integrated places for mildly mentally handicapped children in three ordinary small group homes.

- 800 additional places in homes/care and attention homes for aged blind persons.

- 370 additional places in two long stay care homes for chronic mental patients.

- 320 additional places in eight purpose-built half-way houses for discharged mental patients.

- 20 additional places in activity centre for discharged mental patients.

- The Working Party on Training and Employment for People with Disabilities, chaired by the Director of Social Welfare, was formed in 1994 to review current training and employment for people with disabilities and to make recommendations for improvement. Its report, containing a series of recommendations, was accepted by the Rehabilitation Advisory Committee in May 1995 for implementation subject to availability of resources.

- As recommended by the Working Party on Training and Employment for People with Disabilities, the Marketing Consultancy Office (Rehabilitation), funded by the Lotteries Fund, was set up in January 1997. It was tasked to enhance the productivity of sheltered workshops and to advise on marketing issues of supported employment service through the application of commercial and marketing strategies and skills with a view to enabling workers with disabilities to support themselves in leading a more independent life. The Marketing Consultancy Office (Rehabilitation) was a two-and-a-half year pilot project, after which a review would be conducted.

- The Steering Committee on Implementation of Training and Employment for People with Disabilities Recommendations was formed in April 1997 to oversee and monitor the implementation of the recommendations of the Working Party on Training and Employment for People with Disabilities.

- To promote public awareness of mental health and foster a more constructive outlook of life, the Rehabilitation Branch produced a video package with six episodes for young people and a series of six half-hour documentary episodes on mental health issues under the sponsorship of the Rehabilitation Advisory Committee's Sub-committee on Public Education on Rehabilitation. Public attention and concern were also drawn to the needs of and support for people with disabilities and their family carers via a series of interactional programmes. - 18 -

- In 1997/98, the Department organized a series of programmes on “Public Communication Campaign of Enabling Family Carers”. The campaign includes TV drama, district interactional activities and award for outstanding family carers of people with disabilities. It aims at educating the general public on the needs and services for persons with disabilities and their families, so that greater support and acceptance can be inculcated in the community and their family members.

- Chronically ill persons and their families require assistance and support in coping with difficulties arising from their illness. Community Rehabilitation Network (CRN) is set up to give them support and to develop mutual help groups, social networking and educational activities. It provides a meeting place for them to share and learn experiences and skills in managing their daily life. From April 1997, one clearing house and three CRN centres are provided with subvention.

- The Criminal Procedure Ordinance was amended in 1995 to enable vulnerable witnesses including mentally incapacitated persons to testify through a live television link system and give evidence by video recorded interview to reduce the possible trauma during court proceedings. The amended legislation also included a provision for a support person to accompany mentally incapacitated witnesses while giving evidence in court through live television link system. The amendments came into effect in February 1996.

- A Witness Support Programme has been launched since November 1996 to provide support persons to accompany mentally incapacitated witnesses in giving evidence in court through the live television link system. A group of staff of the SWD are available to be called upon as such Support Persons so as to help mentally incapacitated witnesses reduce their fear and anxiety when giving evidence in court.

- The Criminal Procedure Ordinance and the Mental Health Ordinance were amended in 1996 to provide courts and magistrates with additional disposal options (apart from hospital orders for detention in mental hospitals) for accused persons who are found not guilty by reason of insanity or who are unfit to plead in criminal proceedings by reason of disability. Additional disposal options include guardianship orders, supervision and treatment orders and absolute discharge. The amendments came into effect on 1 November 1996.

- The Mental Health Ordinance was further amended in 1997 with a view to providing better legal safeguards for mentally handicapped persons as well as mentally disordered persons and their carers. Major improvements include redefining the term “mental disorder” to distinguish clearly people with mental illness from those with mental handicap only; establishment of an independent Guardianship Board to enforce new guardianship provisions for mentally - 19 -

handicapped persons as well as mentally disordered persons who have attained the age of 18 years or above; and provisions for consent to the carrying out of medical, dental treatment and special treatment in respect of mentally handicapped as well as mentally disordered persons. It is planned to effect the amendments in late 1998.

Social Security

- The payment rates of Comprehensive Social Security Assistance (CSSA) and Social Security Allowance (SSA) were increased in April 1995, April 1996 and April 1997 respectively to take account of inflation.

- A package of improvements to the CSSA Scheme was implemented on 1 April 1995 which included paying each single parent family a monthly supplement; increasing the standard rates for children; granting the child standard rate to recipients aged 19 to 21 who are in full-time education; raising the maximum level of disregarded earnings and disregarding the first month’ s income of certain groups of recipients who get full-time jobs.

- Following the completion of a comprehensive review of the CSSA Scheme in early 1996, a package of improvements to the scheme was brought into effect on 1 April 1996. These included real increases in the standard rates for specific categories of recipients; introduction of a flat-rate grant for students for selected items of school related expenses (effective from 1996/97 school year); introduction of a special grant for recreational and social activities and a Chinese New Year Grant for elderly persons; relaxation of the levels of assets governing applicants’ eligibility for assistance; increases in the levels of maximum rent allowance; and increase in the maximum level of disregarded earnings.

- The maximum rent allowance under the CSSA Scheme was again revised upwards on 1 April 1997.

- Arising from the review of the CSSA Scheme, the Portable Comprehensive Social Security Assistance Scheme was implemented on 1 April 1997 whereby elderly CSSA recipients who meet the prescribed criteria are allowed to continue to receive their monthly standard rate payment and annual long-term supplement should they choose to leave Hong Kong to take up permanent residence in Guangdong.

- A special exercise was launched in August 1996 to reach out to all single elderly CSSA recipients who were not receiving a subsidy for telephone charges to help them install a telephone if they needed one.

- A new 24-minute video tape (in Cantonese and Putonghua with Chinese sub- titles and sign language super-imposed on the tape for the benefit of those - 20 -

suffering from hearing impairment) on the CSSA and SSA Schemes was produced in January 1997 and played regularly at the reception area of all social security field units to help customers and members of the public gain a better understanding of the application procedures, the eligibility criteria and the types of benefits payable under these two schemes. In particular, a comprehensive range of special grants available under the CSSA Scheme was introduced in the tape.

- As a follow-up to the review of the CSSA Review, the Department undertook to conduct a review of the SSA Scheme. The review is expected to be completed in 1998/99.

- In August 1996, the department appointed consultants to conduct a feasibility study for a Computerised Social Security System (CSSS) involving a replacement of the existing Social Security Payment System. The objective of the feasibility study is to recommend, in the light of the policy and operational objectives of the department and the likely technological options and resources constraints, a CSSS to meet fully the Administration’ s operational and management information needs for policy review, analysis, forecasting, operation and financial management control and payment. The feasibility study was completed in July 1997. On 28 November 1997, the Finance Committee approved funds for a new CSSS and the project is expected to be completed by October 2000.

- A review of the CSSA payment to the elderly was completed in 1997. Having regard to the findings of the study on CSSA elderly which indicated that CSSA elderly did spend varying amount on a wide range of psycho-social needs and as part of our effort to encourage them to lead a healthy and active social life, the Administration decided to increase the monthly basic payments to the elderly as from 1 April 1998.

- An inter-departmental working group headed by the Director of Social Welfare started a review to examine the operation of the CSSA Scheme in 1997/98, with the focus on how to encourage and help those able-bodied recipients on CSSA to re-join the workforce. The review is expected to be completed by 1998.

- An inter-departmental working group on review of the Emergency Relief Fund (ERF) including its ambit and objects, operational guidelines, scope and levels of various types of grants was completed in March 1996. Following this review, a package of improvements to the ERF payment schedule was approved in June 1996 which included raising the burial grant, increasing the payment rates of some of the grants and introducing a new grant to victims who suffered damage or extensive loss to their household appliances. - 21 -

- With the exception of the burial grant, the payment rates of various grants under the three accident compensation schemes were revised upwards in April 1995 and April 1996 respectively. The payment rate of burial grant was separately raised in June 1996. Another revision covering all types of grants took place in August 1997.

- An inter-departmental working group on Review of the Criminal and Law Enforcement Injuries Compensation (CLEIC) Scheme was set up in November 1996 to review the various aspects of the Scheme with a view to improving the administrative rules and procedures. The terms of reference of the CLEIC Boards have also been revised to reflect more clearly the role and functions of the Boards. The review was completed and the recommendations implemented in May 1997.

- With the aim of opening a channel of communication with CSSA customers and finding out their satisfaction levels over our service delivery, and views on improving service delivery, some 20 Customer Liaison Groups have been set up and are in operation in various social security field units since March 1997.

Support

- The subsidy scheme, as an alternative mode of subvention, has been extended to 305 care and attention places for the elderly, an integrated centre, three social centres for the elderly and 309 places for voluntary drug treatment and rehabilitation services.

- To facilitate the professional staff in the education and health sectors who wish to join the welfare sector, the accrued benefits of Provident Fund in respect of these staff, including the length of their contributory service, have been given recognition with effect from 17.10.1996.

- Based on outcome of a subvention review which is aimed to improve the current system so that the NGOs will have greater flexibility in the management of their resources to meet the required performance targets and to raise the quality of their services, the department is actively planning to introduce the proposed recommendations by phases over the next few years starting from 1998/99. The major recommendations include new service quality standards, new performance assessment procedures, funding and service agreements for various services, and a proposed fixed funding formula or measures to streamline existing subvention system. To help the welfare sector cope with these changes, a series of training programmes will be organized in parallel for staff of the Department and the sector.

- The contract of the Block Insurance Scheme for subvented NGOs has been renewed for another 24 months from 1.4.1998 to 31.3.2000. - 22 -

- The Working Group on Allied Health Personnel was set up under the then Health and Welfare Branch between April 1995 and October 1996 to address manpower problems faced by clinical psychologists, physiotherapists and occupational therapists. The Working Group made a number of recommendations to alleviate the manpower shortage as well as other related issues. A Standing Committee on Allied Health Personnel was set up in October 1997 to review and monitor the overall manpower situation of clinical psychologists, occupational therapists and physiotherapists in meeting service needs.

- To address the problem of shortage of enrolled nurses (EN) in elderly and rehabilitation services units of the subvented welfare sector, a total provision of $62.9 Mn is earmarked for implementing a 3-year blister programme for training 270 EN to serve in elderly and rehabilitation services units.

- The Social Welfare Manpower Planning System (SWMPS) continues to maintain statistical information to facilitate manpower planning in the social welfare sector. Report No. 8 was published in January 1996, Report No. 9 in April 1997 and Report No. 10 in April 1998.

- The Social Workers Registration Ordinance was enacted on 1 May 1996 and came into force on 6 June 1997. The Ordinance provides for the incorporation of the Social Workers Registration Board to register qualified social workers and exercise disciplinary control of the professional activities of registered social workers and for related matters. A Social Workers Registration Board of 15 members which comprises eight elected registered social workers, six members appointed by the Chief Executive (of whom not less than three shall be neither a registered social worker nor a public officer) and the Director of Social Welfare (or his representative) as an ex-officio member was set up on 16 January 1998.

Information Technology

- In August 1996, the department appointed consultants to conduct an Information Systems Strategy Study to assess the information needs of the department. The study was completed in July 1997. A comprehensive strategy consisting of seven application systems was recommended to meet the information needs of the department in the next five years. The strategy is intended to be implemented by phases. During Phase I, apart from the development and implementation of the Computerized Social Security System as mentioned under “Social Security” in this chapter, feasibility studies on a Client Information System and Technical Infrastructure will be conducted during 1998/99. - 23 -

- In September 1997, the Government Office Automation Programme was implemented in the Department. A total of around 90 users were provided with networked computers to facilitate their work efficiency.

- As the first step in handling the Year 2000 (Y2000) Problem in the Department, a comprehensive survey was started in early 1998 to find out the impact of the problem on personal computers and information systems. Using the results of the survey, a rectification programme is being prepared. There have also been discussions with the Hong Kong Council of Social Service (HKCSS)/NGOs in respect of the Y2000 Problem in the subvented welfare sector. HKCSS would apply to the Lotteries Fund to implement a project to, inter alia, find out the size of the problem in NGOs.

Expansion of Social Welfare Services

4. The forecast of demand detailed in the Review has been calculated with reference to the “Hong Kong Population Projections 1997 - 2016” published by the Census and Statistics Department in May 1997.

5. The expansion of social welfare services is reflected in the progress made towards the policy objectives in the various service areas (Chapters 4-9), an increase in expenditure, including social security payments (Chapter 10) and the efforts to increase trained manpower and support available (Chapter 11). A summary of recurrent and capital expenditure on social welfare in the financial years 1993-94 to 1997-98 is as follows : - 24 -

% Actual Expenditure Cumulative Increase 1993-94 1994-95 1995-96 1996-97 1997-98 over $M $M $M $M $M 1993-94

Recurrent Social Security 5,581.0 6,667.7 8,553.9 11,206.9 13,899.2 149% Payments

Departmental 979.4 1,143.1 1,374.5 1,650.8 1,892.9 93% Services Subventions 2,217.1 2,697.5 3,325.5 3,990.6 4,598.1 107%

Capital Departmental 3.1 8.3 13.8 11.5 9.9 219% Services

Lotteries Fund 232.9 273.9 343.0 606.5 585.4 151% Payments

Total: 9,013.5 10,790.5 13,610.7 17,466.3 20,985.5 133%

6. Expenditure of the subvented sector for 1993-94 to 1997-98 is further analysed in Appendices 3.1 and 3.2. - 25 -

CHAPTER 4

FAMILY AND CHILD WELFARE SERVICES

I. BASIC PRINCIPLE AND OVERALL OBJECTIVES

Family Welfare

1.1 The basic principle underlying family welfare is that the family unit is a vital component of society which provides an intimate environment in which personal care, mutual support and emotional security are normally available to its members, and fosters the development of children into healthy and responsible members of society. Thus, the overall objectives of family welfare services are to preserve and strengthen the family as a unit and to develop caring inter-personal relationship, to enable individuals and family members to prevent personal and family problems, to deal with them when they arise and to provide for the needs which cannot be met from within the family.

Child Welfare

1.2 The principle underlying child welfare is that the child’ s welfare is of paramount importance and that children’ s best interests and rights are promoted and safeguarded. The overall objectives of child welfare services are to support and strengthen families so that they may provide a suitable environment for the physical, emotional and social development of their children and to provide assistance to those disadvantaged and vulnerable children who are not adequately looked after by their families.

II. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

2.1 The specific objectives of the programme of Family and Child Welfare Services are:

(a) to provide family casework and counselling to assist families and individuals to understand and deal with problems of the family, the care and protection of the young, illness, disabilities, finance, accommodation and inter-personal relationships, and to support the carers in the family; - 26 -

(b) to refer those in need to appropriate government departments or other organisations for assistance in housing, employment, medical care, school placement, day and residential care and vocational training, etc;

(c) to provide family life education, in the form of community education. The programme educates the public on the importance of family life and how it can be sustained. It is preventive and developmental in nature, and has a long term goal to prevent family and social problems, to promote harmonious human relationship and to help families to function effectively. The principal target groups are adolescents, adults about to marry, married couples, parents-to-be and parents, with flexibility to serve other target groups to better meet the different needs of respective districts;

(d) to help patients and their families cope with or solve personal and social problems which arise as a result of illness or disabilities, and to enable them to make the best use of medical and rehabilitation services;

(e) to provide home help service to individuals and families who are not capable of looking after themselves or maintaining the normal functioning of their households thus supporting the family and enabling those in need to be cared for within the community;

(f) to provide training in home management to clients with the aim of helping them to develop adequate skills in household matters and hence help to prevent family disruption or breakdown;

(g) to provide services to street sleepers, bedspace lodgers, particularly those who are aged, disabled or mentally ill, encouraging them to make use of available welfare services and take up alternative accommodation for long term settlement;

(h) to provide assessment and treatment to clients with psychological problems, to enhance the psychological well-being of people at risk and to promote positive personality growth;

(i) to arrange the adoption of orphans and other children and young persons under 18 who are legally available for adoption (formerly age 21 before the Adoption Ordinance which governs all adoption proceedings in Hong Kong was amended in June 1997); - 27 -

(j) to provide residential care for children and young persons who cannot be adequately looked after by their families;

(k) to provide day nursery places for children aged between two and under six years old, and to provide financial assistance to families with social needs and low income;

(l) to provide day creche places for children aged under two years old, and to provide financial assistance to families with social needs and low income;

(m) to provide specialized service to protect children from all forms of maltreatment and neglect including the provision of counselling and treatment to victims of child abuse and abusers, and to carry out statutory duties stipulated in the amended Criminal Procedure Ordinance;

(n) to provide intensive casework service, including social enquiries and statutory supervision for divorcing couples referred by the Family Court on child custody and guardianship matters;

(o) to provide occasional child care service for children so as to minimize the risk caused to young children being left unattended at home;

(p) to provide refuge and supportive services for battered women and their children; and

(q) to provide specialised services to children and families involved in civil cases of international child abduction referred by the Central Authority of the Hong Kong Special Administrative Region or the Court of First Instance under the Child Abduction and Custody Ordinance.

III. STATUTES

3.1 Statutory activities are mainly carried out within the framework of :

(a) Protection of Children and Juveniles Ordinance, Cap. 213;

(b) Guardianship of Minors Ordinance, Cap. 13;

(c) Parent and Child Ordinance, Cap. 429; - 28 -

(d) Matrimonial Causes Ordinance, Cap. 179;

(e) Adoption Ordinance, Cap. 290;

(f) Child Care Services Ordinance, Cap. 243;

(g) Mental Health Ordinance, Cap. 136;

(h) High Court Ordinance, Cap. 4;

(i) Criminal Procedure Ordinance, Cap. 221; and

(j) Child Abduction and Custody Ordinance, Cap. 512.

IV. CURRENT ACTIVITIES

4.1 Family Casework and Counselling Service

4.1.1 Family casework service is provided by 42 family services centres of the Social Welfare Department (SWD) and 23 family services centres of the non-governmental sector. Distribution of the family services centres is shown in Appendix 4.1. As at 31.3.1998, the total caseload of the Department was 38,801 while that of the non- governmental sector was 12,741, resulting in an average caseload of 73 cases per worker for both the Department and the non-governmental sector. In addition, the Child Protective Services Unit and Child Custody Services Unit of the Department are providing counselling services in child protection and child custody respectively.

4.1.2 Arising from the increasing influx of new arrivals from the Mainland, additional resources have been allocated to strengthen the subvented post-migration service of International Social Service - Hong Kong Branch which provides dedicated services to assist the new arrivals from the Mainland in adjusting to the local community.

4.2 Protective Services for Children

4.2.1 In general, the Department provides statutory and non- statutory supervision for minors whose parents or guardians are unable to exercise proper care over them, or those who have behaviour/relationship problems, or are involved in child custody or child abuse problem. Some of them are made wards of the Director of Social Welfare (DSW) or wards - 29 - of Court. Voluntary supervision is also provided by non-governmental organizations (NGOs) for minors in need of protective care.

4.2.2 The Criminal Procedure Ordinance was amended and implemented in February 1996 to include legal provisions in protecting vulnerable witnesses including child abuse victims who are involved in criminal proceedings. Major new legal provisions include :

(a) child witnesses can give evidence through live television link (CCTV) at trial involving sexual and physical abuse, incest and cruelty to child; and

(b) child witnesses involved in the above offences can give their evidence in chief on a video recording conducted by a police officer, government social worker or clinical psychologist.

These new provisions seek to provide greater protection to children when giving evidence in criminal proceedings by minimising the trauma caused to a child due to repeated questioning about the incident throughout the investigation process and the court experience.

4.2.3 To implement the new provisions, a Child Protection Special Investigation Team was set up jointly by the Police and the SWD in December 1995 to conduct joint investigation and video recorded interviews.

4.2.4 A Witness Support Programme has been launched since November 1996 to provide support persons to accompany child witnesses in giving evidence in court through the CCTV system. A group of volunteers and staff of the SWD are available to be called upon as Support Persons for vulnerable witnesses. The programme aims to help child witnesses reduce their fear and anxiety when giving evidence in court.

4.2.5 A Child Witness Pack to help child witnesses prepare for court appearance and for use by support persons, social workers and police officers has been published in April 1997.

4.2.6 To ensure early detection of child abuse cases, protection of child abuse victims and rehabilitation of abusers, the staffing provision of the Child Protective Services Unit has increased from nine in 1994/95 to 29 in 1997/98. To enhance service delivery, the Unit has been split into three regional teams in April 1997. The three Units are located in Kowloon Bay, Shatin and Tsuen Wan respectively. - 30 -

4.2.7 Commencing December 1997, through enhancement to Departmental Hotline Service (DHS), enquiries to DHS relating to reports or concerns of suspected child abuse incidents are directly handled by Child Protective Services Unit caseworkers during office hours.

4.2.8 The Working Group on Child Abuse continued to work out measures to combat the problem of child abuse. Major achievements include :

(a) setting up District Committees on Child Abuse in all 13 SWD districts to co-ordinate multi-disciplinary efforts, to build up a local network on handling of child abuse problem and to enhance public education on prevention of the problem at a district level;

(b) launching territory-wide public education and publicity campaign on prevention of child abuse and child sexual abuse;

(c) developing a set of Procedures for Handling Child Sexual Abuse Cases, which had been put to use since March 1996, to streamline the handling procedures and promote collaborative efforts in tackling child sexual abuse. The procedures have been revised in August 1997 in the light of operational experience;

(d) producing a news bulletin on child protection to enhance communication and co-ordination among professionals of different disciplines, the first issue of the bulletin was distributed to interested parties in January 1997 and will be published regularly on a biannual basis; and

(e) commissioning of two research studies on child abuse to the research teams of two tertiary institutes.

4.3 Family Life Education

4.3.1 There were 79 family life education (FLE) workers from SWD and NGOs to provide FLE service as at 31.3.1998. They operate a wide range of educational and promotional programmes in various forms. Distribution of FLE workers is at Appendix 4.1.

4.3.2 The Programme Committee on FLE set up in December 1989 has continued to facilitate comprehensive development of FLE service. It comprises representatives from SWD and the Hong Kong - 31 -

Council of Social Service (HKCSS). FLE programmes have been refocussed since 1.4.1994 to expand the target groups to include married couples and organise more in-depth small group multi-session educational programmes. A review of the refocussing was completed in April 1997 which concluded that the focus of FLE programmes was moving towards the right direction.

4.3.3 The co-ordination and monitoring of FLE service at the district level is carried out by Social Work Officers (Youth) under the District Social Welfare Officers and through the machinery of District Committees on FLE.

4.3.4 The Committee on FLE Publicity Campaign formed by SWD and the HKCSS continues to launch annual publicity campaigns to promote public awareness on the importance of family life through various media. The 1997/99 Publicity Campaign is launched with the main theme of ‘ Care for Your Family’ .

4.3.5 SWD operates a FLE Resource Centre in Wanchai, Hong Kong, providing resource materials, both hardware and software, to facilitate social workers in organising FLE programmes. Since late 1994, the manpower of FLE Resource Centre was strengthened to help launching FLE publicity campaigns, and developing more FLE resource materials. The Centre also keeps related resource materials for other services including school social work, outreaching social work and services for the elderly. The Working Group on FLE Resource Development has continued to give advice on the development of audio- visual material and equipment.

4.4 Medical Social Service

4.4.1 SWD provides medical social services in public hospitals and specialist clinics of the Hospital Authority and in some out-patient clinics of the Department of Health. Medical social workers provide patients and their families with individual and group counselling, financial aid, housing assistance or referral to other community resources to facilitate their treatment, rehabilitation and reintegration into the society. The establishment of medical social workers in SWD was 372 as at 31.3.1998, covering 112 medical social services units. (Appendix 4.2.)

4.5 Services for Ex-drug Abusers

4.5.1 SWD subvents the Society for the Aid and Rehabilitation of Drug Abusers to operate five half-way houses/hostels for ex-drug abusers. The Department also subvents the Caritas - Hong Kong to run two club houses for methadone patients and ex-drug abusers. Two subvented counselling centres for young psychotropic substance abusers are - 32 -

operated by the Hong Kong Christian Service and the Caritas - Hong Kong. Since 1.3.1998, SWD, on the basis of the findings of the research team of the Chinese University of Hong Kong, subvents 4 non-medical drug treatment and rehabilitation agencies, namely Barnabas Charitable Association, Christian New Being Fellowship, Finnish Missionary Association Ling Oi Youth Centre and Operation Dawn.

4.5.2 The Governor held two Summit Meetings on Drugs on 6.3.95 and 23.5.96 to bring together Government and NGOs, schools and parents to plan a community-wide education and support effort to try to halt the growing trend in drug abuse by young people. A total of 160 specific initiatives were formulated after the Summit Meetings.

4.6 Home Help Service

4.6.1 Home help service is provided on a district basis by home help teams which operate either in multi-service centres for the elderly, or independently on the “kitchen-based” model or “home-based” model. From 1990 onwards, provision of service has been extended to cover holidays, Sundays, Saturday afternoons and during typhoons for the most needy cases. As at 31.3.1998, there were 126 home help teams with distribution as shown in Appendix 4.1.

4.7 Family Aide Service

4.7.1 Family aide service serves as a support to casework service, and has been implemented in 52 family services centres of SWD and NGOs since mid-December 1990. Families with young children with inadequate parents/caring agents or disabled/mentally ill parents as well as families in and after crisis need family aide service. Each family aide worker can handle approximately eight cases at any one time. A review of the service will be conducted in 1998/99. Distribution of family aide service is shown in Appendix 4.1.

4.8 Family Care Demonstration and Resource Centre

4.8.1 A Family Care Demonstration and Resource Centre was set up in June 1994 to support family aide service and to provide a “home-like” training environment for customers to learn the skills to care for themselves and their family members. - 33 -

4.9 Temporary shelter/urban hostels/day relief facilities for street sleepers and displaced bedspace lodgers

4.9.1 As at 31.3.1998, there were 13 temporary shelters/urban hostels for single persons (including five by subvented NGOs and eight others by non-profit-making self-financing organisations) with a total capacity of 595 places. In addition, there were two day relief centres operated by subvented NGOs.

4.9.2 SWD conducts survey on street sleepers throughout the territory on a biennial basis to collect data as well as to introduce welfare services to the street sleepers. SWD also visits bedspace apartments on a half-yearly basis to identify cases that may require welfare services. To support the licensing of bedspace apartments, SWD joins the inter- departmental task force and undertakes to help rehouse those lodgers who are aged, non-able-bodied and in weak health.

4.10 Compassionate rehousing

4.10.1 The Department and NGOs recommend individuals and families who have genuine immediate long-term housing need because of specific circumstances and personal factors to the Housing Department for allocation of accommodation in public housing estates. Since July 1991, conditional tenancy has been granted under the compassionate rehousing scheme to persons undergoing divorce proceedings and assuming custody of the children so as to provide them with timely housing assistance. The conditional tenancy scheme was further improved in 1994 extending assistance to people seeking divorce who have joint ownership of private residential property or residential property under the Home Ownership Scheme with their spouses. Through the compassionate rehousing scheme, a total of 5,484 cases were rehoused, using 5,431 flats and benefitting 11,978 persons from 1995/96 to 1997/98.

4.11 Services for battered spouses

4.11.1 A Working Group on Battered Spouses is convened by the SWD and includes representatives from eight Government departments, the Hospital Authority and the non-government sector. The working group has examined measures to tackle the problem of battered spouses and to strengthen co-ordination amongst Government departments and the NGOs. Apart from drawing up a set of multi-disciplinary guidelines on handling victims of battered spouse cases, the working group has also pursued educating the public on the destructive forces of family violence and to encourage families at risk to seek early professional advice through the production of Television Announcement of Public Interest (TVAPI), - 34 -

Radio Announcement of Public Interest (Radio API), and posters. Besides, a Central Information System to collect data on battered spouse cases handled by government departments, the Hospital Authority and NGOs was also set up in April 1997 in order to better gauge the statistics on battered spouse cases. A total of 1,200 cases were recorded by the System during the period from April 1997 to March 1998.

4.12 Clinical Psychological Services

4.12.1 Clinical psychological services include intellectual and diagnostic assessments, psychological counselling or therapy, community projects, training, public education and research pertaining to mental health services. As at 31.3.1998, there were a total of 44 clinical psychologist (CP) posts in SWD and NGOs (excluding five CP posts in rehabilitation settings) as shown in Appendix 4.1.

4.13 24-hour Departmental Hotline Operation During Cold Spells 4.13.1 In order to provide enquiry service to the vulnerable people such as the elderly, street sleepers etc. during cold spells, the Department initiated a new performance pledge in 1996/97 to man the Departmental Hotline by social workers on 24-hour basis when the temperature drops to 10 °C or below. From December 1996 to March 1998, the Departmental Hotline Service had operated on 24-hour basis when the temperature dropped to 12 °C (with a few degrees lower expected in the New Territories) during the ten cold spells within such period. Social workers reached out to the callers to render services to the cases requiring immediate attention and services. During these ten cold spells, a total of 1022 calls relating to cold spells were received among which 288 cases were outreached and services such as distribution and provision of blankets, food, clothing, escort service to hospital or cold shelter, and financial assistance were rendered. 4.14 Adoption Service

4.14.1 SWD handles cases of adoption within Hong Kong and also, in conjunction with NGOs, adoption cases overseas. The Department has streamlined the procedures to reduce significantly the time taken to identify suitable adoptive homes. From 1995/96 to 1997/98, 332 local adoption orders on DSW Wards and another 355 orders involving private adoption were granted and 39 overseas adoption placements for DSW wards were approved. As at 31.3.1998, 39 and 142 DSW wards were waiting for local and overseas adoption respectively. Parallel matching of DSW wards with special needs for both local and overseas adoption are arranged to enhance their chances of adoption. - 35 -

4.15 Residential Child Care Services

4.15.1 Children who cannot be adequately looked after by their families or who have behavioural or emotional problems are provided with residential care services. Such services will be developed on the principle that a family setting is the natural environment for the healthy development of a child, and should be the preferred choice over an institutional setting, particularly for children below their teens. As at 31.3.1998, there was a total of 3,309 places available from foster care, small group homes, residential creches, residential nurseries, children’ s homes, boys’ or girls’ homes or hostels and children’ s reception centres. Details are at Appendix 4.1.

4.15.2 The Residential Child Care Services Development Committee will continue to review the provision of residential child care services, to identify changing service needs and to recommend areas for development and improvement.

4.15.3 A computerised Central Referral System for Residential Child Care Services was introduced in May 1995 to streamline referral procedures, maximise use of available resources, identify demand for residential child care service and provide information for service planning and development. The system has been reviewed in 1997/98 to further streamline the procedures.

4.15.4 The Task Group on Provision of Services for Maladjusted Children has completed the review over the implementation of the Central Coordinating Referral Mechanism. Ways for further improvement on the referral system to boost up the utilization of residential services and the school for social development were worked out.

4.16 Day Care

4.16.1 Day Nursery Service provides education and care and looks after the developmental needs of children aged between two and under six years old. As at 31.3.1998, there were 221 aided/government nurseries providing 25,474 places. Families are to contribute to the cost of the service, according to their means. Low income families with a social need to place their children in full day care receive financial assistance through the Fee Assistance Scheme. Aided day nurseries receive a subsidy equivalent to 5% of the maximum approved fee income, and full reimbursement of rent and rates. - 36 -

4.16.2 Occasional Child Care Service - Some creches and nurseries provide occasional care for children whose carers are unable to take care of them for brief periods due to various commitments or sudden engagements. As at 31.3.1998, 690 places were provided in 221 child care centres.

4.16.3 Integrated Programme in Day Nursery - Some nurseries provide care and training for mildly disabled children through an Integrated Programme. As at 31.3.1998, 1,222 integrated places were provided in 203 nurseries.

4.16.4 Extended Hour Service in Child Care Centre - Some nurseries provide extended hour service to meet the social needs of families and working parents who need longer hours of child care assistance. As at 31.3.1998, 70 places were provided in five aided day nurseries.

4.16.5 Day Creche Service provides care and looks after the developmental needs of children below the age of two years. Considering the low take-up rate of day creche service, a review on the provision was conducted in early 1996. Measures to tackle the concern, including conversion of day creche into nursery-cum-creche centres, reprovisioning of creches located in areas with aging population to areas with higher demand, were introduced. As at 31.3.1998, there were 22 aided day creches providing 1,319 places.

4.16.6 Nursery-cum-creche Service - This combined mode of nursery-cum-creche service provides an additional placement option for parents. It offers continuity of care for young children attending creches and still in need of continual day care service when they reach the age of two. Furthermore, this service mode offers greater flexibility in maximising the use of resource. As at 31.3.98, there were five aided nursery-cum-creche centres providing 467 day nursery places and 160 day creche places. The Fee Assistance Scheme is also applicable to this service.

4.16.7 Unification of Pre-primary Services - The Reconstituted Working Party on Kindergarten Education which was reconvened in February 1995 to examine the practicalities of unifying pre-primary services issued its Report in December 1995. The recommendation on harmonising and aligning the qualification and salary scales of kindergarten teachers and child care workers was implemented in September 1995. A basic programme was developed to harmonise the training for kindergarten teachers and child care workers in September 1996. A common curriculum guide for both kindergartens and child care centres was also issued in September 1996. - 37 -

4.16.8 The Child Care Services Ordinance and Child Care Centres Regulations are enforced by the Child Care Centres Advisory Inspectorate of the SWD. New legal provisions have been included under the Child Care Services Ordinance to facilitate the formation of mutual help child care groups, to regulate childminding services and to improve the quality of care in child care centres since 30.9.1997.

4.17 Staffing standards for different types of services are shown in Appendix 4.3.

V. FORECAST OF DEMAND

5.1 The demand for the activities of this programme is affected by many factors, some of which are largely intangible, such as changing social attitudes and changing circumstances which may enhance or erode family functioning and stability. Major factors which affect some of the activities are:

(a) the size, composition and movement of the population;

(b) the changing patterns of family structure, including the increase in single parent families arising from divorce and separation;

(c) the change in economic conditions which affect the number of families with low income, the family functioning and its relationship;

(d) the change in social and political environment, some of which may bring stress to the family;

(e) the number of women in the work force;

(f) the attitude of the Juvenile Courts and Family Courts in referring cases for protective care and child custody;

(g) the number of people who may be in poor physical or mental health, or who are elderly;

(h) the number of new arrivals from the Mainland particularly the increase in the daily quota since mid 1995;

(i) the crime rate, particularly among young persons;

(j) the number of methadone patients, ex-drug abusers and young abusers of psychotropic substance; and - 38 -

(k) the availability and effectiveness of alternative sources of assistance.

5.2 Family Casework and Counselling Service

5.2.1 The forecast of demand for family casework and counselling service is projected on the rate of caseload growth. It is the Government’ s policy to meet the demand for these services in full, and to allocate available resources flexibly in accordance with the needs of different areas. A planning ratio of one family services centre for every 150,000 general population is adopted for setting up new centres in new towns or redevelopment areas. In districts where greater demands are demonstrated, a more flexible approach is adopted. In view that the existing planning ratio has been used for years, the Department has formed, with representatives from the HKCSS, a Working Group to review the planning ratio and examine other related issues like expansion of family services centres.

5.3 Family Life Education

5.3.1 The demand is related to the size of the target population aged 10 - 50.

5.3.2 Both the SWD and NGOs will review the planning ratio and target groups for the service in 1998/99.

5.4 Medical Social Service

5.4.1 The requirement of medical social workers (MSWs) is based on the number of hospital beds and out-patient cases. For planning purpose, the following planning ratios endorsed by the Medical Development Advisory Committee in 1979 are adopted:

General beds 1 MSW : 90 beds Psychiatric beds 1 MSW : 140 beds Psychiatric out-patient cases 1 MSW : 250 cases General out-patient cases 1 MSW : 250 cases Chest cases 1 MSW : 400 cases

5.4.2 SWD will review the manning ratios of MSWs in 1998/99. - 39 -

5.5 Home Help

5.5.1 Forecast of demand is based on the Review of the Demand for Home Help Service completed in 1998. The projected demand is based on a demand study jointly undertaken by Social Welfare Department and the NGOs/HKCSS from October 1996 to March 1997. 65 cases per team is used as the basis for calculating team requirement. The changing needs of community especially the increasing number of elderly population have been taken into account.

5.6 Family Aide Service

5.6.1 The planning ratio is one family aide for a family services centre with a minimum caseload of 600.

5.7 Clinical Psychological Services

5.7.1 The planning ratio is one clinical psychologist to 1,356 family counselling cases. The projected demand for clinical psychological services has also taken into account the demand for the service in school social work, outreaching social work, probation and Community Service Order services, correctional homes service and Young Offender Assessment Panel service.

5.8 Residential Care

5.8.1 Apart from the factors mentioned in para. 5.1, factors that specifically affect the demand for residential care are :

(a) the number of children who are homeless and suitable for adoption;

(b) the number of children with special needs who may require a longer period of care, while waiting for adoptive homes;

(c) the number of children who have to be temporarily taken care of because of problems in their families or because of their own behavioural problems; and

(d) the availability of other community support services, e.g. home help, day care, etc. - 40 -

5.9 Day Nursery

5.9.1 The Department adopts a planning ratio of 100 aided nursery places for every 20,000 general population. The ratio is applied flexibly as the demand for nursery places in a district is affected by many local factors.

5.10 Day Creche

5.10.1 Following the review on the provision of day creche service conducted by the SWD in early 1996, the target additional provision by 1997 had been revised from 1,200 to 606 places to ensure that resources could be more effectively used. The need for expansion of day creche service will be subject to review in the light of future enrolment trend. - 41 -

VI. PLANNED PROVISION AND SHORTFALL

Demand/ Projected Type of Provision as at Provision/ Service Planning Ratio 31.3.98 Shortfall 1998/99 1999/2000 2000/2001 2001/2002 2002/2003

Family 1 FSC : 150,000 Workers Casework population (caseload) Service Demand 875 966 1,067 1,178 1,301 1 caseworker : SWD 539 (Note 1) (56,893) (62,806) (69,339) (76,560) (84,540) 65 cases (38,801)

NGO 167 Provision 732 732 732 732 732 -subvented (12,741)

Total 706 Shortfall 143 234 335 446 569

Family Life 1 : 50,000 target Workers Education population Demand 87 88 89 89 90 (Note 2) SWD 6

NGO Provision 79 79 79 79 79 -subvented 73

Total 79 Shortfall 8 9 10 10 11

Medical Workers Social Service Demand 528 528 528 528 528 SWD 372 (Note 3) Provision 384 390 398 406 411

Total 372 Shortfall 144 138 130 122 117

Home Help Teams Demand 202 208 213 219 223 NGO -subvented 126 Provision 149 150 152 152 152

Total 126 Shortfall 53 58 61 67 71

Family Aide 1 Family Aide : Workers caseload of 600 (Ward in family Attendants) services centre Demand 77 77 77 77 77 SWD 41

NGO Provision 52 52 52 52 52 -subvented 11 (Note 4)

Total 52 Shortfall 25 25 25 25 25

Temporary Centres Shelter/Urban Hostel/Day NGOs Provision 7 7 7 7 7 Relief Centre -subvented 7 for Street Sleepers and Total 7 7 7 7 7 7 Bed-space Lodgers

Refuge for Centres Women SWD 1 Provision 1 1 1 1 1

NGO 2 2 2 2 2 -subvented 2

Total 3 3 3 3 3 3 - 42 -

Demand/ Projected Type of Provision as at Provision/ Service Planning Ratio 31.3.98 Shortfall 1998/99 1999/2000 2000/2001 2001/2002 2002/2003 Clinical 1 Clinical Clinical Psychological Psychologist : Psychologists Service 1,356 family Demand 67 67 67 67 67 counselling SWD 30 (Note 5) cases NGO Provision 52 52 52 52 52 -subvented 11 (Note 6) (Note 6) Total 41 Shortfall 12 12 12 12 12

Foster Care Places (including provision of SWD 60 Provision 600 600 600 600 600 emergency foster care) NGO -subvented 540

Total 600 600 600 600 600 600

Small Group Home Home NGO Provision 113 113 116 116 116 -subvented 113

Total 113 113 113 116 116 116

Day Nursery 100 aided Places places : 20,000 Demand 33,635 34,117 34,574 35,024 35,465 population SWD 113 Provision 113 113 113 113 113

NGO 29,378 30,462 30,862 31,350 31,350 -aided 25,828

Total 25,941 Shortfall 4,144 3,542 3,599 3,561 4,002 (Note 7)

Day Crèche Places

NGO Provision 1,621 1,681 1,681 1,681 1,681 -aided 1,479

Total 1,479 1,621 1,681 1,681 1,681 1,681

Occasional Units Child Care Service SWD 1 Provision 1 1 1 1 1

NGO 235 235 235 235 235 -subvented 229 (Note 8)

Total 230 236 236 236 236 236

Residential Nil Places Child Care Service SWD 220 220 220 220 220 220

NGO Provision 1,615 1,615 1,615 1,635 1,655 -subvented 1,585 (Note 10) (Note 11) (Note 12) (Note 9) Total 1,805 1,835 1,835 1,835 1,855 1,875 - 43 -

Note 1 : Rate of caseload growth for SWD Family Services Centres (FSCs) is estimated at + 11% per annum while that for the subvented sector is + 8.5% per annum.

Note 2 : The improved planning ratio of 1 : 50,000 target population is based on the following calculation:

(a) The target population of the major client group is aged 10 - 50;

(b) One family life education worker could organize an average of 43 family life education programmes per annum; and

(c) The ratio of educational and combined (promotional and educational) programme is 7 : 3.

Note 3 : This figure excludes medical social workers working in ex- subvented hospitals/centres under the Hospital Authority.

Note 4 : The provision will be examined subject to a review of the service.

Note 5 : Demand covers requirements for all services settings e.g. rehabilitation, school social work, outreaching social work, medical social services, residential care institutions, correctional services, etc.

Note 6 : The provision has excluded the provision of clinical psychologists (CP) in rehabilitation settings which is 2 in 1996/97, 5 in 1997/98 and 8 in 1998/99. The provision of CP will be examined subject to endorsement of a new manning ratio for CP service.

Note 7 : As at 31.3.1998, there were 1,464 non-profit-making and 13,209 private places which contribute to meeting the demand for child care places.

Note 8 : Occasional Child Care Service was under subvention since 1.9.1993.

Note 9 : The decrease of 40 places is in children’ s home (20 places) and residential creche (20 places). - 44 -

Note 10 : The increase of 30 places is in girls’ home without school on site.

Note 11 : The increase of 20 places is in hostel for boys.

Note 12 : The increase of 20 places is in hostel for boys. - 45 -

VII. PROPOSALS FOR IMPLEMENTATION

7.1 To create additional caseworker posts for family services centres to cope with increased demand and improve the manning ratio by phases.

7.2 To further promote the use of supportive and therapeutic group work as an integral part of the casework process whereby clients with similar problems can share their experience and increase their ability to tackle problems independently. Other innovative approaches to achieve social work objectives should be explored.

7.3 To create additional medical social worker posts to cope with increased demand, to support outreach medical services and to man new hospitals and clinics.

7.4 SWD and NGOs will review the current provision of the home help service and project the expansion of the service in the coming years, basing on the results of a demand study and the Consultancy Study on the Review of the operation of home help service.

7.5 Apart from the planned provision i.e. to establish seven teams in 97/98 and five teams in 98/99, additional financial resources had been secured to set up additional 15 teams in 1998/99 to make up a total of 149 teams by 1998/99. To explore the feasibility of developing a more effective service, a Consultant has been appointed to conduct a review on the operation of home help service.

7.6 The Central Publicity Committee on Family Life Education has formulated strategy for publicity campaign to launch a new theme, ‘ Care for Your Family’ for 1997/99.

7.7 The Public Education Sub-committee on Child Abuse will continue to follow up on the overall publicity strategy and co-ordinate publicity and public education efforts on prevention of child abuse.

7.8 The Residential Child Care Services Development Committee will continue to review the provision of residential child care services, to identify service needs and to recommend areas for development and improvement.

7.9 Opportunities will continue to be taken to convert existing large children’ s homes into non-institutional facilities when there is a need of reprovisioning. - 46 -

7.10 To review the service delivery mode of the integrated service for mildly mentally handicapped children in small group service in 1998/99.

7.11 To provide 48 additional integrated places in child care centres in 1998/99.

7.12 To review the computerised central referral system for residential child care service to further streamline the referral procedures.

7.13 To provide additional aided nursery places until the demand is fully met.

7.14 To implement the new provisions of the Child Care Services Ordinance to regulate childminding services and to facilitate the setting up of mutual help child care centres.

7.15 To examine applications for mutual recognition of basic training course for kindergarten teachers and child care workers from training institutions.

7.16 To publicize the availability of counselling service to the public to help inform the needy ones to come forward for service.

7.17 To review the provision of additional senior social work practitioner posts to handle more difficult and complex cases in family services centres.

VIII. PROPOSALS PENDING POLICY/FUNDING APPROVAL OR REQUIRING FURTHER EXAMINATION

8.1 The integration of different services should continue to be explored and examined to meet the changing needs of the society and to maximize the utilization of resources.

8.2 Mediation service which may provide a possible means to help divorcing couples resolve child custody, access and other ancillary matters in a non-adversarial manner instead of litigation would be promoted and developed in Hong Kong.

8.3 The service of the Multi-disciplinary Team for Elderly Street Sleepers which is currently run on experimental basis will be continued subject to the findings of the evaluation on the project in 1999/2000. - 47 -

CHAPTER 5

SERVICES FOR CHILDREN AND YOUTH

I. BASIC PRINCIPLE AND OVERALL OBJECTIVE

1.1 The basic principle underlying services for children and young people is the recognition that childhood and adolescence are a period of rapid physical, psychological and social development, and the family, the school, and welfare services all have an important role in contributing to the healthy development of young people into responsible adults. Young people are society's valuable assets, the assurance for its continuation and advancement. The overall objective of services for children and youth is therefore to provide opportunities for and to assist young people to become mature, responsible and contributing members of society.

II. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

2.1 Services for children and youth should aim at:

(a) fostering the development of positive personal values, personality and character;

(b) enhancing family and other personal relationships;

(c) encouraging participation in community affairs and political processes, cultivating a sense of civic responsibility and social commitment;

(d) assisting those with adjustment difficulties or in disadvantaged circumstances to work through these in order to assume a more positive role in society; and

(e) encouraging the development of an international perspective in young people in keeping with Hong Kong’s international composition and status. - 48 -

III. TYPE OF CUSTOMERS

3.1 Services for children and youth are provided for those age between 6 and 24, with or without disabilities. A degree of flexibility should be exercised to encourage those aged over 24 to retain an association with the services by volunteering to help in their provision.

IV. CURRENT ACTIVITIES

4.1 Children and youth services are delivered mainly through children and youth centres, integrated teams, outreaching social work, school social work and community support service scheme. A number of uniformed organizations and youth award schemes also provide related services. In addition, the Working Group on Services for Youth at Risk was formed in July 1993 to examine current youth problems and to recommend measures to address the welfare needs of young people at risk.

4.2 Children and Youth Centres

4.2.1 Children and youth centres are established to encourage young people to participate in worthwhile activities and pursuits, allowing them to organize their own groups and to reach out into the community with a view to assisting them with their personal development. Through guidance and support, young people could be assisted to overcome adjustment difficulties, family and other personal relationships could be enhanced and community and international perspectives developed. These centres, operated on a neighbourhood basis by non-governmental organizations (NGOs) through departmental subvention, are either in the form of single units (i.e. a children centre for those aged 6-14 years or a youth centre for the 15-24 years old) or in the form of combined units (i.e. a children and youth centre to cover both age groups).

4.2.2 As at 31.3.1998, there were 235 children and youth centre units (please refer to Note 1 of paragraph 6.1 for the calculation of provision of children and youth centres). A list of new centres set up in 1995/96 - 1997/98 with resources allocated through reprovisioning of existing centres is at Appendix 5.1.

4.2.3 Appointed by the Secretary for Health and Welfare in March 1992, the Working Party on Review of Children and Youth Centre Services completed its work in early 1994. The Review Report was subsequently endorsed by Secretary for Health and Welfare after consultation with the Social Welfare Advisory Committee and the Commission on Youth. The - 49 - following recommendations on children and youth centre services have been implemented with effect from 1.4.1994:

(a) Children and youth centre services are planned according to youth population instead of general population.

(b) Children and youth centres have to serve those aged between 6 and 24, with or without disabilities, with the flexibility to serve "older youth".

(c) Children and youth centres have to organize four core programmes, i.e. guidance and counselling service, supportive service for young people in disadvantaged circumstances, socialization programmes and development of social responsibility and competence.

(d) Local Children and Youth Service Committees have been set up to identify local needs and to co-ordinate service provision.

4.2.4 The Working Party on Review of Children and Youth Centre Services has also recommended the setting up of integrated teams and Community Support Service Scheme, details of which are described in the ensuing paragraphs.

4.2.5 The Steering Committee on the Implementation of Integrated Teams of Children and Youth Services, with reference to an evaluation conducted by the City University of Hong Kong from 1995-1997, has agreed on the effectiveness of the refocusing of children and youth centre service and confirmed it to be the right service direction.

4.2.6 Pursuant to the recommendation of the Co-ordinating Committee for the Welfare of Children and Youth at Risk, a Task Group on Modernization of Children and Youth Centres (Task Group) was set up in October 1995 to review the schedule of accommodation, technical schedule and furniture and equipment requirement of children and youth centres so as to meet changing youth needs and operational needs of the centres. The review was completed in early 1997 and the recommendations made by the Task Group has been endorsed and approved by the Co-ordinating Committee for the Welfare of Children and Youth at Risk, the Social Welfare Advisory Committee, the Legislative Council Panel on Welfare Services, Finance Bureau and Property Vetting Committee. The improvement items would be applied to all the new and existing children and youth centres by phases starting from June 1998. - 50 -

4.3 Integrated Teams

4.3.1 To implement the recommendation of the Report on Review of Children and Youth Centre Services, 20 integrated teams have been set up in specific catchment areas with a population of around 12 000 children and youth population as at March 1998. Children and youth centre services, outreaching social work, and school social work are core services to be provided by integrated teams. Wherever possible, family life education should be included. Recurrent funding for these teams is pooled from existing resources of children and youth services. With the flexibility in deploying the manpower and other resources pooled, and through adopting different service models and approaches, integrated teams can effectively meet young people’ s multifarious needs and, at the same time, be responsive to community demand. The effectiveness of integrated team has been confirmed by an evaluation conducted by the City University of Hong Kong from 1995 - 1997. In the light of the findings of the evaluation, Social Welfare Department (SWD) would assist NGOs to form more new integrated teams wherever appropriate. A Task Group on Implementation of Integrated Team and Refocusing of Children and Youth Centre Service has been set up since December 1997 to further examine the implementation of the recommendations of the evaluation study. The names of the operating agencies/units and the districts served are at Appendix 5.2.

4.4 Community Support Service Scheme

4.4.1 The Working Party on Review of Children and Youth Centre Services recommended the establishment of a Community Support Service Scheme. The Scheme aims to help children and youth who have infringed the law or on the verge of law infringement to re-integrate into society. Counselling, structured supportive group programmes and intensive supervised activities are provided by the Scheme to supplement the existing casework and youth services for marginal youth and young delinquents. Three projects, two operated by NGOs with a grant from the Lotteries Fund for youth at risk and one by the SWD for offenders, started operation in October 1994 on an experimental basis. An evaluation conducted by the City University of Hong Kong from 1995 - 1997 has confirmed the effectiveness of the service. The service will be provided on permanent basis starting from 1 October 1998. The names of operating agencies of the NGO projects and the districts served are at Appendix 5.3. (Please refer to paragraph 5.2.4 of Chapter 7 for more detailed information about the project for offenders.) - 51 -

4.5 School Social Work

4.5.1 School social work is designed to identify and help students whose academic, social and emotional development is at risk. It seeks to assist them to solve their personal problems and to make maximum use of their educational opportunities and prepare them for adulthood. The service is rendered to secondary school students through school social workers of SWD and NGOs.

4.5.2 From 1995/96 to 1997/98, 58 additional school social worker posts were created. As at 31.3.98, 282 school social workers from 18 NGOs (Appendix 5.4) and four social workers of the department provided services to 449,127 students in 435 schools. The overall manning ratio was therefore 1:1,570. The planning ratio of one school social worker to 2,000 student population as pledged in the White Paper "Social Welfare into 1990s and Beyond" has been achieved in 1994/95. Deployment was subsequently made to strengthen the services for 132 schools with more student problems. These schools were provided with school social work service at the ratio of 1:1,000, and the resultant manning ratio of the remaining schools was 1:2,053.

4.5.3 A Working Group on Review of School Social Work Service was set up by SWD in December 1996 to review the school social work service and how the service could be further improved and to recommend how resources can best be deployed to address the needs of students. It comprises representatives from the Health and Welfare Bureau, Education and Manpower Bureau, SWD, NGOs, Education Department, Hong Kong Council of Social Service, school principals and an independent member. The Working Group has recommended a package of measures including strengthening co-operation and interfacing between school-based and non- school-based community services, redefining roles of school social workers, mobilizing parents and teachers and improvement to manning ratio in non- Academically-Low-Achiever schools. The Working Group has published a draft report for consultation. It is anticipated that the final report will be submitted in early 1999.

4.6 Outreaching Social Work

4.6.1 There are young people who do not normally participate in conventional social or youth activities but are vulnerable to undesirable influences. Outreaching social work aims to establish contact with these young people in the places they are known to frequent, such as playgrounds, fast-food restaurants and to provide counselling, guidance and other forms of service to help them overcome their problems, develop their potential and become socially re-integrated. Outreaching social work teams are established - 52 -

in high priority areas with higher juvenile crime rate and unserved youth population. As at 31.3.98, a total of 33 outreaching social work teams operated by 12 NGOs are deployed in the high priority areas (Appendix 5.5).

4.6.2 Pursuant to the recommendations of the Report on the Review of Outreaching Social Work Service (1990), the resource corner for outreaching social work was set up in April 1994 and integrated into the SWD Family Life Education Resource Centre. Locality working bases have also been set up by some teams at places with demonstrated need.

4.6.3 In 1994/95, the Steering Group on Outreaching Social Work completed a review on the need for further expansion of the service. The Steering Group recommended an expansion of two teams per year for three consecutive years from 1996/97 onwards subject to availability of resources so as to meet service needs. It further suggested another review on the service upon the smooth implementation of the expansion. The report was endorsed by Social Welfare Advisory Committee in October 1995.

4.6.4 As recommended in the Report on the Review of Outreaching Social Work Service (1990), the programme subsidy to all outreaching social work services has been increased in October 1996.

4.7 Hotline Service for Youth at Risk

4.7.1 To provide hotline service for youngsters to call for help and advice instead of pending up their negative emotions leading to desperate acts, the Department has subvented a youth hotline since August 1995 to prevent youth suicide by offering timely intervention through counselling.

4.8 Uniformed Organizations

4.8.1 Based on the concept of youth development, uniformed group service aims at equipping young people with the necessary competency to face the demands of the future adult role. Through its programmes, members can learn practical knowledge and skills, develop self-esteem, learn social norms and social skills, cultivate leadership qualities and foster altruism. Most uniformed organizations adopt a distinctive approach which is characterised by uniform and rank system, structured group life, discipline training, voluntary service, need for members to go through enrolment and a progressive training process, opportunities for leadership training and international exposure. - 53 -

4.8.2 Home Affairs Bureau is responsible for policy matters pertaining to the uniformed group service as part of the Community Building Programme. SWD is the executive department responsible for the control of subvention allocated to individual uniformed groups as well as the monitoring of the operation and development of these groups.

4.8.3 As at 31.3.1998, there were eight social welfare subvented uniformed organizations with a total of 93,946 registered members. These uniformed groups are either attached to their headquarters or regional offices. The number of members and regional offices/units in each of the uniformed organizations is at Appendix 5.6.

4.9 Youth Offices

4.9.1 Youth offices are operated in all 18 Districts by SWD to co- ordinate and strengthen existing youth groups and community organizations, to promote new groups and help them develop programmes to meet community needs. They make a positive contribution towards youth development and emphasis will continue to be placed on leadership training, community services by young people and the development of programmes to meet community needs.

4.10 Youth Award Schemes

4.10.1 The Hong Kong Award For Young People

The Hong Kong Award For Young People embraces a wide range of adventurous, cultural and practical activities and a series of awards which young people may choose to pursue on their own. Through the Scheme they learn the value and importance of self-discipline, enterprise and effort. As at 31.3.1998, the Scheme has 17 operating authorities, with the participation of 42,672 members. The Scheme was formerly known as ‘ The Duke of Edinburgh’ s Award Scheme’ before April 1997.

4.10.2 Opportunities for Youth Scheme

The Opportunities for Youth Scheme provides grants to youth groups to plan and implement their own projects which are conducive to their personal and social development as well as of benefit to the community. This gives them opportunities to realize their ideals and has proved popular amongst young people. In 1997/98, a total of 151 community projects were implemented involving 9,452 young people and serving about 60,362 people. - 54 -

4.11 Working Group on Services for Youth at Risk

4.11.1 Having examined the major youth issues identified according to its terms of reference, the Working Group on Services for Youth at Risk continued with the implementation of its recommendations. A pilot implementation of the screening tool and the primary preventive program has been launched in 11 secondary schools in Shatin since September 1997 for early identification of potentially at risk students and provision with timely prevention programmes. As an experimental project to reach out to young night-drifters in the night-time, two Youth Mobile Teams were set up in October 1997 to explore their needs and provide them on the spot crisis intervention and follow-up services. Family Life Education and related children and youth services units have also been mobilised to relate positive message to young people and to educate parents in offering support to the young people, including youth hotline services, promotion of peer support and video tape on “How to Help Your Children be Drug Free”.

4.12 In the provision of services for young people, the importance of the family in facilitating the healthy development of young people is recognized. Children and youth service units are providing support to the parents and the family as a whole through various means, such as parent education programmes, mutual support groups among parents, after school care programmes etc.

4.13 To facilitate mutual support among young people, the formation of peer group support networks has been emphasised. In addition, in September 1997, the Central Office for Volunteer Service has been established to help co-ordinate and develop volunteer service through developing a database to register individual and corporate volunteers in a more systematic way, setting up Volunteer Service Hotline with fax-on-demand and launching a territory-wide Volunteer Movement. Among the objectives of the Movement, promotion of self-fulfilment and community involvement among young people through volunteering will be strengthened and sustained. Besides, a standardized award system has been developed to recognize the contribution of volunteers which is also a way to arouse the interest of young people in volunteer service. In addition, children and youth service units will continue to organize programmes to promote and develop volunteerism.

4.14 The recommendations of the Report on the Research on the Social Causes of Juvenile Crime (May 1995) concerning children and youth service i.e. strengthening of social work support to help students with problems or special needs, creation of a community-based social rehabilitating programme for youth at risk and expansion of social work service for marginal youth, have been actively pursued by the Department and NGOs as described in paragraphs 4.2 to 4.6. - 55 -

4.15 The staffing standards of the various activities in this programme area are given in Appendix 5.7.

V. FORECAST OF DEMAND

5.1 The demand for activities included in this programme is affected by the following factors:

(a) the projected children and youth population requiring service under this programme;

(b) the availability of other facilities to provide social and developmental activities for young people;

(c) the changing needs of young people and the type of services considered necessary to meet these needs; and

(d) the needs of young people in different population concentration as affected by the differences in geographical spread, age structure and density.

5.2 For uniformed organizations, the demand of the service can be estimated by the membership trend and the request for service by sponsoring agencies.

5.3 The White Paper on Social Welfare into the 1990s' and Beyond sets out the demand of children and youth centres, school social work service and outreaching social work service, which is updated in paragraph 6 below.

5.4 The current provision of children and youth centres has practically met the service demand. To maximize the use of existing resources and to rationalize the distribution of centre, the SWD continues to redistribute resources by reprovisioning existing centres from areas where there is over-provision to newly developed/redeveloped areas where there is a demand for new centres. The demand for and provision of the centre service would be closely monitored to identify service surplus or shortfall. - 56 -

VI. PLANNED PROVISION AND SHORTFALL

6.1 A summary of demand, provision and shortfall of the activities in this programme is shown as follows:

Type of Planning Provision as at 31.3.98 Demand/ Projected Service Ratio Provision/ Shortfall 98/99 99/00 00/01 01/02 02/03

Children & Service Type (no. CYC Unit ) Youth 1:6,500 of unit) Demand 246 ) 247 246 245 245 Centre youth SWD/Group Unit Provision 237 ) 242 244 245 245 (CYC) population Work Unit (13) 13 ) subject to review (note 2) NGO/Communit ) y Centre (13) 13 ) NGO/Children ) Centre (33) NGO/Youth 16.5 Centre (33) NGO/CYC 16.5 (140) NGO/IT 140 (20) 36 Total 235 Shortfall 9 5 2 0 0 (Note 1) School 1: 2,000 SWD/SSW 4 Demand 228 226 226 225 225 social general NGO/SSW 269.5 Provision 300 300 300 300 300 workers in student NGO/IT 12.5 secondary population (note 3) (note 5) schools (SSW) Total 286 Surplus 72 74 74 75 75 (note 4) Outreach- Those SWD/OSW 0 ing priority NGO/OSW 25.5 Demand 36 ) 36 social work areas in NGO/IT 7.5 Provision 34 ) 36 teams need as (note 6) ) subject to review (note 7) (OSW) determined ) by the ) Steering Group on OSW Total 33 Shortfall 2 0

Integrated 1:12,000 SWD/IT 0 (note 8) NA NA NA NA NA team children NGO/IT 20 Demand 25 30 35 40 45 (IT) and youth Provision population

Total 20 Surplus/ NA NA NA NA NA Shortfall - 57 -

Note 1 : For calculation purpose, every community centre/group work unit is treated as one children and youth centre (CYC) and every integrated team is treated as 1.8 CYC. In addition, every single centre (children centre or youth centre) is treated as 0.5 CYC.

Note 2 : Projection on demand, provision and shortfall will be reviewed in the context of the formation of integrated teams.

Note 3 : A total of 12.5 units were pooled to form integrated teams.

Note 4 : Of the 286 school social worker units, 128 school social worker units have been deployed to 132 schools with more student problems. The resultant manning ratio of these schools is 1:1,000. The manning ratio of the remaining schools is 1:2,053, with the overall manning ratio being 1:1,570.

Note 5 : The demand is based on the revised projected enrolment in secondary day schools provided by Education Department.

Note 6 : 7.5 teams were pooled to form integrated teams.

Note 7 : The Steering Group on Outreaching Social Work recommended continual expansion of two teams per year for another three years from 1996/97 onwards so as to meet service needs. Moreover, there should be another review on the service upon the smooth implementation of the expansion. The report had been endorsed by the Social Welfare Advisory Committee. The proposed expansion of two teams per year would be implemented subject to availability of funds.

Note 8 : The demand for integrated teams is subject to local characteristics and youth needs. - 58 -

VII. PROPOSALS FOR IMPLEMENTATION

7.1 In 1998/99, another 14 school social worker posts will be created to further improve the service to schools with more student problems.

7.2 The City University of Hong Kong has been commissioned by the Department to conduct a service evaluation on the effectiveness of the refocusing of children and youth centre service, the setting up of integrated teams and the Community Support Service Scheme. The evaluation was completed in May 1997.

VIII. PROPOSAL PENDING POLICY/FUNDING APPROVAL OR REQUIRING FURTHER EXAMINATION

8.1 The Department will work closely with NGOs in the implementation of the recommendations of the Report of the Working Party on Review of Children and Youth Centre Services, such as the setting up of new integrated teams.

8.2 The following recommendations will be further pursued subject to availability of fundings:

(a) To provide additional 1 1/4 Welfare Worker (WW) and 1/2 Clerical Assistant (CA) to combined children and youth centre and 1 1/2 WW and 1/2 CA to combined children and youth centre cum study/reading room by phases.

(b) To modify the team structure of outreaching social work team from four Assistant Social Work Officers (ASWOs) and six Social Work Assistants (SWAs) to four ASWOs, two Senior Social Work Assistants and four SWAs as recommended by the Report on the Review of Outreaching Social Work Service (1990). The existing level of standard cost would be adjusted to take into account the financial implications of the revised team structure. In practice NGOs are given the flexibility to implement the improvement of team structure as well as the improvement of the supervisory ratio to one Social Work Officer to two teams within the mid-point subvention provision.

(c) To expand outreaching social work service at the rate of two teams per year over three years starting from 1996/97 as recommended by the Report on Examination of Need for Expansion of Outreaching Social Work Service (1994). There should be another review on the service upon smooth completion of the proposed expansion. - 59 -

CHAPTER 6

SERVICES FOR THE ELDERLY

I. BASIC PRINCIPLE AND OVERALL OBJECTIVE

1.1 The basic principle underlying services for the elderly is the belief that an old person should be assisted to live in his own community with dignity, and a spectrum of services should be provided to facilitate his continued participation in the society both socially, and, if he so wishes, economically, for as long as possible.

1.2 The overall objective of services for the elderly is to promote the well-being of those persons aged 60 and over in all aspects of their life. Services are provided to enable them to retain their self-respect; to remain as members of the community for as long as possible and, to the extent necessary, to provide residential care suited to their varying needs.

1.3 The development of elderly services is guided by the policy objectives as laid down in :

(a) The 1991 White Paper "Social Welfare into the 1990s and Beyond";

(b) The 1994 Report of the Working Group on Care for the Elderly; and

(c) The 1997 Strategic Policy Objective of providing "Care for the Elderly".

II. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

2.1 The specific objectives of the services are:

(a) to ensure that elderly people have sufficient financial means to maintain themselves independently and with dignity and to meet expenses brought about by old age or ill health;

(b) to provide domiciliary and community support services to enable elderly persons to live in the community for as long as possible, and to encourage and support carers to look after their elderly family members; - 60 -

(c) to provide housing assistance to elderly people with housing need;

(d) to provide residential care facilities for elderly people who, for health, social or other reasons, can no longer live with their families or on their own;

(e) to assist elderly people who wish to remain economically active to seek appropriate forms of employment;

(f) to meet special transport needs of elderly people;

(g) to educate the public on the process of ageing and to empower the elderly to continue to participate in the community, so that old age can become a positive and productive period; and

(h) to promote better co-ordination of welfare services with other related services, such as health, housing, transport, employment, and continued education and to ensure effective provision of services in meeting the varying needs of the elderly.

III. STATUTES

3.1 Statutory activities are mainly carried out within the framework of the Residential Care Homes (Elderly Persons) Ordinance, Cap 459.

IV. CURRENT ACTIVITIES

4.1 There are two major categories of services for the elderly : community support services and residential care services. Community support and residential care services for the elderly are mainly operated by non- governmental organizations while the Social Welfare Department operates one social centre, one hostel for the elderly and the Senior Citizen Card Scheme.

4.2 Community Support Services

4.2.1 Community support services assist elderly people to remain living in the community for as long as possible. These services also give support to carers. With the increasing diversity of community support services for the elderly, a more integrated approach to facilitate access to services is adopted. - 61 -

4.2.2 Housing Assistance

This is provided through recommendation of rehousing on compassionate grounds to the Housing Department on a case-by-case basis. Flats in public housing estates are allocated to successful applicants.

4.2.3 Home Help

Home help service provides meals, personal care, escort service, laundry and home management services. Since April 1995, 26 additional teams have been established. The total provision was 126 home help teams on 31.3.1998. Majority of users of home help service are elderly people.

4.2.4 Multi-service Centres

Operated on a district basis, multi-service centres provide a range of day services such as home help, counselling, social and recreational activities, canteen, laundry and bathing facilities and community education on ageing. In the past three years, five additional centres were set up. As at 31.3.1998, 28 multi-service centres were in operation (Appendix 6.1).

4.2.5 Day Care Centres

Day care centres which are operated on a district basis provide personal care to elderly people who are dependent on others in their daily living activities. Services provided include personal care, limited nursing care, meals and recreational activities. Each day care centre is equipped with two 16-seater vans to take elderly people to and from the centres. Since April 1995, six new centres have been set up. As at 31.3.1998, 28 day care centres providing a total of 1,120 places were in operation (Appendix 6.2).

4.2.6 Social Centres

Social centres are set up either as stand-alone centres or within multi-service centres for the elderly. These centres mainly cater for the recreational and social needs of elderly people on a neighbourhood basis and they also offer educational and developmental programmes for the elderly. Services provided include organized groups and activities, information-giving, referral and mutual help activities. In the past three years, 47 additional social centres and five multi-service centres (equivalent to ten social centres) were - 62 - established. As at 31.3.1998, 263 social centres including 56 centres in multi-service centres were in operation (Appendix 6.3).

4.2.7 Holiday Centre for the Elderly

The holiday centre enables elderly people, including those who need constant care and attention, to have short holidays in the countryside so that their carers can take a break from the daily caring chores. One centre has been in operation since September 1993.

4.2.8 Outreaching Services for Elderly at Risk

Outreaching service aims at identifying and assisting high- risk elderly persons in the community. At the end of March 1998, Government subvention was granted to two outreaching teams.

4.2.9 Volunteer Workers Programme

Volunteer Workers Programme provides training and supervision to volunteers who serve individual elderly persons and their family members on a regular and long-term basis. Examples of voluntary work include home help service, reaching-out to singleton elderly, escort service, relief service for carers, assistance in conducting social and recreational activities, etc. With grants provided by the Lotteries Fund, two Volunteer Workers Programmes which are based in multi-service centres have been in operation on an experimental basis from October 1995. As at 31.3.1998, there were 543 volunteers known to these two programmes.

4.2.10 Older Volunteers Programme

Older Volunteers Programme recruits and trains older volunteers to become effective and contributory members of society. Older volunteers carry out community networking and neighbourhood support projects; reaching-out to elderly at risk; organisation of recreational and social activities for the elderly; visit to elderly people, patients and disabled persons; telephone service; etc. With grants provided by the Lotteries Fund, eight Older Volunteers Programmes which are based in multi-service centres have been in operation on an experimental basis from October 1995. As at 31.3.1998, there were 1,131 older volunteers known to these programmes. - 63 -

4.2.11 Social Networking for the Elderly

Social Networking for the Elderly is a 2-year experimental project launched since October 1996 with grants provided by the Lotteries Fund. The project is operated on a district basis in all multi-services centres. It aims at identifying and maintaining a list of vulnerable elderly people for whom volunteers are recruited to provide informal networks in a spirit of community care. At the end of March 1998, there were about 14,308 vulnerable people and 403 volunteer organizations with over 6,651 volunteers participating in the project.

4.2.12 Outdoor and Recreational Bus Service for the Elderly

Pool bus service is operated by one non-governmental organization which provides bus service, on a hire basis, to elderly people to attend outdoor activities and recreational programmes. Four 50-seater buses are available.

4.2.13 Employment Service

Employment service is provided by the Labour Department Local Employment Service and the Hong Kong Council of Social Service Employment Service for the Elderly.

4.2.14 Community Education

Community education aims at enhancing the understanding of the community of the needs of elderly persons, fostering a positive attitude towards them and promoting the concept of community care. It also aims at assisting elderly persons to adjust to the process of ageing. Public awareness is promoted through programmes on respect for the elderly (e.g. Senior Citizens Day), retirement programmes, periodicals on ageing, volunteerism and intergenerational programmes.

4.2.15 Senior Citizen Card Scheme

The scheme was launched by the Social Welfare Department in March 1994. It aims at providing elderly persons aged 65 or over with a recognized proof of age to facilitate access to discounts, concessionary benefits and priority service offered by public operators and other establishments. The Scheme also instils in the community a sense of respect and gratitude for elderly people for their past contributions to society. At the end of March 1998, a total of - 64 -

806 companies/organizations/government departments (with 3,006 units/ outlets) and 375 medical units (with 456 branches) had participated in the Scheme. Over 542,000 Senior Citizen Cards were issued.

4.3 Residential Care

4.3.1 Residential care is provided for elderly people who are in need of care in their daily living which can only be provided in a residential setting. (Appendix 6.4)

4.3.2 Care-and-Attention Homes

Care-and-attention homes provide accommodation, meal service, general personal care and limited nursing care to elderly people who suffer from poor health or physical/mild mental disabilities with deficiencies in activities of daily living but mentally suitable for communal living. In the past three years, 1,688 additional subvented places were provided in new homes. In addition, 1,200 bought- places in private homes for the elderly and 143 additional places in self- financing homes were provided for care-and-attention cases. As at 31.3.1998, there was a total of 10,081 care-and-attention places of which 2,609 were additional places provided in the past three years (inclusive of care-and-attention places provided in Combined Homes and Homes cum Care-and-Attention Units).

4.3.3 Infirmary Units in Care-and-Attention Homes

In order to cater for needs of residents (in homes for the aged and care-and-attention homes) for higher level of care due to declining health, infirmary units are established by making use of existing care-and-attention places. These units have provision of additional nursing staff, and more nursing care is available to infirmed residents. Infirmary units help to tackle the problem of shortage of infirmary beds but are not intended to substitute medical infirmaries. As at 31.3.1998, there was a total of 29 units with 580 places.

4.3.4 Combined Homes/Homes cum Care-and-Attention Unit

To meet the needs of residents whose health conditions have deteriorated, care-and-attention units which provide general personal care and limited nursing care are established within homes for the aged. This facilitates the continuing care of the frail elderly within a familiar environment. In the past three years, 278 additional care-and-attention places were provided in new homes and through conversion programmes. - 65 -

4.3.5 Homes for the Aged

Homes for the aged provide accommodation, meals and a limited degree of personal care. Some homes are purpose-built whilst other aged home places are provided in conjunction with hostel places in public housing estates. In the past three years, 366 additional subvented places were provided, including 185 places converted from self-care hostel places. There was a decrease of 228 places in non-subvented homes. As at 31.3.1998, there were 8,160 home for the aged places (inclusive of home for aged places provided in Combined Homes and Homes cum Care-and-attention Units).

4.3.6 Hostels

Hostels provide communal living accommodation, organized programmes and round-the clock staff support to elderly people who are capable of self-care. In the past three years, the need for hostel accommodation has reduced partly because of the development of community support services and partly due to the expansion of housing for senior citizens of the Housing Department. From 1995/96 to 1997/98, a total of 300 hostel places were converted into home for aged or care-and-attention places. There was also a decrease of 16 places in self-financing homes. As at 31.3.1998, there were 967 hostel places. Besides NGO operators, the Social Welfare Department also operates two sheltered housing schemes. The Housing Department and the Housing Society are the other two major providers of housing for senior citizens.

4.3.7 Transit Accommodation

Transit facilities provide short-term accommodation for elderly people in need of urgent care while awaiting long-term placement. Such facilities are provided either in emergency shelters or through emergency places in care-and-attention homes, homes for the aged and meal sections in hostels.

4.3.8 Staffing standards of facilities for the elderly are listed in Appendix 6.5.

4.3.9 Respite Service

Respite service provides temporary or short-term residential care for elderly persons requiring a certain degree of personal care and gives temporary relief to carers. The service is available in some care-and-attention homes, homes for the aged and meal sections in - 66 -

hostels located in different districts. A total of 16 places was provided as at 31.3.1998.

4.4 Residential Care Homes (Elderly Persons) Ordinance

4.4.1 The Residential Care Homes (Elderly Persons) Ordinance was enacted in October 1994 to regulate homes established for the residential care of elderly persons who have attained the age of 60 years. The Ordinance which has come into full operation on 1.6.1996 is to ensure that residential care homes for the elderly provide services of a reasonable standard and that the welfare of the elderly residents is safeguarded. Under the Ordinance, residential care homes are regulated either by licence or certificate of exemption.

4.4.2 The Residential Care Homes (Elderly Persons) Regulation specifies requirements regarding the registration of health workers, duties of operators, duties of home managers, space and staff, location and design and safety precautions for residential care homes.

4.4.3 The Licensing Office of Residential Care Homes for the Elderly administers the licensing system provided under the legislative scheme. At the end of March 1998, 118 valid licences and 451 certificates of exemption were issued to residential care homes, including subvented, non-profit-making and private homes for the elderly.

4.5 Financial Assistance Scheme

4.5.1 To safeguard the interests of elderly people residing in existing residential homes, the Working Group on Care for the Elderly has recommended that a one-off Financial Assistance Scheme be introduced to help existing self-financing and private homes to comply with the safety precaution, design and structural requirements under the Residential Care Homes (Elderly Persons) Ordinance. An amount of $50 million has been earmarked under the Lotteries Fund for this scheme which has been implemented in May 1995. At the end of March 1998, a total grant of about $4.94 million had been approved.

4.6 Health Worker Training

4.6.1 Under the Residential Care Home (Elderly Persons) Ordinance, the operator of a care-and-attention home or a home for the aged should either employ nurses or health workers to care for the elderly residents. The Department has commissioned four training institutes to organise 37 health worker training courses. Training for 1,190 health workers was provided from 1995 to 1997. - 67 -

4.7 Bought Place Scheme

4.7.1 The Bought Place Scheme for private homes for the elderly was introduced in 1989 and has been put on subvention since 1993. The Scheme has provided financial incentive for the operators of private homes to raise their service standard. As at 31.3.1998, 1,200 places were bought from private homes. An additional 2,400 subvented care and attention places under an enhanced Bought Place Scheme will be provided in the three years 1998-2001.

V. FORECAST OF DEMAND

5.1 As recommended by the Working Group on Care for the Elderly, elderly people aged 65 and above are taken to be the target population for planning purposes. Age 65 will, however, not be regarded as the minimum qualifying age for services for elderly people and persons aged between 60 and 64 will continue to have access to services on the basis of need.

5.2 The planning ratios for the services were proposed by the Working Group on Care for the Elderly in 1994 and have been revised and promulgated in the Hong Kong Planning Standards and Guidelines. In view of the substantial demand for residential care services, service provision is provided on a basis beyond demand estimated from the planning ratios. The demand, provision and shortfall of services for the elderly are shown in the tables in paragraphs 6.1 and 6.2. - 68 -

VI. PLANNED PROVISION AND SHORTFALL

6.1 A summary of provision of residential care services for the elderly is shown below:

Provision as Type of Provision at Projected Service 31.3.1998 1998/99 1999/00 2000/01 2001/02 2002/03 SWD 0 0 0 0 0 0 Care & NGO 8,881 9,795 10,823 11,815 12,704 12,704 Attention Note Note (2) (+914) (+1,028) (+992) (+889) (+0) Home (1) BPS* 1,200 1,800 2,600 3,600 3,600 (+600) (+800) (+1,000) Total 10,081 11,595 13,423 15,415 16,304 16,304 (+0) SWD 88 88 88 88 88 88 Home for the Aged NGO 8,072 8,597 8,922 9,295 9,543 9,543 Note (+525) (+325) (+373) (+248) (+0) (3) Total 8,160 8,685 9,010 9,383 9,631 9,631

SWD 69 69 69 69 69 69

Hostel NGO 898 871 726 726 726 726 Note (-27) (-145) (-0) (-0) (-0) (4) Total 967 940 795 795 795 795

BPS* : Bought Place Scheme for Private Homes for the Elderly Note (1) : The provision includes 8,011 subvented and 870 non-profit-making self-financing places as at 31.3.1998, to increase to 10,301 subvented and 2,403 non-profit-making self-financing places in 2002/2003. Note (2) : The provision includes 580 infirmary unit places in 29 units (19 homes) and 11 respite places in 11 care-and-attention homes. Note (3) : The provision includes 6,755 subvented and 1,317 non-profit-making self-financing places as at 31.3.1998, to increase to 8,150 subvented and 1,393 non-profit-making self-financing places in 2002/2003. This provision includes 5 respite places in 5 homes for the aged and meal sections in hostels. Note (4) : The provision includes 42 non-profit-making self-financing places. - 69 -

6.2 A summary of demand, provision and shortfall of community support services for the elderly is shown below:

Provision Projected Type of Planning Demand/Provision/ as at Service Ratio Shortfall 31.3.1998 1998/99 1999/00 2000/01 2001/02 2002/03

1 centre each Demand 39 40 41 43 44 45 district Multi- and additional Provision 28 32 35 36 38 39 service centres to be (+4) (+3) (+1) (+2) (+1) Centre provided on (M/E) the basis of Shortfall 11 8 6 7 6 6 one centre to about 17,000 elderly aged 65 and above

Demand 39 40 41 43 44 45

Day Care same as above Provision 28 30 34 37 38 38 Centre (+2) (+4) (+3) (+1) (+0) (D/E) Shortfall 11 10 7 6 6 7

Demand 328 340 352 363 375 386 Social 1 centre to Provision* 263 275 288 297 311 314 Centre every 2,000 (+12) (+13) (+9) (+14) (+3) (S/E) elderly aged 65 and above Shortfall 65 65 64 66 64 72

* including S/E in M/E and self-financing centres (The social and recreational service unit in a multi-service centre for the elderly is equivalent to two social centres for the elderly.) - 70 -

VII. MAJOR DEVELOPMENTS

7.1 Working Group on Care for the Elderly

7.1.1 Recommendations of the Working Group on Care for the Elderly as described in its report in August 1994 have been fully implemented. The Government will continue to implement relevant recommendations in the coming years.

7.1.2 In community support services, examples of full implementation of the Working Group recommendations which will continue to be in effect are : open membership in social centres and provision of additional clerical staff; additional vans, drivers and driver allowance for day care centres and raising enrolment rate of day care centres to 110%. Upon completion of the experimental period of the Volunteer Workers Programme and Older Volunteers Programme in September 1997, the two programmes were evaluated and extended to September 1998.

7.1.3 In residential care services, examples of areas in which implementation will continue are : from 1995/96 to 1997/98, a total of 300 hostel place were converted into home for the aged or care-and- attention places, assistance was rendered to non-governmental organizations to establish non-profit-making self-financing residential care homes, to encourage applications for grants from the Elderly Services Development Fund and introduction of infirmary care supplement. As recommended by the Working Group, the Residential Care Services Delivery System for the Elderly which is an integrated, computerized waiting-list for admission to residential care institution, has come into operation in early 1998. The Department has also taken over the operation and management of nursing homes. The Department of Health continues to be responsible for licensing and inspection of nursing homes. The Financial Assistance Scheme had been introduced to help self-financing and private homes to comply with the safety precautions, design and structural requirements under the Residential Care Homes (Elderly Persons) Ordinance.

7.1.4 The consultancy study undertaken by Deloitte and Touche Consulting Group in May 1996 to assess the needs of elderly people for community support and residential care services was completed in early 1998. The Elderly Commission, Social Welfare Advisory Committee and Legislative Council Panel on Welfare Services were consulted on the findings. Various recommendations are being followed up. - 71 -

7.2 Elderly Commission

7.2.1 The Elderly Commission was appointed by the Chief Executive to advise Government on policies in respect of the elderly, to co-ordinate the planning and development of programmes and services for the elderly, and to monitor their implementation. The Commission was set up on 30.7.1997. The Department will respond to the advice of the Commission in developing services for the elderly.

7.3 Strategic Policy Objective

7.3.1 The Department will implement the following measures in furtherance of the Strategic Policy Objective of providing "Care for the Elderly":

- Establish 15 additional home help teams in 1998-99.

- Set up two carers' support centres in 1998-99.

- Provide nine additional day care centres in the three years 1998-2001.

- Conduct a review on home help services.

- Provide 3,300 subvented residential care places in the four years 1998-2002 to serve elderly people in need.

- Increase the number of subvented residential care places under an enhanced Bought Place Scheme by 2,400 places in the three years 1998-2001.

- Provide 1,400 nursing homes places by 1999.

- Encourage development of 1,500 places in self-financing homes by March 2002.

- Train 270 enrolled nurses in 1998-2000 by a blister programme.

- Provide resources to enable 23 large residential care homes to employ experienced physiotherapists.

- Create a new rank of physiotherapy artisan.

- Introduce a new dementia supplement for subvented residential care homes. - 72 -

- Maintain the infirmary care supplement for subvented homes to help them take care of residents who require higher levels of care.

- Explore the possibility of implementing the concept of continuum of care.

- Provide eight additional multi-service centres for the elderly in the three years 1998-2001.

- Set up 36 support teams for the elderly in multi-service centres by March 2001 to provide outreaching and networking services to vulnerable single elderly.

- Provide 23 additional social centres for the elderly in the four years 1998-2002.

- Develop an Elderly Volunteer Programme.

- Explore the possibility of social centres working closely with relevant government departments in providing recreational programmes for the elderly.

VIII. PROPOSALS FOR IMPLEMENTATION

8.1 Services will continue to be planned to meet increase in demand of the ageing population for residential and community support services. For 1998/99, the following facilities are planned (Appendix 6.6) :

1 home cum care-and-attention unit providing 66 care-and-attention places and 59 home for aged places;

3 combined homes providing 150 subvented and 217 self-financing care-and-attention places and 164 subvented and 20 self- financing home for the aged places;

3 care-and-attention homes providing 100 subvented and 381 self- financing places;

2 homes for the aged providing 256 subvented places;

1 conversion project converting about 27 hostel places to 26 home for the aged places; - 73 -

12 social centres including 8 in multi-service centres;

4 multi-service centres; and

2 day care centres.

8.2 For 1999/2000, the following facilities are planned (Appendix 6.7) :

1 combined home providing 120 subvented and 56 self-financing care-and-attention places and 80 subvented home for the aged places;

6 care-and-attention homes providing 672 subvented and 180 self- financing places;

1 home for the aged providing 100 subvented places;

5 conversion project converting about 145 hostel places to 145 home for the aged places;

13 social centres including 6 in multi-service centres;

3 multi-service centres; and

4 day care centres.

8.3 A new service --- Support Teams for the Elderly --- will be set up in all multi-service centres to provide service to vulnerable elderly people. The teams will adopt an outreach approach to identify vulnerable elderly people and link them up with formal services through the assistance of volunteers. From October 1998, outreaching service for elderly at-risk and the three programmes funded by Lotteries Fund --- Volunteer Workers Programme, Older Volunteers Programme and Social Networking for the Elderly Project --- will be subsumed into the new service. An Elderly Volunteer Programme will be launched with the setting up of Support Teams for the Elderly.

8.4 In residential services, the following proposals, in addition to those pledged in the Strategic Policy Objectives, will be implemented :

(a) The Department will continue to encourage non-governmental organizations to operate non-profit-making self-financing homes. The Elderly Services Development Fund will continue to fund such projects. - 74 -

(b) To ensure the best use of resources, the Department will work closely with the consultants commissioned by the Health and Welfare Bureau on the gate-keeping mechanism. - 75 -

CHAPTER 7

SERVICES FOR OFFENDERS

I. BASIC PRINCIPLE AND OVERALL OBJECTIVE

1.1 The basic principle underlying social work services for offenders is that the offender can be best rehabilitated within the community with suitable professional intervention and support for the offenders and their families. Residential training or custodial treatment is necessary for a minority of offenders when no community-based treatment option is suitable.

1.2 The overall objective of services for offenders is to use social work approaches to implement the court’ s directives in the treatment of offenders, through probation supervision, residential training, the Community Service Orders Scheme, the Community Support Service Scheme and statutory aftercare services. Voluntary aftercare services are also provided to ex-offenders to facilitate their re-integration into society.

II. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

2.1 The specific objectives of the eight main categories of service under this programme are :

(a) Probation Service

(i) To prepare social inquiry reports on offenders’ background as requested by the courts and on long-term and petitioning prisoners for reviewing of their sentences.

(ii) To provide supervision and guidance to offenders placed on probation for a period specified under a probation order.

(b) Community Service Orders

To supervise and make arrangements for offenders to use part of their leisure time to perform unpaid work of benefit to the community as reparation for the harm they have done to the community, and to enable them to gain a changed out-look of life through the process of rendering community services. - 76 -

(c) Community Support Service Scheme

To provide intensive and structured day-training such as community service projects, job training packages and social and counselling groups to young offenders, to stimulate their interest in school or work, and to help them develop social skills.

(d) Remand Homes and Places of Refuge

To provide legal custody, care and assessment to juvenile offenders, children in need of care or protection, and young illegal immigrants.

(e) Residential Training

To provide residential training and education to young offenders, and to bring about changes in behaviour and attitude to facilitate their re-integration into society as law-abiding citizens.

(f) Aftercare Service

To provide guidance, support and assistance to offenders to prepare them for discharge from probation homes, probation hostel or reformatory schools, and to facilitate their reintegration into society.

(g) Young Offender Assessment Panel

To provide the courts with a professional co-ordinated view on the most appropriate rehabilitation programme for individual convicted young offenders aged 14 to under 25.

(h) Support Services for Non-custodial Offenders and Discharged Prisoners

To provide support services to non-custodial offenders and offenders released from penal institutions of Correctional Services Department to facilitate their re-integration into society. - 77 -

III. TYPES OF CLIENTS

3.1 Services are provided for the following categories of clients :

(a) Juvenile suspects or offenders who are detained in places of detention pending police investigation, court appearance or awaiting sentence, or children detained in a place of refuge, or illegal immigrants detained under the Immigration Ordinance;

(b) Offenders on whom a pre-sentence social inquiry report is required by the court;

(c) Convicted young offenders referred by the court for further assessment;

(d) Offenders on whom a probation order or a community service order is made;

(e) Young offenders who are required by the court to undergo a period of residential training operated by the Social Welfare Department, including those placed under a detention order and young offenders discharged on licence from reformatory school;

(f) Non-custodial offenders and offenders released from penal institutions of the Correctional Services Department who request services on voluntary basis;

(g) Prisoners on whom a report is required to assist the Chief Executive in considering petitions for reduced sentences, or the Long-term Prison Sentences Review Board in connection with reviews of prison sentences; and

(h) Eligible adult prisoners under the provision of the Post-Release Supervision of Prisoners Ordinance (Cap 475) in respect of whom a Social Welfare Report is required by the Post-Release Supervision Board, and adult ex-prisoners in respect of whom a supervision order is made by the Post-Release Supervision Board.

IV. STATUTES

4.1 Statutory activities are carried out within the framework of :

(a) The Juvenile Offenders Ordinance, Cap 226; - 78 -

(b) The Probation of Offenders Ordinance; Cap 298;

(c) The Community Service Orders Ordinance, Cap 378;

(d) The Reformatory Schools Ordinance; Cap 225;

(e) The Protection of Children and Juveniles Ordinance, Cap 213;

(f) The Immigration Ordinance, Cap 115;

(g) The Post-Release Supervision of Prisoners Ordinance, Cap 475; and

(h) The Long-term Prison Sentences Review Ordinance, Cap.524.

V. CURRENT ACTIVITIES

5.1 The Social Welfare Department is responsible for discharging statutory functions while non-governmental organizations provide complementary non-statutory services.

Statutory Services

5.2 Probation Service

5.2.1 Probation service is provided by the Social Welfare Department in fourteen probation offices serving all magistracies, the district courts, the Court of first Instance and the Court of Appeal of High Court.

5.2.2 Probation officers, as the court may direct, prepare social inquiry reports on the personal and family circumstances of offenders on whom consideration for making of probation order may arise. Probation officers also prepare reports on background information of long term prisoners, especially regarding welfare factors relevant to the consideration of reduction of sentences. The number of reports prepared in 1995/96, 96/97 and 97/98 were 13,041, 12,520 and 10,969 respectively.

5.2.3 Probation order may be made by the court on offenders of all ages. Except in a small percentage of juvenile cases who require a period of residential training, the order permits the offender to remain in the community under the guidance and supervision of a probation officer. Probation officers work closely with the probationers and - 79 -

their families so that they may understand and deal with their personal and family problems more effectively, and for support and sustaining rehabilitation effects. Those in need are referred to appropriate government departments or organizations for further assistance in housing, employment, medical care, school placement, residential care and vocational training, etc. The number of probation supervision cases served in 1995/96, 96/97 and 97/98 were 7,404, 7,643 and 6,882 respectively.

5.2.4 Community-based treatment programmes in the form of intensive and structured day training under the Community Support Service Scheme are provided to probationers as a supplementary support service to probation supervision. The project in Kwun Tong Community Centre serving cases of the eastern part of Kowloon and Hong Kong Island has started since December 1994 while the one in Tai Hang Tung Community Centre serving cases of the western part of Kowloon and New Territories has commenced operation in February 1996. The number of cases served in 1995/96, 96/97 and 97/98 were 268, 467 and 406 respectively. (Please refer to paragraph 4.4 of Chapter 5 for information on two projects operated by non-governmental organizations.)

5.2.5 To promote greater community involvement in the rehabilitation of offenders, volunteers are recruited and trained by probation officers to befriend probationers and residents of probation homes, and to help them develop interest in wholesome leisure activities so as to steer them away from further crime commitment.

5.3 Community Service Orders

5.3.1 Where a person aged 14 or above is convicted of an offence punishable with imprisonment, the court may make an order requiring him/her to perform unpaid work of benefit to the community for a number of hours, not exceeding 240, within a period of 12 months. The Scheme is available to all magistracies. For offenders placed on such orders, probation officers make arrangements for them to perform unpaid work and provide guidance for their social rehabilitation. Unpaid work consists of group or single placements which last for a few months, or one-off community service projects for the elderly, the disabled, etc. The number of reports made in 1995/96, 96/97 and 97/98 were 2,088, 2,268 and 1,701 respectively. The number of supervision cases served in 1995/96, 96/97 and 97/98 were 1,253, 1,411 and 1,634 respectively. - 80 -

5.4 Remand Homes and Places of Refuge

5.4.1 Two remand homes provide temporary custody, care and assessment for offenders aged 7 to under 16. Two places of refuge provide temporary shelter, care and assessment for children and juveniles (non-offenders) in need of care or protection aged 8 to under 18 (including those with a physical disability aged 9 to under 18 and those with a mental disability aged 5 to under 18) as well as illegal immigrants pending repatriation aged 8 to under 18. The periods of stay vary from a few hours to a maximum of six months. Various kinds of activities, such as handicraft, family life education, social and domestic skills training and informal education are provided to keep the residents meaningfully occupied. Psychiatric or psychological assessment/service is arranged if required.

5.5 Residential Training

5.5.1 Residential training for young offenders is provided in three probation homes, one probation hostel and two reformatory schools. The residential periods range from a few months to a maximum of three years. The training programmes consist of academic studies from primary to junior secondary levels, pre-vocational training such as woodwork, metalwork, electrical works and car repair, and social work programmes including counselling and group work to help them acquire the ability, skills, motivation and maturity to lead a law-abiding life upon discharge. Heavy impetus is given to promote volunteerism among the residents, rendering community service to the elderly, handicapped and other people and organization, with very favourable results. Work with parents is also emphasized to facilitate their re-integration into society.

5.6 Aftercare Service

5.6.1 Aftercare service is provided to all young offenders discharged from probation homes and hostels or on licence from reformatory schools or released prior to the expiry of a detention order. The services provided include counselling, family visits and assistance with accommodation, job and school placements.

5.7 Young Offender Assessment Panel

5.7.1 The Young Offender Assessment Panel is a special board jointly operated by the Social Welfare Department and the Correctional Services Department to provide professional co-ordinated views to judges and magistrates in the sentencing of convicted young - 81 -

offenders. The Panel received cases referred from judges and magistrates. In 1995/96, 1996/97 and 1997/98, the Panel received a total of 500, 473 and 357 referrals respectively. The overall average acceptance rate of the Panel’ s recommendation by the courts were 85.8%, 83.6% and 88.1% respectively.

5.8 Post-Release Supervision of Prisoners Scheme

5.8.1 The Scheme, which commenced operation in December 1996, is jointly operated by the Social Welfare Department and the Correctional Services Department to supervise and provide support services for ex-prisoners, on whom supervision orders have been made by the Post-Release Supervision Board. Depending on their needs, individual and family casework are offered, and appropriate referrals to community resources are made. The number of supervision case served in 1996/97 and 97/98 were 141 and 627 respectively.

Non-statutory Services

5.9 Non-statutory services described below are provided by non- governmental organizations.

5.10 Services for Ex-prisoners

5.10.1 Social workers visit newly admitted inmates of penal institutions managed by the Correctional Services Department to brief them of social services available to them and their families, and interview the prisoners before discharge to offer appropriate voluntary aftercare services as required. The number of cases served in 1995/96, 96/97 and 97/98 were 409, 495 and 662 respectively.

5.10.2 Four social therapy centres provide aftercare casework services to help ex-prisoners reintegrate into society. The number of aftercare cases served in 1995/96, 96/97 and 97/98 were 6,504, 6,753 and 6,347 respectively. Two recreation centres provide supplementary group work services for these ex-prisoners.

5.10.3 Six hostels, with a total capacity of 122, provide short- term accommodation on a voluntary basis, normally for a period of three months, for ex-prisoners to facilitate their re-adjustment to normal independent living.

5.10.4 Four half-way houses, with a total capacity of 130, provide accommodation and training for ex-offenders with a history of mental - 82 -

illness to help them reintegrate into society. The demand and shortfall of places are incorporated under the overall demand and shortfall for halfway houses for discharged mental patients under Chapter 8 on Rehabilitation Services.

5.10.5 A group of volunteers is recruited by a subvented organization to befriend ex-prisoners and their families and to provide assistance which does not require social work knowledge and skills.

5.10.6 A subvented counselling and volunteer support service provides assistance to offenders not given custodial sentences nor referred to the Social Welfare Department. The number of cases served in 1995/96, 96/97 and 97/98 were 172, 210 and 263 respectively.

5.11 Employment Services

5.11.1 The subvented sector offers specialized employment programmes including job assessment, guidance in job seeking, counselling in work adjustment and job placement to socially disadvantaged persons, including probationers and ex-prisoners. Group programmes on employment guidance are provided to residents of probation homes and reformatory schools, and short-term job- orientation service is provided at remand homes. One employment rehabilitation centre provides job preparatory programmes to ex- prisoners and an employment development service unit provides employment counselling service to exprisoners.

5.12 Crime Prevention Education

5.12.1 The subvented sector contributes to crime prevention education to interested groups by arranging talks by rehabilitated ex- offenders. Other government departments and organizations, such as the Education Department, the Hong Kong Police Force, the District Boards, the Fight Crime Committee, etc. also provide crime prevention programmes.

VI. FORECAST OF DEMAND

6.1 Demand for activities under this programme is affected by the following factors :

(a) the crime rate (the number of reported crimes per 100,000 of the population), being 1,036 in 1997, a drop of 30.2% compared with 1995; - 83 -

(b) the crime detection rate, being 51.4% in 1997, compared with 52% in 1995;

(c) types and severity of crimes: the total number of violent crimes continued to drop and a total of 13,749 were recorded in 1997, a decline of 19.5% compared with 1995;

(d) the age of offenders: the number of juveniles (aged between 7 and 15) arrested for crime was 5,964 in 1997, a drop of 11.3% compared with 6,723 in 1995; the number of young persons (aged between 16 and 20) arrested for crime was 6,855 in 1997, a drop of 23.5% compared with 1995;

(e) the sentencing pattern of the courts;

(f) the strategy adopted in the treatment of different categories of offenders; and

(g) public concern about crimes. - 84 -

VII. PLANNED PROVISION AND SHORTFALL

7.1 The demand for statutory services will always be met in full regardless of possible shortfall in manpower and other resources.

7.2 The forecast of demand, planned provision and shortfall are given below :

Provision Demand/ Types as at Provision/ Projected of Service 31.3.98 Shortfall (Note 1) 98/99 99/2000 2000/01 2001/02 2002/03 A. Probation Service SWD cases served in 97/98 i) social inquiry reports Demand (including petition and long-term prisoners) - magistrate courts 10,070 10,070 10,070 10,070 10,070 10,070 - high courts 899 899 899 899 899 899 ii) probation orders - magistrate courts 6,709 6,709 6,709 6,709 6,709 6,709 - high courts 173 173 173 173 173 173 iii) juvenile court attendance 6,965 6,965 6,965 6,965 6,965 6,965 (in man-hours) iv) cases with volunteers used 466 466 466 466 466 466 Social Workers (ASWO only) Demand 132 132 132 132 132 132 Provision 132 132 132 132 132 Shortfall 0 0 0 0 0 Offices Demand 14 14 14 14 14 14 Provision 14 14 14 14 14 Shortfall 0 0 0 0 0 B. Community Service SWD Orders cases served Demand in 97/98 i) social inquiry reports 1,701 1,701 1,701 1,701 1,701 1,701 ii) community service orders 1,634 1,634 1,634 1,634 1,634 1,634 (Note 2) iii) group projects and ad 692 692 692 692 692 692 hoc projects iv) single placements 133 133 133 133 133 133 Social Workers (ASWO only) Demand 28 28 28 28 28 15 Provision 15 20 20 20 20 (Note 3) Shortfall 13 8 8 8 8

Note 1 : As it is difficult to forecast the demand for statutory and aftercare services for offenders, the estimated demand is based either on the past trend of service utilization, or on the existing occupancy or caseload.

Note 2 : The number of cases will be increased after the extension of Community Service Orders Scheme to the Court of Appeal, the Court of First Instance of the High Court, and the District Court in May 1998.

Note 3 : One additional team of 5 Assistant Social Work Officers (ASWOs) will be created in June 1998 to meet shortfall. - 85 -

Provision Demand/ Types as at Provision/ Projected of Service 31.3.98 Shortfall (Note 1) 98/99 99/2000 2000/01 2001/02 2002/03 C. Community Support Service SWD Scheme cases served in 97/98

404 Demand 404 404 404 404 404

Social Workers (ASWO only)

Demand 6 6 6 6 6 6 Provision 6 6 6 6 6 Shortfall 0 0 0 0 0 D. Post-Release SWD Supervision of cases served Prisoners Scheme in 97/98

627 Demand 400 470 570 740 745 (Note 2 ) (Note 2 ) (Note 2 ) (Note 2 ) (Note 2 ) Social Worke rs 3 (ASWO only)

Demand 8 10 12 15 15 (Note 3) 3 Provision 7 7 7 7 7

Shortfall 1 3 5 8 8

Note 1 : As it is difficult to forecast the demand for statutory and aftercare services for offenders, the estimated demand is based either on the past trend of service utilization, or on the existing occupancy or caseload.

Note 2 : The estimated demand is based on the caseload projection provided by the Correctional Services Department (CSD) at the manning ratio 1:50 cases.

Note 3 : The figures are average monthly caseload projection provided by the CSD. - 86 -

Provision Demand/ Types as at Provision/ Projected of Service 31.3.98 Shortfall (Note 1) 98/99 99/2000 2000/01 2001/02 2002/03 E. Young Offender SWD Assessment Panel CSD cases served (in 97/98) Caseload 357 Demand 357 357 357 357 357

Social Workers

Demand 4 4 4 4 4 4 Provision 4 4 4 4 4

Shortfall 0 0 0 0 0 F. Remand Homes and SWD Places of Refuge new and re-admission (in 97/98)

(i) offenders 1,114 Demand 1,114 1,114 1,114 1,114 1,114 (Note 2) (ii) detention orders 25 25 25 25 25 25 (Note 2) (iii) care or protection 1,921 1,921 1,921 1,921 1,921 1,921 (Note 2)

(iv) illegal immigrants 432 432 432 432 432 432 (Note 2)

Provision Provision Ma Tau Wei Girls’ Home 130 130 100 100 100 100

Begonia Road Boys’ Home (Girls’ Section) 15 15 15 15 15 15

Pui Chi Boys’ Home 60 60 30 30 30 30

Pui Yin Juvenile Home 76 76 0 0 0 0 (Note 3) Begonia Road Boys’ Home (Boys’ Section) 0 0 35 35 35 35 (Note 3)

Note 1 : As it is difficult to forecast the demand for statutory and aftercare services for offenders, the estimated demand is based either on the past trend of service utilization, or on the existing occupancy or caseload.

Note 2 : Demand for residential places hinges on a multitude of complex and interactive factors, and may fluctuate widely. Thus, projections for 1998/99 and beyond are based on 1997/98 level.

Note 3 : Pui Yin Juvenile Home is to be phased out, and its service will be reprovisioned to Begonia Road Boys’ Home. - 87 -

Provision Demand/ Types as at Provision/ Projected of Service 31.3.98 Shortfall (Note 1) 98/99 99/2000 2000/01 2001/02 2002/03 G. Probation Homes SWD new and re-admission (in 97/98) 116 Demand 116 116 116 116 116 (Note 2) Provision Provision Begonia Road Boys’ Home (Boys’ Section) 80 80 0 0 0 0 (Note 3) O Pui Shan Boys’ Home 48 48 0 0 0 0 (Probation Section) (Note 3) Fanling Girls’ Home 20 20 30 30 30 30

Shatin Boys’ Home 0 0 120 120 120 120 (Note 3) H. Probation Hostel SWD new and re-admission (in 97/98) 86 Demand 86 86 86 86 86 (Note 2) Kwun Tong Hostel Provision Provision

60 60 60 60 60 60 (Note 4)

I. Reformatory School SWD new and re- admission (in 97/98) 43 Demand 43 43 43 43 43 (Note 2) Provision Provision

O Pui Shan Boys’ Home 48 48 95 95 95 95 (Note 5) Castle Peak Boys’ Home 75 75 0 0 0 0 (Note 5)

Note 1 : As it is difficult to forecast the demand for statutory and aftercare services for offenders, the estimated demand is based either on the past trend of service utilization, or on the existing occupancy or caseload.

Note 2 : Demand for residential places hinges on a multitude of complex and interactive factors, and may fluctuate widely. Thus, projections for 1998/99 and beyond are based on 1997/98 level.

Note 3 : Begonia Road Boys’ Home (Boys’ Section - Probation) is to be reprovisioned to the new Shatin Boys’ Home in the 4th quarter of 1998/99. The Shatin Boys’ Home will also take in the boys under probation order presently accommodated in O Pui Shan Boys’ Home.

Note 4 : Provision of 60 places meets the demand as the norm of stay is 6 months although the maximum duration of stay allowed under the law is 12 months.

Note 5 : O Pui Shan Boys’ Home will serve as a reformatory school for 95 boys starting from the 4th quarter of 1998/99, and the service of Castle Peak Boys’ Home will be phased out. - 88 -

Provision Demand/ Types as at Provision/ Projected of Service 31.3.98 Shortfall (Note 1) 98/99 99/2000 2000/01 2001/02 2002/03 J. Prisoners’ NGO Pre-release cases Preparation served in 97/98 662 Demand 662 662 662 662 662

Social Workers (ASWO only) Demand 2 2 2 2 2 2 Provision 2 2 2 2 2 Shortfall 0 0 0 0 0 K. Ex-prisoners’ NGO Hostels cases served in 97/98

342 Demand 612 612 612 612 612

Places Demand 153 153 153 153 153 122 Provision 122 122 122 122 122 (Note 2) Shortfall 31 31 31 31 31 L. Ex-prisoners’ NGO Aftercare Cases cases served in 97/98

6,347 Demand 6,347 6,347 6,347 6,347 6,347

Social Workers (ASWO only) Demand 43 43 43 43 43 43 Provision 43 43 43 43 43

Shortfall 0 0 0 0 0 M. Counselling for NGO Non-custodial cases Offenders served in 97/98

263 Demand 263 263 263 263 263

Social Workers Demand 2 2 2 2 2 2 Provision 2 2 2 2 2 Shortfall 0 0 0 0 0

Note 1 : As it is difficult to forecast the demand for statutory and aftercare services for offenders, the estimated demand is based either on the past trend of service utilization, or on the existing occupancy or caseload.

Note 2 : The provision of 122 places meets the demand as the norm of stay is 3 months only. - 89 -

Types Provision Demand/ of Service as at Provision/ Projected 31.3.98 Shortfall (Note 1) 98/99 99/2000 2000/01 2001/02 2002/03 N. Employment Service NGO i) job training for cases served ex-prisoners in 97/98

168 Demand 168 168 168 168 168 Places 20 Provision 20 20 20 20 20 ii) employment NGO counselling for cases served ex-prisoners in 97/98

307 Demand 307 307 307 307 307

O. Employment Service NGO for probationers referrals in 97/98

401 Demand 401 401 401 401 401

Note 1 : As it is difficult to forecast the demand for statutory and aftercare services for offenders, the estimated demand is based either on the past trend of service utilization, or on the existing occupancy or caseload.

VIII. PROPOSALS FOR IMPLEMENTATION

8.1 The Begonia Road Boys’ Home (Probation Home) is planned to be reprovisioned to a purpose-built residential home in Shatin in the 4th quarter of 1998/99. This will also allow for relocation and improvement of the remand service for young offenders.

IX. PROPOSALS PENDING POLICY/FUNDING APPROVAL OR REQUIRING FURTHER EXAMINATION

9.1 Nil. - 90 -

CHAPTER 8

REHABILITATION SERVICES

I. INTRODUCTION

1.1 This chapter is based on the 1994 Rehabilitation Programme Plan (RPP) Review and has not been formally reviewed in the context of the Five Year Plan Review exercise. It is included for information and to complete the overall picture of social welfare services.

1.2 Government departments and non-governmental organizations (NGOs) contributing towards the overall objectives of the rehabilitation service mainly include the Social Welfare Department (SWD), the Education Department (ED), the Department of Health (DH), the Hospital Authority (HA), the Transport Department (TD), the Labour Department (LD), the Vocational Training Council (VTC), Employees' Retraining Board (ERB) and NGOs. Self-help groups, parents and relatives of persons with disabilities also contribute towards these objectives. This chapter, however, refers only to those services under the auspices of the SWD.

1.3 Policies on rehabilitation are based on the 1995 White Paper on Rehabilitation entitled "Equal Opportunities and Full Participation: A Better Tomorrow For All". It sets out the Government's policy decisions on the further development of rehabilitation services for the next decade and beyond.

II. OVERALL OBJECTIVE

2.1 The overall objective is to promote and provide such comprehensive and effective measures as are necessary for the prevention of disability, the development of the physical, mental and social capabilities of people with disabilities, and the realization of a physical and social environment conducive to meeting the goals of their full participation in social life and development, and of equalization of opportunities.

III. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

3.1 The specific objectives of rehabilitation services under the auspices of the SWD are : - 91 -

(a) to provide special pre-school services for children with a disability aged 0-6;

(b) to provide supported employment service to persons with disabilities with a view to promoting their employment prospects and enabling them to work in an integrated open setting, but with the availability of assistance or advice, and to provide sheltered work and work activities for those with more severe disability who are unable to take up open employment;

(c) to provide residential facilities for persons with disabilities according to their needs and a level of assistance in daily living commensurate with their ability for independent living;

(d) to provide social and recreational facilities as a kind of social life and leisure activities for persons with disabilities;

(e) to provide special services and facilities to help persons with disabilities to overcome the additional problems they face at home, at school, at work or in public places; and to improve their mobility; and

(f) to provide support to carers of persons with disabilities to help them overcome difficulties and take up a contributing role in the rehabilitation process.

IV. TYPE OF CLIENTS

4.1 The target clients of rehabilitation services include people of all ages who are suffering from one or more forms of disability, including mental handicap, physical handicap, visual, hearing or speech impairment, autism, visceral disability and ex-mentally ill persons. For children under the age of six, early education and training services are also provided to those identified to have developmental delay.

V. COORDINATION OF POLICIES AND SERVICES

5.1 The Rehabilitation Advisory Committee (RAC), formerly known as Rehabilitation Development Co-ordinating Committee (RDCC), is the principal advisory body to the Government on the development and implementation of rehabilitation policies and services in Hong Kong. Its terms of reference are: - 92 -

(a) to advise on the development and phased implementation of rehabilitation services in Hong Kong;

(b) to advise on the principles of subvention applicable to such services;

(c) to co-ordinate rehabilitation services in government departments and voluntary organizations and to ensure that available resources are put to the best use;

(d) to advise on the respective roles of government, voluntary organizations and other bodies providing rehabilitation services; and

(e) to make recommendations on the training of rehabilitation workers.

The Sub-committee on Information Technology of the RAC was dissolved in end of 1997. Currently, there are only four sub-committees under the RAC :

(a) Education and Personnel;

(b) Employment;

(c) Public Education; and

(d) Access, Recreation and Transport.

Each sub-committee is chaired by a non-official member of the RAC. The structure and terms of reference of these four sub-committees will be reviewed in the light of changing circumstances.

5.2 The Rehabilitation Division in the Health and Welfare Bureau co- ordinates rehabilitation policies and oversees the implementation of the RPP. The Division is headed by the Commissioner for Rehabilitation who works closely with government departments, NGOs, self-help groups, parents and relatives of disabled persons for the benefits of people with disabilities. - 93 -

VI. CURRENT ACTIVITIES

6.1 Pre-school Care and Training

6.1.1 All children from birth to the age of six who have been identified as having disabilities or developmental delay are provided with special care and early education and training services. Current programmes include :

(a) Early Education and Training Centres (EETC) for children with a disability or developmental delay from birth to the age of two with an emphasis on the role played by families of the children and those aged 2 to 5:11 years who need support and training from EETC to help them integrate into mainstream services;

(b) Special Child Care Centres (SCCC) for moderately and severely disabled children aged 2 to 5:11 who cannot benefit from the integrated programme in child care centres or kindergartens; and

(c) Integrated Programme (IP) for mildly disabled children of age 2 - 5:11 in ordinary child care centres (ICCC).

6.1.2 As at 31.3.1998 there were 1,435 places in EETC, 1,179 places in SCCC and 1,222 places in the IP in child care centres.

6.1.3 An IP in kindergartens provides pre-school education to children aged 3 to 5:11 and is under the administration of the ED.

6.1.4 As recommended by the Working Group on Services for Autistic Persons, autistic children admitted to SCCC will be given a special programme to help them adjust to the centre's training programme. Each centre admitting six such children is provided with an additional special child care worker. Furthermore, psychological support is also provided to centres participating in this scheme. As at 31.3.1998, there were 18 centres providing the special programme.

6.1.5 Over the years, day nurseries participating in the IP were only subvented with one Special Child Care Worker for each IP unit. In order to encourage child care centres to operate IP and to assist them in organizing programme activities more effectively, additional subvention of a programme allowance has been granted to ICCCs since October 1997. - 94 -

6.2 Residential Care for Disabled Children

6.2.1 Mildly mentally handicapped children aged 6 to 18 in need of residential care can be cared for in institutions, small group homes as well as through foster care. As at 31.3.1998, there were 72 places in nine small group homes for mildly mentally handicapped children operated by NGOs, and 24 integrated places in small group homes for ordinary children.

6.2.2 Residential services are also provided to moderately and severely disabled children aged 2 to 5:11. As at 31.3.1998, there were four residential special child care centres providing 78 places.

6.3 Occasional Child Care

6.3.1 As at 31.3.1998, 40 places of occasional child care (OCC) service were provided for children with a disability in 10 SCCCs and 10 EETCs.

6.4 Vocational Rehabilitation

Sheltered Workshop

6.4.1 For those who cannot engage in open employment owing to their disabilities, sheltered work will provide them an alternative. The average income of a sheltered worker was $18 per day for the period from April 1996 to March 1997. To encourage attendance, sheltered workers are given an incentive payment which has been revised to $16.80 per day from April 1995. As at 31.3.1998, there were 50 sheltered workshops (six operated by the SWD, 44 by NGOs) with 6,215 places.

6.4.2 As recommended by the Working Party on Training and Employment for People with Disabilities, the Marketing Consultancy Office (Rehabilitation) was set up in January 1997 as a pilot project. It aims to enhance the productivity of sheltered workshops and the income of people with disabilities with the expertise of marketing personnels. A review of this project will be conducted in mid-June 1999.

Supported Employment

6.4.3 It is recognised that some persons with disabilities can engage in competitive employment if support is provided in the form of training, counselling and on-the-job supervision. On this basis, supported employment service has been developed. As at 31.3.1998, 25 - 95 -

supported employment units with a total of 1,010 places are provided, of which one is directly operated by the SWD and 24 by NGOs.

6.5 Special Training for Disabled Persons

Day Activity Centre

6.5.1 Day Activity Centres (DACs) provide day care, simple occupational and work training to mentally handicapped adults to help them become more independent in their daily living and prepare them for progression into sheltered or supported employment where possible. Training programmes cover daily living skill training, social skills, adult education and work/occupational skills.

6.5.2 To strengthen the training elements in DACs in the hope that some of the trainees will be able to move on to vocational training, sheltered, supported, or even open employment, and take a more active part in community life, the following measures were taken :

(a) With the former RDCC's endorsement, commencing 1989/90, a 40% staffing improvement was provided to DACs and hostels for severely mentally handicapped persons. As at 31.3.1998, 12 DACs and six hostels were provided with the additional staffing. Subject to funds available, the improvement will be extended to the remaining centres.

(b) Professional support from para-medical personnel and clinical psychologists is also provided by the Central Para- medical Support Service and the Central Psychological Support Service.

(c) A handbook "Skills for Life" to help DAC staff in training was published in December 1992.

6.5.3 As at 31.3.1998, there were 65 DACs (three operated by the SWD, 62 by NGOs) with 3,426 places.

Home-based Training Programme

6.5.4 The SWD introduced home-based training programmes in 1988 for mentally handicapped persons in their own homes while they were awaiting placement in day activity centres and sheltered workshops. A total of five home-based training teams operated by NGOs were in operation as at 31.3.1998. - 96 -

Activity Centre for Discharged Mental Patients

6.5.5 It is recognised that some discharged mental patients are faced with serious adjustment problems in their families and social environment. In activity centres, social programmes and work training are offered to help discharged mental patients develop and maximise their social and work skills and to provide the support they need. Four centres with 180 places are in operation. A social club is attached to each centre to provide social and recreational services to discharged mental patients.

6.6 Residential Services

6.6.1 The objective of residential services is to provide accommodation and care to disabled persons who cannot live independently or cannot be adequately cared for by their family members, or live far away from their places of work, schools or training centres. In 1989, SWD proposed and the former RDCC endorsed the development of residential services for disabled persons with a strengthened training element. As reformulated in the Rehabilitation Green Paper (1992), the four modes of residential services for disabled persons are :

(a) Supported Housing - a cluster of eight 3-person units in public housing estates for disabled persons who can manage independent living with limited supervision and support provided by two Social Work Assistants;

(b) Supported Hostel - small hostel units of 20 places in public housing estates for semi-independent disabled persons with a team of six staff;

(c) Hostel for Moderately Disabled Persons - a facility for 50 moderately disabled persons who lack self-care and daily living skills with a team of 15 staff; central or agency- based para-medical and psychological support is also provided if required; and

(d) Hostel for the Severely/Multiple Disabled Persons - a facility for 50 disabled persons who lack basic self-care skills and require intensive care training. Type A is for mentally handicapped persons and has a team of 29 staff; Type B is for physically handicapped persons and has a - 97 -

team of 35 staff; both are provided with central or agency- based para-medical and psychological support if required.

In addition, for severely disabled persons who mainly need intensive personal care but not infirmary care, they can be admitted to the care and attention hostels which are provided with a staff complement of 32.

6.6.2 The development of residential services for persons with different disabilities is as follows :

The Blind Persons

6.6.3 As at 31.3.1998, there were seven homes with 426 places and 12 care and attention homes with 699 places for aged blind persons.

The Discharged Mental Patients

6.6.4 Three types of residential services are provided :

(a) half-way houses - for discharged mental patients who are capable of independent living after hospital treatment but who require a transitional period of residential care for readjustment to normal life before re-integrating into the community;

(b) purpose-built half-way houses - for those discharged mental patients referred to in paragraph (a) above; also accommodate those discharged mental patients categorised as in need of special care by the Working Group on Ex- mental Patients with a History of Criminal Violence or Assessed Disposition to Violence; and

(c) long stay care homes - for discharged mental patients with stable and controlled mental condition who do not require active medical treatment but require some nursing care.

6.6.5 As at 31.3.1998, there were 19 half-way houses with 735 places and 12 purpose-built half-way houses with 442 places. There were three long stay care homes with a capacity of 570.

6.6.6 Since October 1996, two Assistant Social Work Officers have been provided to four NGOs on agency basis to provide aftercare services to dischargees of half-way houses. - 98 -

The Mentally Handicapped Persons

6.6.7 The four modes of residential services and the care-and- attention provision as described in paragraph 6.6.1 also serve mentally handicapped persons. In addition, respite service for mentally handicapped persons for a period normally not exceeding two weeks is also available to relieve the family from their caring duties or some other engagement.

6.6.8 As at 31.3.1998, there were 26 hostels for moderately mentally handicapped persons (three operated by the SWD, 23 by NGOs) with 1,444 places. There were 41 hostels for severely mentally handicapped persons (one operated by SWD, 40 by NGOs) with 2,043 places.

The Physically Handicapped Persons

6.6.9 The four modes of residential services and the care and attention provision as described in paragraph 6.6.1. also serve physically handicapped persons. There were, as at 31.3.1998, nine hostels for physically handicapped persons (one operated by SWD and eight by NGOs) with 406 places.

The Severely Disabled Persons

6.6.10 For the severely disabled persons in need of intensive personal care, there were 11 care and attention homes operated by NGOs as at 31.3.1998, providing 490 places.

6.7 Social and Recreational Centres

6.7.1 Persons with disabilities also have needs for social life and recreation like ordinary people. Social and recreational centres for various disabled groups are provided with an aim of assisting them to meaningfully utilize their leisure time through participation in social, recreational and sporting activities. As at 31.3.1998, there were 22 social and recreational centres/clubs for the disabled persons (one operated by SWD and 21 by NGOs : three for visually impaired persons, five for hearing impaired persons, six for physically handicapped persons, three for mentally handicapped persons, four for discharged mental patients and the one operated by SWD being a composite club for various disabled groups). - 99 -

6.7.2 The Gateway Movement was introduced in 1980 aiming at encouraging mentally handicapped persons to participate in community activities. These Clubs make use of premises of rehabilitation units, special schools and other community facilities such as children and youth centres. It has been agreed that they should be co-ordinated by Regional Gateway Units, subject to funds being available.

6.8 Transport and Access

6.8.1 To facilitate disabled persons to attend day rehabilitation services, particularly those outside their residential districts, centre- based transport and commercial-hired vehicles were provided to the rehabilitation centres where required. In 1997/98, 14 routes of commercially-hired transportation were provided to serve disabled persons commuting to sheltered workshops and day activity centres.

6.9 Support Services

Central Para-medical Support Service

6.9.1 To reinforce the multi-disciplinary approach to rehabilitation, SWD has since 1989/90 set up a Central Para-medical Support Service (CPMS) to provide occupational therapy and physiotherapy backup to rehabilitation service units. This group of para- medical personnel act in a consultative capacity to staff of the rehabilitation units in regard to programmes, activities, aids and equipment which need to be specially designed to provide a more effective service. As at 31.3.1998, 16 Occupational Therapists (OTs) and four Physiotherapists (PTs) were providing support services to rehabilitation units. On the other hand, the "dual system" as endorsed by the former RDCC in 1988 has been implemented with 21 OTs provided to 14 NGOs on an agency basis since October 1996.

Central Psychological Support Service

6.9.2 Persons with disabilities sometimes manifest psychological, emotional or behaviour problems which prevent them from reaping the full benefit of services designed for their development, training and employment. To enable them to make full use of rehabilitation services, SWD has since 1990 set up the Central Psychological Support Service (CPSS) to provide consultation to rehabilitation service units. The Central Pool of clinical psychologists (CP) provide consultative service to assist rehabilitation personnel in the formulation of special and individual programmes and remedial services to modify behavioural, emotional and adjustment difficulties. There are - 100 -

now four CPs in the CPSS. The “dual system” as endorsed by the former RDCC in 1988 has been implemented with five agency-based CPs provided to seven NGOs since March 1996.

Domiciliary Occupational Therapy Service

6.9.3 Persons with disabilities need to face a number of adaptation problems in their daily living activities at home. To enable them to overcome these problems, Domiciliary Occupational Therapy (DOT) Service has been set up since October 1997 to provide advice and assistance to persons with physical or sensory handicaps, mental illness and mental handicaps with a view to enhancing their independence. As at 31.3.1998, four Domiciliary Occupational Therapists were providing support services to disabled persons.

6.10 Home Help Service

6.10.1 Persons with disabilities will continue to be supported with home help if they are in need of the service.

6.11 Counselling Service

6.11.1 Persons with disabilities and their families often require advice and support in coping with their disabilities. This is provided by social workers in family services centres and medical social service units run by SWD and NGOs as well as by social workers in rehabilitation service units.

6.12 Supervisory Support for Rehabilitation Services

6.12.1 Rehabilitation services serve a wide range of disabled persons with varying needs. In view of the diversity of the target groups and the complexities inherent in the rehabilitation process and programmes, supervisory input has been considered necessary. An establishment of 25 supervisory posts have been provided since April 1993. - 101 -

6.13 Parents Resource Centres for Disabled Persons

6.13.1 Parents and relatives of persons with disabilities have to face psychological, financial and social problems in performing their carer role. Parents resource centres provide a comprehensive range of support services to these parents and relatives. It is a place where parents can find support and assistance when they first learn of their children's disability, and throughout the years of child-rearing into adulthood. It provides facilities where they can exchange information and ideas, discuss matters of mutual concern and meet others with similar problems. Since October 1994, six parents resource centres have been provided with subvention.

6.14 Community Rehabilitation Network

6.14.1 Chronically ill persons and their families require assistance and support in coping with difficulties arising from their illness. Community Rehabilitation Network (CRN) is set up to give them support, mutual help groups, social networking and educational activities. It provides a meeting place for them to share and learn experiences and skills in managing their daily life. From April 1997, one clearing house and three CRN centres are provided with subvention.

6.15 Emergency Placement Service

6.15.1 With a view to providing temporary residential care for the destitute and homeless disabled adults who will otherwise be at risk, the Emergency Placement Service has come into operation since December 1996 at the Wing Lung Bank Golden Jubilee Sheltered Workshop and Hostel. Up to 31.3.1998, there were altogether ten admissions with a length of stay ranging from two to 210 days, the average being 55 days.

6.16 Mental Health (Amendment) Ordinance 1997

6.16.1 The Mental Health (Amendment) Ordinance 1997 was enacted in June 1997. The ordinance provides for the establishment of a new independent Guardianship Board to consider applications for and review of guardianship for mentally handicapped and mentally disordered persons. Besides, provisions are enhanced to empower guardians to better protect the interest and welfare of the mentally handicapped and mentally disordered persons. Preparatory work is being carried out for the setting up of the Guardianship Board before the end of 1998. - 102 -

6.17 Public Education on Rehabilitation

6.17.1 To enhance the public’ s understanding and acceptance of people with disabilities so as to foster the latter’ s integration into the community, the Department conducted various publicity programmes in 1997/98 such as video package production, TV drama, publication of pamphlets of rehabilitation services, award for outstanding family carers for persons with disabilities and organization of seminars/forum on rehabilitation for the public. Close co-operation with the NGO sector in launching large-scale campaigns of the International Day of Disabled Persons and the Mental Health Month has also been maintained over the years. Continuous efforts will be carried forward in 1998/99.

VII. FORECAST OF DEMAND

7.1 Formula for Estimating Demand

7.1.1 The demand for rehabilitation services used to be projected on prevalence rates for various disabilities adopted abroad. In 1987, a formula was devised, using the known demand (i.e. enrolment plus the number on the waitlisting list inflated by 30% to take into account cases not yet registered). In 1994, upon review, a revised formula was adopted by the former RDCC in projecting demand for various social rehabilitation services. The new formula adopts the accounting flow approach, which involves the additions and subtractions of factors constituting the two variables of demand and provision, thus arriving at the shortfall/surplus which is the difference of the two. The composition of these two variables are described below.

7.1.2 The demand variable takes into account the known demand (i.e. enrolment and waiting list figures) of respective services and the number of new applicants each year. For projection of demand in future years, the number of new applicants is used, which is derived from the average of actual numbers of new applicants from the past three years. In order to reflect the effect of population changes on the demand for services, the average numbers of annual new applications are multiplied by the population ratios year by year.

7.1.3 The variable of provision takes into account existing provision and new provision of the year and vacancies resulting from discharge, in order to reflect a more realistic picture of provision. An annual discharge rate is derived from the average figures of discharge for the past two years. - 103 -

7.1.4 The new demand formula shows that there will be additional requirements for the provision of sheltered workshop and residential services even after the targets in the White Paper on Rehabilitation have been fully met. Additional resources and premises will be bid to meet the additional demand for sheltered workshops and residential services as soon as possible.

VIII. PLANNED PROVISION AND SHORTFALL

8.1 Based on the above formulae and principles and the statistics on planned provision, the shortfall of various rehabilitation services is estimated as follows :

Type of Provision Demand/ Service as at Provision/ Projected 31.3.1998 Shortfall 1998/99 1999/00 2000/01 2001/02 2002/03 Places Early Education Demand 2,623 2,680 2,552 2,364 2,244 & SWD 0 Training Provision 1,550 1,610 1,670 1,730 1,730 Centre NGO 1,370 (Note 1) Discharges 904 1,023 1,063 992 909 Total 1,370 Shortfall 297 91 (166) (353) (393)

Places

Special Demand 1,683 1,557 1,554 1,406 1,394 Child SWD 0 Care Provision 1,239 1,299 1,299 1,359 1,359 Centre NGO 1,179 Discharges 420 441 450 397 393 Total 1,179 Shortfall 24 (183) (195) (350) (358)

Note 1: Excluding 65 places specifically for hearing impaired children - 104 -

Type of Provision Demand/ Service as at Provision/ Projected 31.3.1998 Shortfall 1998/99 1999/00 2000/01 2001/02 2002/03 Places

Integrated Demand 2,301 2,183 2,084 2,009 1,953 Programme SWD 10 Provision 1,270 1,270 1,270 1,270 1,270 NGO 1,212 Discharges 437 455 455 455 455

Withdrawal 277 235 209 190 176

Total 1,222 Shortfall 317 224 150 94 53

Places

Demand 9,317 10,042 10,776 11,503 12,230 Sheltered SWD 685 Workshop Provision 6,355 6,915 7,275 7,755 7,755 NGO 5,530 Discharges 273 280 304 320 341

Total 6,215 Shortfall 2,689 2,847 3,197 3,428 4,134 - 105 -

Type of Provision Demand/ Service as at Provision/ Projected 31.3.1998 Shortfall 1998/99 1999/00 2000/01 2001/02 2002/03 Places Day Activity SWD 140 Demand 3,656 3,770 3,884 4,001 4,119 Centre NGO 3,286 Provision 3,526 3,576 3,626 3,626 3,626

Discharges 96 99 100 102 102

Total 3,426 Shortfall 34 95 158 273 391

Places Half-way Demand 2,093 2,243 2,381 2,497 2,620 House SWD 0 Provision 1,257 1,377 1,377 1,377 1,377 NGO 1,177 Discharges 285 304 333 333 333

Total 1,177 Shortfall 551 562 671 787 910

Places Hostel for Demand 2,616 2,743 2,872 3,001 3,130 Moderately SWD 180 Mentally Provision 1,494 1,644 1,794 2,144 2,144 Handi- NGO 1,264 capped Discharges 19 19 21 23 28 Persons Total 1,444 Shortfall 1,103 1,080 1,057 834 958

Places Hostel for Demand 3,281 3,397 3,514 3,631 3,747 Severely SWD 50 Mentally Provision 2,143 2,293 2,493 2,543 2,543 Handi- NGO 1,993 capped Discharges 41 43 46 50 51 Persons Total 2,043 Shortfall 1,097 1,061 975 1,038 1,153

Places Hostel for Demand 490 527 565 604 644 Physically SWD 20 Handi- Provision 406 406 406 406 406 capped NGO 386 Persons Discharges 9 9 9 9 9

Total 406 Shortfall 75 112 150 189 229 - 106 -

Type of Provision Demand/ Service as at Provision/ Projected 31.3.1998 Shortfall 1998/99 1999/00 2000/01 2001/02 2002/03 Places Long Demand 2,006 2,256 2,510 2,755 3,004 Stay Care SWD 0 Home Provision 570 970 970 1,170 1,170 NGO 570 Discharges 19 19 33 33 40

Total 570 Shortfall 1,417 1,267 1,507 1,552 1,794

Places Home for Demand 368 428 489 552 617 Aged SWD 0 Blind Person Provision 296 296 296 296 396 (H/AB) NGO 426 (Note 2) Discharges 30 31 31 31 31

Total 426 Shortfall 42 101 162 225 190

Places Care & Demand 884 951 1,026 1,105 1,187 Attention SWD 0 Home for Provision 669 669 669 669 669 Aged NGO 699 (Note 3) Blind Discharges 102 98 98 98 98 (C&A/AB) Total 699 Shortfall 113 184 259 338 420

Places Care & Demand 615 669 724 780 837 Attention SWD 0 Home for Provision 490 490 490 590 590 Severely NGO 490 Disabled Discharges 10 10 10 10 12

Total 490 Shortfall 115 169 224 180 235

Note 2 : To reduce over-provision of residential services for the aged blind in 1998/99 to 1999/00, implementation of a 100-place H/AB will be deferred to 2001/02 and a 30-place H/AB will be converted to serve other disability groups which have a more acute demand.

Note 3 : A 30-place C&A/AB has been converted to serve ordinary C&A cases for the elderly w.e.f. 1.4.1998. - 107 -

IX. PROPOSALS FOR IMPLEMENTATION

9.1 To ensure cost-effectiveness of services to meet changing needs, reviews are planned and conducted on services including Care and Attention Homes for severely disabled persons; Home-based Training; Day Activity Centres; centre-based transport facilities; Parents Resource Centres; Activity Centres for Discharged Mental Patients; Supported Employment; Integrated Small Group Homes; Community Rehabilitation Network; the Central Para- medical Support Service and the Central Psychological Support Service.

9.2 The Central Referral System for Discharged Mental Patients will be reviewed to streamline the referral procedures and to standardize the base for calculation of waiting time of services for ex-mentally ill persons as in other rehabilitation services.

9.3 To implement the improved guardianship provisions for mentally incapacitated persons under the Mental Health (Amendment) Ordinance 1997, an independent Guardianship Board will be set up in 1998/99 and corresponding support services in the Department will be organized and provided.

9.4 The recommendations of the Working Party on Training and Employment for People with Disabilities (TEPD) will continue to be implemented under the monitoring of the Steering Committee on TEPD Recommendations.

9.5 In 1998/99, it is planned to provide an addition of 48 integrated programme places in child care centres, three early education and training centres, 36 places of autistic children programme in special child care centre, two hostels for the severely mentally handicapped persons, two day activity centres, one sheltered workshop, two half-way houses, 60 supported employment places and to extend service of three hostels for the severely physically handicapped persons and one residential special child care centre from 5-day operation to 7-day operation. Details of these additional provisions are in Appendix 8.1. Besides, two senior occupational therapist posts and two senior physiotherapist posts will be created to agencies on functional basis. Six additional aftercare workers will be provided to look after dischargees of half- way houses.

9.6 In 1999/00, it is planned to provide an addition of one early education and training centre, one special child care centre, one half-way house, three hostels for the severely mentally handicapped persons, three hostels for the moderately mentally handicapped persons, one day activity centre and two sheltered workshops. - 108 -

X. PROPOSALS PENDING POLICY/FUNDING APPROVAL OR REQUIRING FURTHER EXAMINATION

10.1 To continue to bid resources for implementation of improved staffing standards of services with policy approval for :

- day activity centres

- hostels for severely mentally handicapped persons

- early education and training centres (Workman II)

- special child care centres (Social Work Assistant).

10.2 To continue to bid resources for implementation of services with/pending policy approval for :

- regional centres to promote Gateway Movement.

10.3 To continue to bid resources for expansion of the following existing services :

- Central and Agency-based Psychological Support and Para- medical Support Services

- Sheltered workshop and supported employment service

- Sign language interpretation

- Community Rehabilitation Network

- Supervisory support to rehabilitation service units

- Activity Centre for Discharged Mental Patients

- Parents/Relatives Resource Centres

- Residential services

- Day Activity Centre

- Integrated child care centre services. - 109 -

10.4 To continue to bid resources for implementation of the following improvement measures as agreed by the Department in principle :

- to provide special allowance for Welfare Workers and Workshop Instructors working with severely disabled persons

- to provide shift duty and typhoon/rainstorm allowance for Welfare Workers and Special Child Care Workers in residential settings

- to improve programme support to social and recreational centres

- to improve provision of other charges to service units currently provided below the average

- to provide an allowance for the supervisors of day nurseries for providing the integrated programme

- to upgrade the Orientation and Mobility Instructor (from Welfare Worker to Senior Welfare Worker) in the Rehabilitation Training Centre for the Blind.

10.5 To consider the provision of the following new services agreed by the Department in principle :

- to provide Speech Therapy service in early education and training centres.

- to provide a PT artisan to each special child care centre. - 110 -

CHAPTER 9

COMMUNITY DEVELOPMENT

I. OVERALL OBJECTIVE

1.1 The overall objective of community development is to promote social relationship, to develop a sense of self-reliance, social responsibility and cohesion within the community, and to encourage the participation of individuals in solving community problems and improving the quality of community life. Under the Community Building Policy, the Home Affairs Bureau is responsible for policy matters of the community development service while the Social Welfare Department is the executive department responsible for subvention allocation and monitoring the operation and development of the service.

II. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

2.1 The specific objectives of community development are:

(a) to promote mutual care and responsibility, concern and participation in solving communal problems by encouraging and supporting the establishment of community service groups, self- programming groups and other voluntary groups and organisations;

(b) to develop and co-ordinate community services in urban and rural districts;

(c) to provide community centre facilities to accommodate community activities and to serve, where necessary, as a base from which to develop community spirit, relationships and group interests at street and block level; and

(d) to organise and develop neighbourhood level community development projects in transient communities of special needs. - 111 -

III. CURRENT ACTIVITIES

3.1 Community Centres

3.1.1 Community centres provide residents with a venue for community functions and they also house a wide range of welfare services, e.g. children and youth programme, day care for pre-school children, service for the elderly and the disabled.

3.1.2 After the transfer of management responsibility of government community centre facilities from the Social Welfare Department to the former City and New Territories Administration (CNTA) (now known as Home Affairs Department) in June 1985, the Social Welfare Department ceased to operate community work services previously provided in community centres and estate community centres. It now concentrates its resources on promoting and strengthening group work activities. The Home Affairs Department, on the other hand, promotes wider use of community centres in the context of community building. As at 31.3.1998, the Social Welfare Department operates a Group Work Unit in each of the 13 district community centres and 6 estate community centres providing group work service for people of all ages and particularly those with welfare needs.

3.1.3 Family Activity and Resource Centres (FARCs) were set up in Social Welfare Department’ s 19 Group Work Units in 1994. Through the provision of family drop-in services, guidance programmes for parents, mutual help groups for families as well as a wide range of educational, training, and social activities for the whole family, the FARCs serve to preserve and strengthen the normal functioning of families. With the support from Lotteries Fund, two FARCs attached to the Community Centres run by non-governmental organisations (NGOs) commenced operation since April 1997 while another new FARC will also commence its operation in April 1998.

3.1.4 Community centres operated by non-governmental organisations are not affected by the change in 1985 and continue to provide both group work and community work activities. In providing these activities, they complement and supplement the work of the Home Affairs Department in community building at local level. At present, there are 13 non-government run community centres.

3.1.5 Community centres operated by NGOs have been on standard cost subvention. Staffing standards are set out at Appendix 9.1. - 112 -

3.1.6 Existing community centres were planned in accordance with the standards set out in the Hong Kong Planning Standards and Guidelines. The details of the schedules of accommodation for the three types of community centres are set out at Appendix 9.2. Arising from the review of community centre facilities initiated by the Finance Branch (now known as Finance Bureau), a moratorium has been imposed on uncommitted building projects for community centres and community halls. Following on a recommendation by the former CNTA (now known as Home Affairs Department)-chaired Working Group on improvements of the management of community centres/halls, the Planning Department has set up an Ad hoc Working Group under the Planning Standards Sub- committee of the Land Development Policy Committee to review the planning standards and guidelines of community centres/halls. Members from District Boards and the Hong Kong Council of Social Service had been consulted on the revised planning standards.

3.1.7 The two mini social centres under the auspices of Social Work Officer (Youth) of the Social Welfare Department continue to serve rural areas and remote villages through the operation of a range of youth and community services.

3.2 Neighbourhood Level Community Development Projects

3.2.1 Neighbourhood Level Community Development Projects (NLCDPs) are carried out by NGOs in deprived and transient communities, where the provision of social facilities and welfare services is non-existent or inadequate. Such areas include temporary housing areas (THAs), squatter areas, cottage areas, boat squatters and Mark III to VI public housing estates (PHEs) affected by the Housing Authority’ s five-year comprehensive redevelopment programme. NLCDPs are carried out in areas identified by the Committee on NLCDPs according to the selection criteria set out in Appendix 9.3. The Committee on NLCDPs is chaired by the Home Affairs Bureau with members from the Housing Department, Hong Kong Council of Social Service and the Social Welfare Department.

3.2.2 In servicing areas, the NLCDP team provides personal counselling, community education and development programmes to the target population. NLCDP service could also supplement and complement the services available in the priority areas. NLCDP also helps to foster a sense of belonging amongst the residents and encourages public participation in solving community problems. - 113 -

3.2.3 However, having taken into account the rapid expansion of welfare services and the development of the system of representative government and District Administrative Scheme in the past decades, the Executive Council, at its meeting held on 5.12.1995, decided:

(a) there was no need to extend NLCDP service to new towns, rural areas and PHEs not yet affected by redevelopment;

(b) the two pilot NLCDPs in old urban areas should be reviewed by an independent review group in early 1997 to determine whether the service needs to be extended to other old urban areas; and

(c) pending the results of the review, the NLCDP teams which require reprovisioning should be offered a choice of redeployment to other welfare services or continue to provide NLCDP services in PHEs under redevelopment or THAs qualified under existing criteria.

3.2.4 As at 31.3.1998, there are 51 NLCDPs providing service in 105 priority areas, including 2 old urban areas where services are provided on a pilot basis. Distribution of these teams and a list of priority areas are at Appendix 9.4

3.2.5 In accordance with the decision of the Executive Council at its meeting held on 5 December 1995, an independent review team, chaired by Prof. Lieh MAK, had been formed in January 1997 to review the two pilot NLCDP Projects in old urban areas (Mong Kok South and Nam Cheong) to determine whether the service needs to be extended to other old urban areas. The review group submitted its report to Secretary for Home Affairs in January 1998. The findings and recommendations are now being considered by the Administration.

3.3 Youth Office

3.3.1 At the district level, Social Work Officers (Youth) of the Social Welfare Department co-ordinate and strengthen existing youth groups and community organisations, promote new groups and assist them to develop programmes to meet community needs.

3.4 The Committee on Community Development under the auspices of the Home Affairs Bureau, comprising representatives from NGOs providing community development service and the Social Welfare Department, has been - 114 -

set up in 1991 to discuss all policy matters of community development service and the future trend under the existing community building policy.

IV. FORECAST OF DEMAND

4.1 The demand for community development activities is affected by the following factors:

(a) the changing needs and aspirations of society and the types of community services required to meet these needs; and

(b) the geographic, demographic and social background and political development of each local community.

4.2 The future provision of government-run community centres and halls will be based on the outcome of the review of the planning standards and guidelines for these facilities.

4.3 The future provision of NLCDPs depends on the outcome of the Review Group on Pilot NLCDPs in Old Urban Areas and the number of priority areas identified each year by the Committee on NLCDPs. - 115 -

V. PLANNED PROVISION

5.1 A summary of the existing and planned provision for the service in this programme is shown below:

Type of Service Planning Provision as at Demand/ Projected Ratio 31.3.1998 Provision/ Shortfall 1998/ 1999/ 2000/ 2001/ 2002/ 1999 2000 2001 2002 2003 a)District An area Centre Community with a Centre/Com population Government 13 Provision 26 26 26 26 26 munity of 80,000 to (Note 1) Centre 120,000 not NGO 13 covered by (b) and (c) below Total : 26 Shortfall - - - - -

b)Area An area Centre Community with a Centre/ population Government 20 Provision 20 20 20 20 20 Estate of 40,000 to (Note 1) Community 80,000 not NGO - Centre covered by (c) below Total : 20 Shortfall - - - - -

c)Neigh- An area Centre bourhood with a Government 45 Community population NGO - Provision 45 45 45 45 45 Centre/ of 15,000 to (Note 1) Community 40,000 Hall Total 45 Shortfall - - - - -

d)Neigh- Project bourhood Government - Level NGO 51 Provision Subject to the number of project areas identified by the Community - Committee on NLCDPs Development Project Total : 51 Shortfall -

Note 1 : The future provision of various kinds of community centres is being examined.

A list of existing centres is at Appendix 9.5. - 116 -

VI. PROPOSALS PENDING POLICY/FUNDING APPROVAL OR REQUIRING FUTURE EXAMINATION

6.1 The addition of a half time Workman II for 13 NLCDP teams which have independent premises has been implemented since 1990/91. Subject to funds being available, such improvement will be extended to other NLCDP teams with independent premises.

6.2 The Department will continue to provide capital funding support for NGO community centres to set up family activity and resource centres. - 117 -

CHAPTER 10

SOCIAL SECURITY

I. BASIC PRINCIPLE AND OVERALL OBJECTIVE

1.1 The basic principle underlying the provision of social security is that it is the Government’ s responsibility to assist the vulnerable members of the society with financial or material assistance appropriate to their circumstances. The overall objective of social security in Hong Kong is to provide for the basic and special needs of the members in the community who are in need of financial or material assistance.

II. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

2.1 The specific objectives are :

(a) to provide cash assistance to needy individuals and families to meet basic and special needs;

(b) to meet the special financial needs of the severely disabled and the elderly;

(c) to provide assistance in cash or in kind to victims of natural or other disasters;

(d) to provide ex-gratia compensation payments to innocent victims who are injured, disabled or killed (payments to their dependants in the case of death) as a result of a crime of violence or by a law enforcement officer in the execution of his duty;

(e) to provide immediate cash assistance to road traffic accident victims (or to their dependants, in the case of death) without regard to the means of their families or to any element of fault in causing the accidents;

(f) to review the social security arrangements and the levels of social security benefits regularly to ensure that they meet the needs of recipients; and - 118 -

(g) to identify other vulnerable persons in the community who are in need of financial or material assistance, and to meet their needs where necessary.

III. STATUTES

3.1 Assistance under the Traffic Accident Victims Assistance Scheme and the Emergency Relief Fund is provided within the framework of :

(a) the Traffic Accident Victims (Assistance Fund) Ordinance, Cap. 229; and

(b) the Emergency Relief Fund Ordinance, Cap. 1103 respectively.

Other social security schemes are non-statutory.

IV. CURRENT ACTIVITIES

4.1 Types of Social Security Schemes

4.1.1 The Social Welfare Department carries the main responsibility for administering the following three basic social security schemes :

(a) Comprehensive Social Security Assistance Scheme.

(b) Social Security Allowance Scheme which has the following components :

(i) Normal Old Age Allowance;

(ii) Higher Old Age Allowance;

(iii) Normal Disability Allowance; and

(iv) Higher Disability Allowance.

(c) Accident Compensation Schemes which consist of :

(i) emergency relief services; - 119 -

(ii) the Criminal and Law Enforcement Injuries Compensation Schemes; and

(iii) the Traffic Accident Victims Assistance Scheme.

4.1.2 Assistance is payable to all persons who meet the respective criteria of the social security schemes. Details are set out in Appendix 10.1.

4.2 Major Developments and New Proposals

4.2.1 The Comprehensive Social Security Assistance Scheme

(a) The payment rates for comprehensive social security assistance were revised upwards on 1 April 1995, 1 April 1996 and 1 April 1997 to take account of inflation.

(b) A package of improvements to the Comprehensive Social Security Assistance Scheme was implemented on 1 April 1995 which included paying each single parent family a monthly supplement; increasing the standard rates for children; granting the child standard rate to recipients aged 19 to 21 who are in full-time education; raising the maximum level of disregarded earnings and disregarding the first month’ s income of certain groups of recipients who get full-time jobs.

(c) As recommended in the Review of the Comprehensive Social Security Assistance Scheme completed in early 1996, a package of improvements to the scheme was implemented on 1 April 1996 which included real increases in the standard rates for specific categories of recipients from 9% - 57%; introducing a flat-rate grant for students for selected items of school related expenses (effective from 1996/97 school year); introducing a special grant for recreational and social activities and a Chinese New Year Grant for elderly persons; relaxing the levels of assets governing applicants’ eligibility for assistance; increasing the levels of maximum rent allowance by between 17% and 52% depending on household size; and increasing the maximum level of disregarded earnings. - 120 -

(d) The maximum rent allowance was further revised upwards on 1 April 1997 to take account of inflation.

(e) Arising from the review of the Comprehensive Social Security Assistance Scheme, the Portable Comprehensive Social Security Assistance Scheme was implemented on 1 April 1997 whereby elderly comprehensive social security assistance recipients who are permanent Hong Kong residents and have been receiving assistance continuously for three years are allowed to continue to receive their standard rate payment and annual long-term supplement should they leave Hong Kong to take up permanent residence in Guangdong. The Hong Kong Red Cross has been appointed as the Social Welfare Department’ s agent to help implement the new scheme. Its main duty is to conduct annual checks on all elderly recipients in Guangdong to confirm their continued eligibility for assistance.

(f) A special exercise was launched in August 1996 to reach out to all single elderly comprehensive social security recipients who were not receiving a subsidy for telephone charges to help them install a telephone if they needed one.

(g) A new 24-minute video tape (in Cantonese and Putonghua with Chinese sub-titles and sign language super-imposed on the tape for the benefit of those suffering from hearing impairment) on the Comprehensive Social Security and Social Security Allowance Schemes was produced in January 1997. The tape is played regularly at the reception area of social security field units to help customers and members of the public gain a better understanding of the application procedures, the eligibility criteria and the types of benefits payable under these two schemes. In particular, the range of special grants available under the Comprehensive Social Security Assistance Scheme is introduced in the tape.

(h) To open a channel of communication with comprehensive social security assistance customers and find out their satisfaction levels on social security service delivery, and views on improving service delivery, some 20 Customer Liaison Groups have been set up since March 1997 and are in operation in various social security field units. - 121 -

(i) In August 1996, the department appointed consultants to conduct a feasibility study for a computerised social security system involving a replacement of the existing Social Security Payment System. The objective of the feasibility study was to recommend, in the light of the policy and operational objectives of the department and the likely technological options and resource constraints, a computerized social security system to meet fully the Administration’ s operational and management information needs for policy review, analysis, forecasting, operation and financial management control and payment. The feasibility study was completed in July 1997. On 28 November 1997, the Finance Committee of the Provisional Legislative Council approved funds for a new computerised social security system and the project is expected to be completed by October 2000.

(j) A review of the comprehensive social security assistance payment to the elderly was completed in 1997. Having regard to the findings of the study on comprehensive social security assistance elderly which indicated that comprehensive social security assistance elderly did spend varying amount on a wide range of psycho-social needs and as part of our effort to encourage them to lead a healthy and active social life, the Administration decided to increase the monthly basic payments to the elderly as from 1 April 1998. (Please see paragraph 8.1)

(k) An inter-departmental working group headed by the Director of Social Welfare started a review to examine the operation of the Comprehensive Social Security Assistance Scheme in 1997/98, with the focus on how to encourage and help those able-bodied recipients on Comprehensive Social Security Assistance to re-join the workforce. The review is expected to be completed by 1998.

4.2.2 The Social Security Allowance Scheme

(a) The payment rates for social security allowance were revised upwards on 1 April 1995, 1 April 1996 and 1 April 1997 to take account of inflation. - 122 -

(b) As a follow-up to the Review of the Comprehensive Social Security Assistance Scheme, the Department undertook to conduct a review of the Social Security Allowance Scheme. The review is expected to be completed in 1998/99.

4.2.3 The Accident Compensation Schemes

(a) Emergency Relief Services

As recommended in the Review of Emergency Relief Fund, a package of improvements to the Emergency Relief Fund payment schedule was implemented with effect from 28 June 1996. Apart from revising the burial grant under Section A of the payment schedule to reflect the inflationary impact, there were real increases in the payment rates of some of the grants under other sections. A new grant was introduced under Section B to provide assistance to victims of natural disasters who suffer damage or extensive loss to their home appliances, furniture and personal belongings.

(b) Criminal and Law Enforcement Injuries Compensation Scheme

An inter-departmental working group on Review of the Criminal and Law Enforcement Injuries Compensation Scheme was set up in November 1996 to review the various aspects of the Scheme with a view to improving the administrative rules and procedures. The review was completed and the revised arrangements implemented in May 1997. The major recommendations embraced the inclusion of a legal residence requirement in the eligibility criteria, granting criminal and law enforcement injuries compensation awards to applicants in the first instance in cases involving claims for common law damages and employees’ compensation, waiving the repayment requirement of the portion of increased award for civic-minded applicants and referring exceptionally brave or civic-minded applicants for exceptional ex- gratia payment outside the Scheme. Arising from the review, the terms of reference of the Criminal and Law Enforcement Injuries Compensation Boards have also been revised to reflect more clearly the role and functions of the Boards. - 123 -

4.3 Levels of Assistance

4.3.1 The levels of assistance provided and the standards under which the various social security schemes are operated are listed in Appendices 10.2, 10.3 and 10.4.

4.3.2 With the exception of the burial grant, the payment rates of various grants under the three accident compensation schemes were increased on 1 April 1995 and 1 April 1996 respectively. The payment rate of the burial grant was separately revised upwards on 28 June 1996. Another revision covering all types of grants took place on 15 August 1997.

4.3.3 For emergency relief, the Kowloon Kitchen supplies hot meals and relief articles to disaster victims through the staff of the Department. The kitchen can supply up to 62,000 hot meals a day and has a storage capacity for 10,000 emergency kits and 20,000 blankets.

4.4 Caseload

4.4.1 The number of cases receiving assistance under the various social security schemes as at 31 March 1998 are as follows :

Schemes Cases Comprehensive Social Security Assistance 195,645 Normal Old Age Allowance 141,744 Higher Old Age Allowance 299,070 Normal Disability Allowance 63,509 Higher Disability Allowance 13,542 Criminal and Law Enforcement Injuries Compensation 813 Traffic Accident Victims Assistance 6,293 - 124 -

4.4.2 The classification of the active comprehensive social security assistance cases as at 31 March 1998, according to the major reason of eligibility, is as follows :

Classification of cases Percentage Old age 57.28 Temporary disabilities 10.92 Permanent disabilities 6.72 Single-parent family 8.77 Unemployed/low earning 12.18 Others 4.13 Total 100.00

4.5 Expenditure

4.5.1 Total actual payments under the various social security schemes in the past five years are as follows :

1993/94 1994/95 1995/96 1996/97 1997/98 $m $m $m $m $m Public Assistance/ Comprehensive Social Security 2,443.4 3,426.8 4,831.1 7,127.8 9,441.3 Assistance*

Old Age Allowance 2,337.1 2,435.5 2,768.0 3,005.0 3,238.5

Disability Allowance 780.0 773.4 914.7 1,036.6 1,181.8

Emergency Relief 0.5 0.6 0.9 2.2 1.3

Criminal and Law Enforcement Injuries 9.8 12.2 12.5 11.4 14.3 Compensation

Traffic Accident Victims Assistance 10.2 19.2 26.7 23.9 22.0

Total 5,581.0 6,667.7 8,553.9 11,206.9 13,899.2

* Comprehensive Social Security Assistance with effect from 1 July 1993 - 125 -

4.5.2 Under the Traffic Accident Victims Assistance Scheme, the amounts of assistance made from the Traffic Accident Victims Assistance Fund in the past five years are as follows :

$m 1993-94 92.9 1994-95 98.7 1995-96 110.7 1996-97 122.8 1997-98 137.4

4.6 Operation of Schemes

4.6.1 There are at present 33 social security field units which process applications for comprehensive social security assistance and social security allowance by investigating cases, assessing needs and authorising payments. Applications for Emergency Relief Fund from disaster victims or their dependants in respect of death and personal injury are also processed by social security field units. Applications for criminal and law enforcement injuries compensation and traffic accident victims assistances are processed by two service units of the Department on a centralized basis. Up-to-date information on the social security schemes can be obtained from the Social Welfare Department Home Page http://www.info.gov.hk/swd/.

4.6.2 Other government departments which contribute to the provision of social security services are as follows :

(a) The Hospital Authority and the Department of Health certify sick, disabled and injured persons in order to help establish their eligibility for assistance. Where necessary, they also provide findings or verdicts on deaths in relation to applications under the Criminal and Law Enforcement Injuries Compensation and Traffic Accident Victims Assistance Schemes.

(b) The Labour Department registers and provides employment services for the unemployed persons in order to help establish their eligibility for comprehensive social security assistance, and co-operates in cases where victims are eligible for both employees’ compensation and criminal and law enforcement injuries compensation or traffic accident victims assistance. - 126 -

(c) The Home Affairs Department co-ordinates emergency relief operations and administer payments from the General Chinese Charity Fund.

(d) The Housing Department, the Marine Department and the Agriculture and Fisheries Department assess and issue payments from the Emergency Relief Fund for certain types of cases.

(e) The Hong Kong Police Force provides factual reports on crimes of violence, law enforcement actions and traffic accidents.

(f) The Department of Justice advises on matters with legal implications.

(g) The Information Services Department and the Radio Television Hong Kong help publicize the various social security schemes.

(h) The Hong Kong Observatory provides meteorological information to facilitate the distribution of blankets to street sleepers during cold spells.

(i) The Transport Department collects levies from vehicle owners and drivers and credits the income to the Traffic Accident Victims Assistance Fund.

4.6.3 In addition, non-governmental organizations also contribute to the programme by giving cash assistance to needy persons who do not qualify for assistance under the existing social security schemes, and by providing manpower, cash and material assistance for emergency relief purposes.

4.7 Appeal System

4.7.1 There is an independent Social Security Appeal Board which provides a means of redress for anyone who is dissatisfied with the Social Welfare Department’ s decision under the Comprehensive Social Security Assistance, Social Security Allowance or Traffic Accident Victims Assistance Schemes. The Board’ s Chairman and members are appointed by the Chief Executive outside the civil service. The Board’ s decisions are binding on the Director of Social Welfare, but relate only to individual appeals. - 127 -

4.7.2 The Criminal and Law Enforcement Injuries Compensation Boards will form separate appeal boards to hear appeals against the decisions of the two Boards.

V. FORECAST OF DEMAND

5.1 Demand for the activities carried out under this programme is affected by :

(a) the state of the economy and the employment situation;

(b) the number of natural or other disasters;

(c) the number of crimes of violence and the degree of personal injury;

(d) the number of traffic accidents involving injury or death of victims;

(e) the number of applications; and

(f) the number of persons who meet the respective eligibility criteria of the various social security schemes.

5.2 Not everyone who meets the eligibility criteria will apply for social security benefits. Demand is related to the anticipated caseload, rather than to the number of eligible persons. There are, in any event, difficulties in obtaining reliable information on the number of persons eligible for the various types of social security benefits.

5.3 No attempt has been made to forecast demand for emergency relief as the extent of relief required in any one year depends on the number and magnitude of natural or other disasters, which are impossible to predict with accuracy. - 128 -

VI. PLANNED PROVISION

6.1 There is a firm commitment on the part of Government that the vulnerable will be provided with assistance under the social security schemes. The planned provision, based on the projections of cases that make up the forecast of demand, is as follows :

Actual Projected Cases * Cases 1997/98 1998/99 1999/2000 2000/01 2001/02 2002/03 Comprehensive Social 181,564 210,400 239,000 267,700 296,400 325,200 Security Assistance

Normal Old Age 141,883 146,300 148,400 149,900 151,000 150,900 Allowance

Higher Old Age 296,256 302,500 305,500 309,100 313,900 318,000 Allowance

Normal Disability 61,824 65,300 69,100 73,100 77,300 81,800 Allowance

Higher Disability 12,793 14,000 15,200 16,600 18,000 19,600 Allowance

Criminal and Law 604 600 600 600 600 600 Enforcement Injuries Compensation

Traffic Accident 5,655 5,300 5,300 5,300 5,300 5,300 Victims Assistance

Emergency Relief ($M) 1.3 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5 1.5

* Projected caseload in mid-financial year i.e. end of September. Caseload for criminal and law enforcement injuries compensation and traffic accident victims assistance however refer to estimated number of cases awarded compensation/assistance in the financial year. - 129 -

VII. PROPOSALS FOR IMPLEMENTATION

7.1 The payment rates of comprehensive social security assistance and social security allowance will be reviewed from time to time in keeping with price movements in order to maintain the purchasing power of the payments.

7.2 The payment rates of the three accident compensation schemes will be reviewed from time to time in line with the cost of living and the increase in the average monthly wages of a manufacturing worker.

VIII. PROPOSALS PENDING POLICY/FUNDNG APPROVAL OR REQUIRING FURTHER EXAMINATION

8.1 As part of our effort to encourage the comprehensive social security assistance elderly to continue to lead a healthy and socially active life after their retirement, the Chief Executive announced in his 1997 Policy Address that the monthly basic payments for the elderly would be increased as from 1 April 1998. We take this opportunity to simplify the arrangement by amalgamating the Chinese New Year Grant and the Social and Recreational Activities Grant and increasing the combined payment from $550 a year to $380 (97/98 price level) a month. Those who have opted to join the Portable Comprehensive Social Security Assistance Scheme will also benefit. - 130 -

CHAPTER 11

SUPPORT SERVICES

I. OVERALL OBJECTIVE

1.1 The overall objective is to provide the necessary infrastructure required for effective delivery, coordination and development of social welfare services described in the previous chapters, having regard to community needs and the need to ensure that the most effective use is made of available resources.

II. SPECIFIC OBJECTIVES

2.1 (a) to provide the financial resources required for the effective operation of social welfare services;

(b) to ensure that subvented services are provided at the highest standards consistent with the resources available;

(c) to attain adequate provision of social welfare manpower in meeting the demands for the development of social welfare services;

(d) to provide in-service training for social welfare workers employed by the government and non-governmental sectors;

(e) to undertake research of social welfare programmes; and

(f) to investigate, develop, and maintain the use of information technology and systems in order to facilitate the planning and management of welfare services.

III. STATUTES

3.1 Some activities covered in this Chapter are carried out within the framework of the : - 131 -

(a) Public Finance Ordinance - (Cap. 2) Section 29(1) providing for the establishment of Lotteries Fund;

(b) Inland Revenue Ordinance - (Cap. 112) Section 88 registering a list of approved charitable organizations; and

(c) Social Work Training Fund Ordinance - (Cap. 1100).

IV. CURRENT ACTIVITIES

4.1 Subvention

4.1.1 The subvention policy is founded on the principle that government will provide adequate financial support to non-governmental organizations (NGOs) for the implementation of identified social welfare services. Organizations receiving such subventions are accountable to the public for the use of public funds. However, NGOs are not a part or an extension of government; they are free to supplement subventions from other sources and have a degree of flexibility in the deployment of resources.

4.1.2 A bona fide non-profit making organization registered as a charitable institution under section 88 of the Inland Revenue Ordinance may apply for recurrent subvention to support activities which contribute to the policy objectives of the social welfare development plan. An agency applying for subvention for the first time must provide detailed information on its constitution, the management structure and the persons involved, the services provided (or to be provided) and the audited accounts of the organization for the past three years.

4.1.3 The Subventions and Lotteries Fund Advisory Committee (SLFAC) was set up through the appointment of the Secretary for Health and Welfare to advise Director of Social Welfare on applications from welfare agencies for subventions from public funds, for allocations from the Lotteries Fund and for permission to hold flag days. As at 1.4.98, there are 179 NGOs receiving subventions from the Department for the operation of 2,872 service units and 98 types of services comprising 90 direct services and 8 supporting/training services. Most of the NGOs are members of the Hong Kong Council of Social Service which is itself a subvented body. The Hong Kong Council of Social Service makes important contributions to this programme by representing the collective views of its member agencies, - 132 - participating in the planning and development of social welfare services and undertaking data collection and research on welfare needs.

4.1.4 In 1997/98, 1,416 service units providing 28 different types of services received subvention under the “modified standard cost system”. A list of these services is at Appendix 11.1. Under this system, the subvention for staff costs is calculated on the basis of mid-point salaries of a notional establishment but allocation is based on the organization’ s actual salaries requirement as reported in their application for subvention. The difference between the total staff cost based on mid-point provision and the actual requirement is held conditional to be allocated on application when the need arises. Organizations may be granted supplementary subvention beyond the mid-point provision based on demonstrated needs. For fully subvented services not yet on standard cost, a model system is adopted. Under this system, subvention is provided on the basis of the recognized cost of the unit which is adjusted for inflation annually. At present, 51 types of direct and five types of supporting services covering 801 units are still subvented under model system while three child care services covering 253 units are on 5% subsidy scheme and a few other services are subvented on lump sum grant mode.

4.1.5 A subsidy scheme for purchasing services from non-profit making organizations has been implemented since March 1991 as an alternative mode of financing social welfare services, providing greater flexibility in the deployment of subvention allocations to NGOs. Under this scheme, a fixed unit cost is agreed for the contract period with no topping up of deficits nor clawing back of surplus. While monitoring of resource input (e.g. accounting inspection etc.) is dispensed with, monitoring of service output (i.e. the quantity and quality aspects) is emphasized. The scheme is currently applied to 305 care and attention places, an integrated centre providing service to elderly, youth and children, three social centres for the elderly and 309 places for voluntary drug treatment and rehabilitation services.

4.1.6 A Block Insurance Scheme for subvented NGOs covering employees’ compensation and public liabilities has been implemented since August 1991. The current limits of indemnity for both components are now at $200 million and $20 million respectively. - 133 -

4.1.7 Previously under the rules governing social welfare subvention, the accrued benefits of Provident Fund and length of the contributory service of subvented staff were transferable on change of job only when such a change took place within the subvented welfare sector. This facility has been extended since 17.10.96 to professional staff on transfer from the education and health sectors to fill subvented posts in the welfare sector. With the implementation of this inter-sector transferability of Provident Fund, accrued benefits and contributory service, staff wishing to join the welfare sector would no longer be put off by the past restriction.

4.1.8 Actual subventions to NGOs amounted to $3,325.5 million in 1995/96 (including $804.2 million for rehabilitation services, $2,354.1 million for other social welfare services, and $167.2 million for support services). In 1996/97, actual subventions to NGOs amounted to $3,990.6 million (including $1,010.2 million for rehabilitation services, $2,796.8 million for other social welfare services, and $183.6 million for support services). In 1997/98, actual subventions to NGOs amounted to $4,598.1 million (including $1,218.1 million for rehabilitation services, $3,176.5 million for other social welfare services, and $203.5 million for support services). The 1995/96 to 1997/98 recurrent expenditure by programme areas are at Appendix 11.2.

4.1.9 Each year the Department prepares a Five Year Forecast of Revenue and Expenditure of its subvented activities. The Department bases its Five Year Forecast mainly on the projects in the Five Year Plan on Social Welfare Development which is reviewed biennially in conjunction with the Hong Kong Council of Social Service. Improvements to services have to compete for resources under the government’ s central allocation system.

4.2 Subvention Consultancy

4.2.1 The NGOs and the Department work closely as partners to meet service targets and provision. Discounting payments under social security, nearly 75% of the Department’ s annual expenditure was spent on subventing NGOs to run social welfare and rehabilitation services. The current subvention system does have room for improvement in terms of simplicity in administration and flexibility for NGOs to manage their resources or to improve their services. - 134 -

4.2.2 Against this background, the Social Welfare Department commissioned a consultancy review in March 1995 on the existing system. The objectives are:

(a) to simplify the current subvention funding procedures by shifting the focus of monitoring from subvention ‘ input’ control to performance ‘ output’ control;

(b) to develop agreed service standards both in terms of quantity and quality and to formulate a process by which performance can be objectively assessed; and

(c) to set up funding and service agreements for each subvented service.

4.2.3 The review comprises four stages. Phase A for investigation and outline proposals and Phase B for detailed design of new procedures and system were completed in July 1995 and April 1996 respectively and the main recommendations included :

(a) a set of 19 service quality standards and a system to assess them for all subvented welfare services;

(b) a ‘ Unit Grant’ approach to fund all NGOs so that the same funding would apply to the same type of service unit of the same size;

(c) formal funding and service agreements for each subvented service to set out the roles, responsibility and expectations between the Department and NGOs; and

(d) a two-step performance assessment process comprising an annual self-assessment by the service unit followed by an external assessment by the Department.

4.2.4 The Department consulted the sector on these proposals through numerous meetings, briefing sessions and a questionnaire. The feedback received indicated that there was a general consensus in support of the introduction of output monitoring controls through the adoption and monitoring of service quality standards. The sector also supported the introduction of funding and service agreements to provide a better structured relationship between the Department and NGOs. However, there was very little support for the ‘ unit grant’ approach as proposed by - 135 - the consultants in the report due to concerns of the NGO Boards and executive management about the increased demand on financial management, the worries of NGO staff over their job and pay security and the apprehension that more flexibility with staffing structure would result in deterioration in professional standards.

4.2.5 In Phase C, three Working Groups were set up with the participation of the sector respectively on:

(a) service quality standards, performance assessment and funding and service agreements;

(b) funding; and

(c) training needs.

4.2.6 With the Consultants’ assistance, the above Working Groups made good progress including production of implementation handbook for the first tranche of five service quality standards, a policy framework for the development of a service quality assessment process and a strategy on the provision of training for NGO and departmental staff. In February 1998, the Department appointed the Consultants to undertake Phase D (i.e. the final phase) of the Subvention Review which would focus on the production of implementation handbooks for the remaining 14 service quality standards, a generic assessment methodology for all the 19 service quality standards and the specific assessment steps for the first tranche of five service quality standards. This phase of consultancy is expected to be completed by end of July 1998. In the meantime, work is being carried out to develop funding and service agreements for all subvented services with the collaborative effort of the Department and the NGOs. So far, 34 funding and service agreements have been completed while the remaining 69 services would be developed in the next two years.

4.2.7 After consulting the Working Group on Funding, the Department had devised an alternative funding proposal, i.e. a Fixed Funding Formula based on mid-point salary. Consultation with the sector revealed that NGO management remained concerned about certain features of the Formula and the NGO staff worried about the adverse effect of the Formula on staff morale, service quality and job security. The Department noted the sector’ s concern and their suggestions on how the Formula can be modified. Since some of the proposed modifications would have financial implications, the Administration would require more time to consider these proposals. Meanwhile, the Department has taken - 136 -

steps to identify, together with the Hong Kong Council of Social Service, various streamlining measures to improve the current subvention system so that those NGOs which did not opt to join the new funding scheme would also benefit from changes to the system.

4.2.8 To ensure that all the Departmental and NGO staff have the required knowledge and skills to implement the new subvention system which changes the emphasis from input control to output performance monitoring, the Department has worked out, with the help of the Consultants, a comprehensive training plan in support of the implementation of various recommendations of the Subvention Consultancy Review. The first training programme would commence in the second half of 1998/99 and the rest would be conducted over three to four years to match with the phased implementation of the Service Performance Monitoring System.

4.2.9 We look forward to bringing the Subvention Consultancy Review to fruition. To give both Departmental and NGO staff the opportunity to familiarize themselves with these new service quality standards and assessment procedures, the Department aims at implementing the Service Performance Monitoring System, by phases, over a period of three years starting from the last quarter of 1998/99.

4.3 Fee-charges

4.3.1 The Government’ s policy on fee-charging for social welfare services attempts to strike a balance between the need to ensure that users of a particular service are not discouraged to obtain the service on the one hand and that on the other hand the misuse of a particular service is not unwittingly encouraged because it is free. The additional revenue obtained from fees would make it possible for services to be improved.

4.3.2 Fee charges can be broadly classified into three categories, namely, nominal fees (e.g. membership fees of social centres for the elderly), fees linked to social security benefits (e.g. fees for residential services for the elderly and the disabled), and fees based on cost as in day nurseries/day creches with assistance to the users under the Fee Assistance Scheme according to the family’ s income. - 137 -

4.3.3 The revision of fees linked to social security benefits used to follow the formula endorsed by Social Welfare Advisory Committee (SWAC) and Rehabilitation Development Coordinating Committee (RDCC) in 1980. With the endorsement of SWAC and RDCC in January 1994, annual adjustment of fees is now based on the revision rate of the Comprehensive Social Security Assistance due to inflation. In the light of the moratorium of government fees and charges announced by the Financial Secretary on 18 February 1998, the fees and charges in the subvented service units will be frozen for 1998/99.

4.4 Lotteries Fund

4.4.1 Lotteries Fund provides grants to NGOs for :

(a) construction of purpose-built projects;

(b) fitting-out, furnishing and equipping of new and reprovisioned centres;

(c) renovation and addition/replacement of furniture and equipment of existing centres;

(d) conducting experimental projects and surveys; and

(e) social welfare supporting services (including conferences and staff development programme).

4.4.2 For 1995/96, a total of 838 grants involving a commitment of $900 Mn was approved while actual expenditure for the year amounted to $343 Mn. For 1996/97, a total of 927 grants involving a commitment of $621 Mn was approved while actual expenditure for the year amounted to $607 Mn. For 1997/98, a total of 1,183 grants involving a commitment of $801 Mn was approved while actual expenditure for the year amounted to $585 Mn. Allocations from the Lotteries Fund will continue to be made to NGOs for meeting capital cost arising from maintenance of existing or implementation of new social welfare and rehabilitation units. The 1995/96 to 1997/98 Lotteries Fund allocations by programme areas are at Appendix 111.3.

4.4.3 In order to provide a secure source of funding for major improvements in social welfare services, the Finance Committee approved, in November 1992, the injection of a capital sum of $2.3 billion into the Lotteries Fund. This capital sum has been drawn down over the period - 138 -

from 1993/94 to 1996/97 principally for making grants to new subvented service units to meet recurrent costs of their social welfare or rehabilitation services. This interim measure ceased on 1.4.97 with the recurrent costs of these service units previously financed by the Lotteries Fund transferred to the General Revenue Account.

4.4.4 The Department has introduced various measures to streamline the current Lotteries Fund procedures and this has significantly reduced the processing time required of an application. The Department will continue to pursue this initiative with a view to making further improvement to facilitate NGOs in applying for Lotteries Fund assistance.

4.5 Welfare Premises

4.5.1 Owing to difficulties in finding sufficient premises to implement the Government’ s policy commitments announced in 1992 to expand the provision of social welfare and rehabilitation services, the Administration has sought $2.5 billion from the Finance Committee to purchase 86 sets of premises from private sector since 1995. The requirement was later reduced to 66 because nine projects were deleted after service review and 11 replacement premises were secured in public housing estates. Through the assistance of the Government Property Agency (GPA), 63 premises have been purchased including 28 social centres for the elderly, four multi-service centres for the elderly, 14 day nurseries, one refuge for women, 11 home help centres, one day creche- cum-day nursery, one centre for street sleepers and three small group homes. The GPA will continue to identify suitable premises for the remaining one day nursery and two day creches-cum-day nurseries. In addition, we will bid for new resources to launch another purchase programme so as to secure sufficient welfare premises to meet the community needs.

4.6 Monitoring and Evaluation

4.6.1 The output and effectiveness of subvented services are monitored regularly by the Department. This is achieved through examination of service statistics returned from agencies on a quarterly basis, making periodical visits to service units and conducting in-depth studies on selected services. - 139 -

4.6.2 For experimental and pilot projects financed by the Lotteries Fund, in depth evaluations are conducted to assess if the objectives are achieved.

4.6.3 There is need for refinement of performance indicators to assess both the quantitative and qualitative standards of service performance. To this end, the consultants who conducted the subvention review have developed a set of service quality standards for all subvented services and a system to assess them. (Note : for details please refer to paragraph 4.2 of this chapter.)

4.7 Manpower and Training

4.7.1 The Advisory Committee on Social Work Training and Manpower Planning (ACSWTMP) was set up to advise the Government, through the SWAC, on all matters relating to the education, training, supply and demand of social work manpower. It addresses manpower and training issues, and is concerned particularly with the supply of social work degree and diploma places in tertiary institutions, and the professional development of social workers in recent years.

4.7.2 The Social Welfare Manpower Planning System (SWMPS) was established in 1987 to centralise and maintain information on individual social workers and on the demand for and supply of trained social workers. It regularly provides statistical information to facilitate overall manpower planning in the social welfare sector. The method used in the SWMPS to project demand for trained social workers is based on a computation of the additional manpower requirements arising from expansion of services to meet increased demand, improvements to existing services, new projects which have secured funding and the staff wastage. The data are obtained from the Social Welfare Department and NGOs through an annual updating exercise. Reports No. 8, 9 and 10 were published in January 1996, April 1997 and April 1998 respectively. Starting from Report No. 8, while funded planned project is used for estimating net additional staff requirement for the first one or two years, the “population/service growth approach” has been adopted for projecting the new demands for the later years.

4.7.3 The manpower projection in April 1998 estimated that by the end of 2001/02 there would be a shortage of degree and surplus of diploma graduate social workers. The manpower situation will continue to be updated and monitored annually. The projections for degree and - 140 - diploma graduate social workers up to the year 2001/02 are at Appendices 11.4 and 11.5 respectively.

4.7.4 The primary role for pre-service, specialised and advanced training will continue to rest with the social work departments of the six tertiary institutions. The University of Hong Kong provides social work training at the under-graduate and post-graduate levels. The Hong Kong Polytechnic University and the City University of Hong Kong offer social work programmes at both the under-graduate and post-secondary levels. The Chinese University of Hong Kong and the Hong Kong Baptist University offer under-graduate courses. The Hong Kong Shue Yan College offers courses at post-secondary level. Moreover, specialised and advanced courses at the post-graduate level are being organized by the University of Hong Kong, the Chinese University of Hong Kong, the Hong Kong Polytechnic University and the Hong Kong Baptist University.

4.7.5 In the three academic years of 1995, 1996 and 1997, 495, 441 and 460 students obtained basic social work qualification at degree level respectively. 458, 415 and 652 students obtained their Diploma in Social Work.

4.7.6 Fieldwork practice of social work students is supervised by staff of the tertiary institutions, staff of the agencies, or is jointly supervised. Concurrent and block placement places are provided by the Social Welfare Department and NGOs. Some students also have the opportunity to undertake fieldwork practice at the Correctional Services Department, Housing Department, Labour Department and Education Department.

4.7.7 On training in child care, the Lee Wai Lee Technical Institute continues to provide a one-year full-time certificate course for Form five school-leavers. It also runs a two-year part-time day-release course for serving child care workers. A two-year part-time evening Higher Certificate in Child Care course for child care workers with post-qualifying experience and a three to five-year distant learning certificate course in pre- primary education are also available at the Hong Kong Polytechnic University.

4.7.8 To address the manpower concern in respect of clinical psychologists, physiotherapists and occupational therapists in the public and subvented sectors, the Working Group on Allied Health Personnel was set up from April 1995 to October 1996 to review the existing and projected demand for and supply of allied health personnel, to identify any problems in relation to the supply and retention of such personnel and to make - 141 -

recommendations in respect of the above. The Working Group has identified shortfall in the allied health professionals to meet the funded demand in the coming years. As a follow up of the recommendations of the Working Group on Allied Health Personnel, a Standing Committee on Allied Health Personnel has been set up by the Health and Welfare Bureau in October 1997 to review and monitor the overall manpower situation of the allied health personnel in the public and subvented sectors. In view of the need for more nursing staff with the opening of new elderly and rehabilitation units, a Task Force on Enrolled Nurses has been set up within the Health and Welfare Bureau to review the overall supply and demand of Enrolled Nurses with particular emphasis on operation needs in the welfare sector, as well as the skills mix and professional training required.

4.8 In-service Training

4.8.1 The Social Welfare Department’ s Lady Trench Training Centre co-ordinates the overall provision of in-service training courses for social welfare personnel. It also provides short-term training courses in specific service areas for both government and non-governmental staff. It organized 13, 12 and 16 orientation courses for newly-recruited staff, summer student workers and social work students, four, three and three basic courses for 123, 151 and 156 new welfare workers, 24, 29 and 21 induction courses for 855, 988 and 696 staff posted to new service areas in 1995/96, 1996/97 and 1997/98 respectively.

4.8.2 In 1995/96, 1996/97 and 1997/98, 40, 48 and 69 in-service training courses were contracted out to training institutions respectively, including eight, four and three basic in-service training courses for child care workers to meet the requirements arising from the Child Care Centres Ordinance.

4.8.3 In 1995/96, 1996/97and 1997/98, the Lady Trench Training Centre organized 320, 426 and 423 staff development programmes for 11,751, 13,503 and 14,838 staff of social welfare, social security, child care centres and other grades in the government and non-governmental sectors in specialised areas of social work such as mental health, case management, family counselling, group work, brief therapy, rehabilitation, elderly, offenders, child care, vocational training, language and communication skills and in the use of computer. Local and overseas experts were invited to contribute to its training programmes. - 142 -

4.8.4 The Hong Kong Council of Social Service identifies and prioritizes the in-service training needs of NGOs' social welfare personnel for the Department's resources support in terms of organisation and funding support. In the years 1995/96, 1996/97 and 1997/98, the Council has organized 34 professional development courses and computer training courses with funding support from public money. The Council also organises seminars and workshops on regular basis as well as in-service training courses to meet the increasing demand for such training. Another 25 courses serving 983 social welfare personnel have been organized through other funding support. In addition, individual agencies provide orientation and induction programmes for their new staff.

4.8.5 Opportunities for further training in social work were made available to staff in the Social Welfare Department and NGOs. Extra subvention support of $2,986,000, $3,164,000 and $3,316,000 was approved for 21, 16 and 21 NGOs to employ 68, 48 and 44 temporary replacements for staff undertaking full-time or part-time training courses in 1995/96, 1996/97 and 1997/98 respectively. Further local part-time courses and short overseas training programmes were undertaken by 126, 137 and 130 government officers in 1995/96, 1996/97 and 1997/98 respectively.

4.8.6 In 1995/96, 22 government officers attended overseas conferences and 141 attended local conferences, in 1996/97, 22 and 148 government officers attended overseas and local conferences and in 1997/98, 44 government officers attended overseas conferences and 38 attended local conferences respectively. As for non-governmental staff, grants of $368,000, $394,000 and 445,000 were allocated in the three years through subventions to enable them to attend study visit and conferences locally or overseas.

4.8.7 The Social Work Training Fund was established in 1961 to provide financial awards for non-trained staff to acquire basic social work training and for experienced social workers to pursue post-qualifying specialised training. In 1995/96 and 1996/97, 191 and 18 new applications respectively were awarded with grants. The Fund also provides funding support for other training activities such as sponsoring overseas trainers to Hong Kong and installing training equipment, etc. In 1995/96, there was no such application while in 1996/97, eight applications from organizations were awarded with grants. Starting from 1997/98, the Social Work Training Fund only provides funding support to organizations for sponsoring experts to provide specialized - 143 -

training for social workers in Hong Kong and for running specialized social work training programmes which will benefit groups of social workers from more than one agency. In 1997/98, 15 applications from organizations were awarded with grants.

4.9 Research and Statistics

4.9.1 Research in the social welfare field aims at providing information for the improvement of services to more adequately meet the needs of the community. In general, research is rightly the preserve of academics and research personnel but practising professional social workers can also make valuable contributions to research. There is also scope for joint research between academics and welfare practitioners.

4.9.2 The Research and Statistics Section of the Social Welfare Department conducts research studies, develops, enhances and maintains computerized data systems for the Department to provide information for planning, reviewing and monitoring the provision of welfare services. A list of research studies undertaken in 1995/96 - 1997/98 as well as data systems developed/ maintained in 1997/98 is at Appendix 11.6. Regular statistical reports which summarize the key administrative statistics of the subvented agencies and the Department are also compiled, including the half-yearly statistical summary on subvented services and the annual statistical pamphlet “Social Welfare Services in Figures”.

4.9.3 The Research Department of the Hong Kong Council of Social Service also conducts research studies and develops information systems. The list of research studies completed in 1995/96 - 1997/98 as well as the information systems developed is shown at Appendix 11.6. Furthermore, the Council provides assistance to its member agencies in developing research design, data collection, data compilation and analysis. It also maintains a subvented computerized Clientele Information System (CIS) for the family counselling/casework service, the home help service, the school social work service, the children and youth centre service, outreaching social work for youth, social centres for the elderly and multi- service centres for the elderly, and family life education.

4.10 Information Technology and Systems

4.10.1 The Department conducted an Information Systems Strategy Study (ISSS) from August 1996 to July 1997 to assess the current information technology requirements and to recommend a departmental information technology strategic plan covering development and - 144 - implementation over the following 5 years. To facilitate the appointed consultants to conduct the Study and to oversee the development of information technology and systems in the Department, an Information Systems and Technology Branch was established in May 1996.

4.10.2 The Information Systems Strategy (ISS) recommended by the consultants consist of a total of seven systems. The Department plans to implement the ISS by phases. Phase I includes the development and implementation of a Computerised Social Security System (CSSS) and two feasibility studies on a Client Information System and Technical Infrastructure (TI), which are scheduled to commence in 1998/99. Funding for implementing the CSSS has been secured while that for the two feasibility studies is being processed.

4.10.3 The Department was one of the government departments included in the Government Office Automation (GOA) Programme Phase II. The objectives of the GOA programme is to help senior officers to improve work efficiency and service quality through the use of information technology. The programme was fully implemented in the Department in September 1997. A total of around 90 Department’ s users were provided with networked computers to facilitate office automation functions (e.g. word processing), person-to-person communication and transfer of data, etc.

4.10.4 The Department has, in accordance with the guidelines issued by the Information Technology Services Department for government departments, started a comprehensive survey in early 1998 to investigate the extent of the impact of Year 2000 Problem on personal computers, information systems, sensor based non-administrative computer systems and microprocessor based equipment in the department. Based on the results of the survey, a rectification programme is being prepared with implementation to be completed by mid 1999. The Department had also discussed the Year 2000 Problem with the Hong Kong Council of Social Service. It was agreed that the Council would apply for funding from the Lotteries Fund for a project to, inter alia, raise the awareness of the problem, conduct a comprehensive survey and to recommend solutions.

4.10.5 Due to the increasing need of using information technology in the field, the Council has proposed three information technology related projects to the Department. They are namely : 1) Social Net - a project to explore and promote the utilization of internet technology in social service sector 2) Family Service Centre Clientele Information System Development Project and 3) Information Technology Resource Team - 145 -

Project - to conduct system analysis for the sector, to deal with the Year 2000 problem for the field and to provide a help desk support service for the field. The Hong Kong Council of Social Service is reviewing the scope for the first project while the Department has declined support for the second project. Support for the third project has been received from the Lotteries Fund.

4.10.6 The Hong Kong Council of Social Service has released a Social Welfare Information Kit on CD-ROM in December 1997. The CD-ROM encompasses information such as the summary of Hong Kong welfare history, major events in chronological order charts, the Digest of Social Welfare Statistics, China and Hong Kong welfare policy papers and the Directory of Social Services. This is the most comprehensive electronic reference tool in the local welfare sector. More than 800 copies were sold during the first 4 months.

V. PROPOSALS FOR IMPLEMENTATION

5.1 The Department will continue to assist NGOs to tackle the manpower shortage problem in respect of allied health and nursing staff. Currently NGOs are allowed flexibility to employ temporary/part-time staff to fill vacant posts of these ranks. They are also authorized to hire physiotherapy services from hospitals or the private sector.

5.2 The Department will continue to involve the sector in devising a fixed funding formula, in developing the remaining service quality standards and funding and service agreements for various services, in exploring ways to streamline the current subvention system and in formulating a new performance assessment process. The Department will keep NGOs informed of the progress including training arrangements and plans for implementing the various recommendations.

5.3 The Department will continue to streamline the application procedures for Lotteries Fund by developing new guidelines for the sector including the introduction of new furniture and equipment lists on top of the existing 12 standard lists and ten reference lists.

5.4 With the support of Lotteries Fund, the Department has provided grants at a total of $22.15 Mn to NGOs to equip them with 1,334 sets of computer equipment for the subvented services units during 1997/98. The next step planned for 1998/99 is to examine the need of central administration units for additional computer equipment. - 146 -

5.5 The Department will maintain regular discussions with the Hong Kong Council of Social Service and individual NGOs on issues of mutual concerns, subventions and Lotteries Fund matters, and for promotion of mutual understanding/working relations.

VI. PROPOSALS PENDING POLICY/FUNDING APPROVAL OR REQUIRING FURTHER EXAMINATION

6.1 The Department will bid funds to implement shift duty allowance for welfare workers working in residential services.

6.2 The Department will also continue to bid funds to make up the shortfall in central administration support and supervisory support according to the agreed manning ratios.

6.3 The Department will further pursue with the Education Department the sector’ s request to improve the rates of subsidy under the Mortgage Interest Subsidy Scheme and to increase its existing quota. Expenditure of Subvented Sector from 1993 - 94 to 1997 - 98

ACTUAL EXPENDITURE %

Programme 1993 - 94 1994 - 95 1995 - 96 1996 - 97 1997 - 98 Increase

% % % % Over $M $M Increase $M Increase $M Increase $M Increase 1993 - 94

Family and Child Welfare 414.6 487.0 17.5 595.7 22.3 718.3 20.6 818.8 14.0 97.5

Social Security 0.3 0.3 - 0.3 - 0.4 33.3 0.4 - 33.3 - - 147

Elderly and Medical Social 537.6 705.4 31.2 897.0 27.2 1,115.3 24.3 1,302.8 16.8 142.3 Services

Rehabilitation 488.8 619.6 26.8 804.2 29.8 1,010.2 25.6 1,218.1 20.6 149.2

Offenders 20.5 24.6 20.0 28.8 17.1 33.2 15.3 36.9 11.1 80.0

Community Development 108.6 121.2 11.6 137.4 13.4 150.9 9.8 159.6 5.8 47.0

Young People 525.1 598.5 14.0 694.9 16.1 778.7 12.1 858.0 10.2 63.4

Support 121.6 140.9 15.9 167.2 18.7 183.6 9.8 203.5 10.8 67.4

Total 2,217.1 2,697.5 21.7 3,325.5 23.3 3,990.6 20.0 4,598.1 15.2 107.4 Appendix 3.1

Note : with the exception of the last column, all percentages are referred to the changes over the preceding years. Social Welfare Subventions Actual Expenditure 1993-94 to 1997-98

$Mn

5000

4500

4000 Family & Child Welfare

3500 Social Security

3000 Elderly & MSS

2500 Rehabilitation

2000 Offenders

1500 Comm. Development - 148 1000 Young People

500 Support 0 1993-94 1994-95 1995-96 1996-97 1997-98

1993-94 1994-95 1995-96 1996-97 1997-98 Family & Child Welfare 414.6 487.0 595.7 718.3 818.8 Social Security 0.3 0.3 0.3 0.4 0.4 Elderly & MSS 537.6 705.4 897.0 1,115.3 1,302.8 Rehabilitation 488.8 619.6 804.2 1,010.2 1,218.1 Offenders 20.5 24.6 28.8 33.2 36.9

Comm. Development 108.6 121.2 137.4 150.9 159.6 Appendix 3.2 Young People 525.1 598.5 694.9 778.7 858.0 Support 121.6 140.9 167.2 183.6 203.5 Total ($Mn) 2,217.1 2,697.5 3,325.5 3,990.6 4,598.1 - 149 - Appendix 4.1

Family & Child Welfare Services

Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98

Number Type of District Name of Agency of Service Workers Family Life Central/Western & Caritas - Hong Kong 1 Education Islands Hong Kong Family Welfare Society 1

Hong Kong Catholic Marriage Advisory Council 2

Sub-total 4

Eastern & Hong Kong Family Welfare Society 1 Wan Chai St. James’ Settlement 2

Hong Kong Federation of Youth Groups 2

Caritas - Hong Kong 2

Methodist Epworth Village Community Centre 2

Sub-total 9

Southern Caritas - Hong Kong 2

Sub-total 2

Kwun Tong Kwun Tong Methodist Centre 2

Boys’ & Girls’ Clubs Association 1

Hong Kong Federation of Youth Groups 1

Christian Family Service Centre 2

Hong Kong Family Welfare Society 1

Sub-total 7

Wong Tai Sin/ Boys’ & Girls’ Clubs Association 2 Sai Kung Haven of Hope Christian Service 2

Caritas - Hong Kong 1

Hong Kong Family Welfare Society 2

SKH - Diocesan Welfare Council 1

Sub-total 8 - 150 - Appendix 4.1 (Cont’ d)

Family & Child Welfare Services

Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98

Number Type of District Name of Agency of Service Workers Family Life Kowloon City Caritas - Hong Kong 1 Education Hong Kong Catholic Marriage Advisory 2

Boys’ & Girls’ Clubs Association 2

Sub-total 5

Sham Shui Po Boys’ & Girls’ Clubs Association 1

Hong Kong Family Welfare Society 2

Caritas - Hong Kong 1

Hong Kong Federation of Youth Groups 1

Sub-total 5

Yau Tsim Mong Hong Kong Children & Youth Services 3

Hong Kong Christian Service 1

Sub-total 4

Shatin Caritas - Hong Kong 2

Boys’ & Girls’ Clubs Association 2

Hong Kong Lutheran Social Service 2

Hong Kong Children & Youth Services 2

Sub-total 8

Tai Po/North Hong Kong Federation of Youth Groups 1

Hong Kong Children & Youth Services 2

Social Welfare Department 2

Caritas - Hong Kong 2

Sub-total 7 - 151 - Appendix 4.1 (Cont’ d)

Family & Child Welfare Services

Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98

Number Type of District Name of Agency of Service Workers Family Life Yuen Long Hong Kong Young Women’ s Christian Association 1 Education Caritas - Hong Kong 1

Yuen Long Town Hall 1

Hong Kong Federation of Youth Groups 1

Sub-total 4

Tuen Mun Caritas - Hong Kong 1

Social Welfare Department 2

Hong Kong Young Women’ s Christian Association 1

Hong Kong Family Welfare Society 2

Hong Kong Christian Service 1

Sub-total 7

Tsuen Wan/ SKH - Diocesan Welfare Council 1 Kwai Tsing Boys’ & Girls’ Clubs Association 2

Hong Kong Federation of Youth Groups 1

Caritas - Hong Kong 1

Social Welfare Department 2

Hong Kong Family Welfare Society 2

Sub-total 9 TOTAL 79 - 152 - Appendix 4.1 (Cont’ d)

Family & Child Welfare Services

Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98

No. Type of District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit of Service Teams Home Central & St. James’ Settlement Central & Western Multi-service 2.0 Help Western Centre for the Elderly

SKH - Diocesan Welfare Council Western Multi-service centre for 1.0 the Elderly

Hong Kong Family Welfare Society Hong Kong Western Centre 2.0

SKH - Diocesan Welfare Council St. Luke’ s Church 1.0

Sub-total 6.0

Islands Hong Kong Family Welfare Society Hong Kong Western Centre 1.5

SKH - Diocesan Welfare Council Tung Chung Home Help Service 1 Unit

Sub-total 2.5

Eastern Hong Kong Society for the Aged Chai Wan Multi-service Centre 4.0 for the Elderly

Hong Kong Society for the Aged Eastern Multi-service Centre 1.0 for the Elderly

Hong Kong Family Welfare Society Hong Kong Eastern (North Point) 2.0

Methodist Epworth Village Siu Sai Wan Centre 2.0 Community Centre

Methodist Epworth Village Shau Kei Wan Centre 1.0 Community Centre

Sub-total 10.0

Wanchai St. James’ Settlement Wanchai Multi-service Centre 3.0 for the Elderly

St. James’ Settlement Wan Chai Home Help Service 1.0

St. James’ Settlement Wan Chai Home Help Service 1.0

Sub-total 5.0

Southern Caritas - Hong Kong Aberdeen Centre 1.5

Wah Fu Home Help Service 2.0

Aberdeen Kaifong Welfare Assn. Jockey Club Wong Chi Keung 2.0 Multi-service Centre for the Elderly

Aberdeen Kaifong Welfare Assn. Wong Chuk Hang Multi-service 1.0 Centre for the Elderly

Sub-total 6.5 - 153 - Appendix 4.1 (Cont’ d)

Family & Child Welfare Services

Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98

No. Type of District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit of Service Teams Home Kwun Tong Hong Kong Family Welfare East Kowloon (Ngau Tau Kok) 3.0 Help Society Centre

Hong Kong Family Welfare East Kowloon (Shun Lee) Centre 2.0 Society

Christian Family Service Centre Shun On Multi-service Centre for 1.0 the Elderly - Home Help Service

Christian Family Service Centre Kwun Tong Day Care Centre for 4.5 the Elderly - Home Help Service

Christian Family Service Centre True Light Villa Multi-service 1.0 Centre for the Elderly

Hong Kong Christian Service Won Hon Street Multi-service 1.0 Centre for the Elderly

Salvation Army Tak Tin Centre 1.0

Sub-total 13.5

Wong Tai Caritas - Hong Kong East Kowloon Centre 2.0 Sin SKH - Diocesan Welfare Council Wong Tai Sin Multi-service 3.0 Centre for the Elderly

SKH - Diocesan Welfare Council SKH Chuk Yuen Canon Martin 1.0 Multi-service Centre for the Elderly

Christian Family Service Centre Wong Tai Sin Home Help 1.0 Service

Neighbourhood Advice-Action Wong Tai Sin Home Help 1.0 Council Service

Yang Memorial Methodist Social Choi Hung Community Centre 2.0 Service Centre for Senior Citizens

Sub-total 10.0

Sai Kung Caritas - Hong Kong East Kowloon Centre 1.0

Caritas - Hong Kong Tseung Kwan O Centre 1.0

Hong Kong Family Welfare Society New Territories (Sai Kung) 1.0 Centre

Sub-total 3.0 - 154 - Appendix 4.1 (Cont’ d)

Family & Child Welfare Services

Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98

No. Type of District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit of Service Teams Home Yau Tsim Mongkok Kai-fong Welfare Assn Chan Hing Social Service Centre 2.0 Help Mong Salvation Army Yau Ma Tei Multi-service Centre 2.0 for the Elderly Salvation Army 3.0 Kowloon Central Home Help Service Yang Memorial Methodist Social 1.5 Service Home Help Service

Sub-total 8.5

Kowloon SKH - Diocesan Welfare Council Holy Carpenter Church Multi- 2.0 City service for the Elderly

SKH - Diocesan Welfare Council Hok Yuen Home Help Service 1.0

SKH - Diocesan Welfare Council Lok Man Social Service Centre 3.0

SKH - Diocesan Welfare Council Lok Man Home Help Service 1.0

Hong Kong Young Women’ s Kowloon City Home Help Service 2.0 Christian Association

Sub-total 9.0

Sham Shui Hong Kong Christian Service Pak Tin Centre 2.0 Po Hong Kong Christian Service Shek Kip Mei Centre 2.0

Caritas - Hong Kong Sham Shui Po Centre 1.0

Caritas - Hong Kong Cheung Sha Wan Multi-service 1.0 Centre for the Elderly

Hong Kong Family Welfare Society West Kowloon (Lai Kok) Centre 2.0

Neighbourhood Advice-Action Pak Tin Multi-service Centre for 1.0 Council the Elderly

Sik Sik Yuen Ho Kin Multi-service Centre for 1.0 the Elderly

Sub-total 10.0 - 155 - Appendix 4.1 (Cont’ d) Family & Child Welfare Services

Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98

No. Type of District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit of Service Teams Home Tsuen Wan Hong Kong Society for the Aged Tsuen Wan Baptist Church 1.0 Help & Kwai Building Multi-service Centre Tsing for the Elderly

Hong Kong Society for the Aged Kwai Chung Multi-service 2.0 Centre for the Elderly

Hong Kong Family Welfare Society New Territories (Tivoli) Centre 1.0

Hong Kong Family Welfare Society New Territories (Cheung Shan) 3.5 Centre

Hong Kong Family Welfare Society New Territories (Cheung Hang) 1.0 Centre

Hong Kong Family Welfare Society New Territories (Kwai Fong) Centre 2.0

SKH - Diocesan Welfare Council Shek Lei Home Help Service 1.0

SKH - Diocesan Welfare Council Lady MacLehose Centre - Multi- 1.0 service Centre for the Elderly

Sub-total 12.5

Tuen Mun Yan Oi Tong Ltd. Woo Chung Multi-service Centre 3.0 for the Elderly

Yan Oi Tong Ltd Tuen Mun Home Help Service 1.0

Neighbourhood Advice-Action Tuen Mun Home Help Service 1.0 Council

Neighbourhood Advice-Action Yau Oi Home Help Service 2.0 Council

Sub-total 7.0

Yuen Long Caritas - Hong Kong Yuen Long Multi-service for the 2.0 Elderly

Neighbourhood Advice-Action Long Ping Home Help Service 1.0 Council

Yan Oi Tong Ltd. Pang Hung Cheung Home Help 1.0 Service Centre

Yan Oi Tong Ltd. Yuen Long Tin Ka Ping Home 1.0 Help Centre

Pok Oi Hospital Yuen Long Multi-service Centre 1.0 for the Elderly

Sub-total 6.0 - 156 - Appendix 4.1 (Cont’ d)

Family & Child Welfare Services

Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98

No. Type of District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit of Service Teams Home North Caritas - Hong Kong Ta Kwu Ling Centre 1.0 Help Hong Kong Young Women’ s Ellen Li Multi-service Centre 1.0 Christian Association for the Elderly

Hong Kong Evangelical Church Tai Ping Home Help Service 1.0

Sub-total 3.0

Tai Po Salvation Army Tai Po Multi-service Centre for 2.0 the Elderly

Salvation Army Tai Wo Home Help Centre 1.0

Hong Kong Children & Youth Tai Po Home Help Service 1.0 Service

Sub-total 4.0

Shatin Caritas - Hong Kong Shatin Centre 2.0

Caritas - Hong Kong Lung Hang Home Help Centre 1.0

Tung Wah Group of Hospitals Wilson T.S. Wang Multi-service 2.5 Centre for the Elderly

Hong Kong Evangelical Lutheran Lek Yuen Estate Multi-service 2.0 Social Service Centre for the Elderly

Hong Kong Children and Youth Hang On Home Help Service 1.0 Services

Hong Kong Children and Youth Lee On Home Help Service 1.0 Services

Sub-total 9.5 TOTAL 126 - 157 - Appendix 4.1 (Cont’ d)

Family & Child Welfare Services

Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98

No. Type of District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit of Service Places Children’ s Wong Tai The Association of Evangelical Free Evangel Children’ s Home 64 Home Sin Churches of Hong Kong

Sai Kung Hong Kong Student Aid Society Mark Memorial Home 60

Wanchai Po Leung Kuk Po Leung Kuk Children Section 120

North Sisters of Precious Blood Precious Blood Children Village 60

Eastern Salvation Army Wan Tsui Home for Boys 46

TOTAL 350

Boys’ Shum Shui Society of Boys’ Centres Chak Yan Centre 160 Home Po with School Southern Hong Kong Juvenile Care Centre Bradbury Hostel 120 on Site Islands Hong Kong Student Aid Society Island Hostel 60

Kowloon Society of Boys’ Centres Shing Tak Centre 105 City

TOTAL 445

Boys’ Kwai Tsing Society of Boys’ Centres Cheung Hong Hostel 40 Home without Kwun Tong Hong Kong Student Aid Society Holland Hostel 110 School on Site Sham Shui Society of Boys’ Centres Un Chau Hostel 60 Po

TOTAL 210

Boys’ Eastern Salvation Army Yue Wan Boys’ Hostel 15 Hostel

TOTAL 15 - 158 - Appendix 4.1 (Cont’ d)

Family & Child Welfare Services

Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98

No. Type of District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit of Service Places Girls’ Southern Good Shepherd Sisters Marycove Centre 80 Home with Wong Tai Good Shepherd Sisters Pelletier Hall 80 School Sin on Site Tuen Mun Social Welfare Department Wai Yee Hostel 100

TOTAL 260

Girls’ Wong Tai Good Shepherd Sisters Choi Wan Hostel 16 Hostel Sin

Kwun Tong Caritas - Hong Kong Caritas Morning Star Hostel 12

Southern Good Shepherd Sisters Our Lady’ s Hostel 25

TOTAL 53

Children’ s Wong Tai Social Welfare Department Chuk Yuen Children’ s Reception 80 Reception Sin Centre Centre Wanchai Po Leung Kuk Newcomers’ Ward 20

Shatin Social Welfare Department Sha Kok Children’ s Home 40

TOTAL 140

Residen- Wanchai Po Leung Kuk Po Leung Kuk Babies Section 80 tial Creche Mongkok Hong Kong Society for the HKSPC Portland Street 120 Protection of Children Residential Creche

TOTAL 200

Residen- Wanchai Po Leung Kuk Po Leung Kuk Kinder Section 72 tial Nursery Shatin Sheng Kung Hui St. Christopher’ s Home Babies 60 Section

TOTAL 132 - 159 - Appendix 4.1 (Cont’ d)

Family & Child Welfare Services

Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98

No. Type of District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit of Service Places Foster - Hong Kong Christian Service - 160 Care (including - Hong Kong Family Welfare Society - 160 emergency foster - International Social Service - - 160 care) Hong Kong Branch

- Hong Kong Lutheran Social Service - 20

- Mother’ s Choice - 40

- Social Welfare Department Central Foster Care Unit 60

TOTAL 600 - 160 - Appendix 4.1 (Cont’ d)

Family & Child Welfare Services

Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98

Type of Capacity District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit Service (places) Small Eastern International Social Service - Ming Tak Small Group Home 8 Group Hong Kong Branch Home Mo Tak Small Group Home 8

Yin Tak Small Group Home 8

Mother’ s Choice Limited Pamela Youde Small Group 8 Home(1)

Pamela Youde Small Group 8 Home (2)

Pamela Youde Small Group 8 Home (3)

Po Leung Kuk Hing Wah Small Group Home 8

Yiu Fook Small Group Home 8

Yiu Tung Small Group Home 8

Sheng Kung Hui St. Christopher’ s Faith Small Group Home 8 Home Peace Small Group Home 8

Righteousness Small Group 8 Home

Salvation Small Group Home 8

Spirit Small Group Home 8

Truth Small Group Home 8

Tung Wah Group of Hospitals Lok Hang Small Group Home 8

Lok Sze Small Group Home 8

Lok Yin Small Group Home 8

Yan Chai Hospital Yan Chai Hospital No. 1 Small 8 Group Home

Yan Chai Hospital No. 2 8 Small Group Home

Yan Chai Hospital No. 3 Small 8 Group Home

Yan Chai Hospital No. 4 Small 8 Group Home

Sub-total 176 - 161 - Appendix 4.1 (Cont’ d)

Family & Child Welfare Services

Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98

Type of Capacity District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit Service (places)

Small Kwun Tong Hong Kong Children and Youth Service Shun Tin Small Group Home 8 Group Home Po Leung Kuk Kwun Tong Small Group Home 8

Lok Wah Small Group Home 8

Sau Mau Ping Small Group Home 8

Sheng Kung Hui St. Christopher’ s Home Andrew Small Group Home 8

James Small Group Home 8

Peter Small Group Home 8

Tung Wah Group of Hospitals Hok Shun Small Group Home 8

Hok Kan Small Group Home 8

Hok Ngai Small Group Home 8

Hok Shun Small Group Home 8

Salvation Army Home of Kindness for Children 8

Home of Goodness for Children 8

Home of Faithfulness for Children 8

Sub-total 112

Wong Tai Sin Hong Kong Children and Youth Wang Tau Home Small Group 8 Service Home

Choi Yip Small Group Home 8

Po Leung Kuk Fung Tak Small Group Home 8

Tung Tau Small Group Home 8

Choi Fai Small Group Home 8

The Boys’ and Girls’ Clubs Association Kwan Chi Small Group Home 8 of Hong Kong Kwan Tak Small Group Home 8

Hong Kong Student Aid Society Yan Shun Small Group Home 8

Yan Mong Small Group Home 8

Yan Oi Small Group Home 8

International Social Service Chung Hei Small Group Home 8 Hong Kong Branch Pak Hei Small Group Home 8

Shun Hei Small Group Home 8

Tung Wah Group of Hospitals Tsz Chun Small Group Home 8

Tsz Wai Small Group Home 8

Tsz Mei Small Group Home 8

Sub-total 128 - 162 - Appendix 4.1 (Cont’ d)

Family & Child Welfare Services

Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98

Type of Capacity District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit Service (places)

Small Sai Kung Hong Kong Student Aid Society Yan Hei Small Group Home 8 Group Home Yan Lai Small Group Home 8

Yan Lok Small Group Home 8

Yan Ming Small Group Home 8

Yan Wai Small Group Home 8

Yan Yee Small Group Home 8

Project Care King Lam Small Group Home 8

Sub-total 56

Sham Shui Po Po Leung Kuk Pak Tin Small Group Home 8

Shek Yip Mei Small Group Home 8

Tai Hang Tung Small Group Home 8

Project Care Pak Tin Small Group Home (1) 8

Pak Tin Small Group Home (2) 8

Sub-total 40

Shatin International Social Service - Hong Kong Lee On Small Group Home 8 Branch Lee Shing Small Group Home 8

Po Leung Kuk Heng On Small Group Home 8

Sun Chui Small Group Home 8

Project Care Sha Kok Small Group Home 8

Hong Kong Children & Youth Service Chung On Small Group Home I 8 Chung On Small Group Home II 8 Chung On Small Group Home III 8

Sub-total 64

Tai Po Hong Kong Children & Youth Service Fu Heng Small Group Home 8

Po Leung Kuk Tai Wo Small Group Home 8

Sub-total 16

North Project Care Tin Ping Small Group Home 8

Hong Kong Christian Service Ka Fuk Small Group Home I 8

Ka Fuk Small Group Home II 8

Ka Fuk Small Group Home III 8

International Social Service - Wah Sum Small Group Home 8 Hong Kong Branch Wah Mian Small Group Home 8

Wah Koon Small Group Home 8

Sub-total 56 - 163 - Appendix 4.1 (Cont’ d)

Family & Child Welfare Services

Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98

Type of Capacity District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit Service (places)

Small Yuen Long Hong Kong Christian Service Tin Shui Small Group Home (1) 8 Group Home Tin Shui Small Group Home (2) 8

Tin Shui Small Group Home (3) 8

Sheng Kung Hui St. Christopher’ s Home Goodness Small Group Home 8

Humility Small Group Home 8

Joy Small Group Home 8

Kindness Small Group Home 8

Love Small Group Home 8

Loyalty Small Group Home 8

Patience Small Group Home 8

Temperance Small Group Home 8

Tranquility Small Group Home 8

Hong Kong Christian Service Tin Tsz Small Group Home I 8

Tin Tsz Small Group Home II 8

Tin Tsz Small Group Home III 8

Sub-total 120

Tsuen Wan The Salvation Army Home of Joy for Children 8

Home of Love for Children 8

Home of Peace for Children 8

Sub-total 24 - 164 - Appendix 4.1 (Cont’ d)

Family & Child Welfare Services

Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98

Type of Capacity District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit Service (places)

Small Kwai Tsing Hong Kong Children & Youth Service Kwan Hing Small Group Home 8 Group Home Kwai Shing Small Group Home 8

Hong Kong Christian Service Shek Lei Small Group Home I 8

Shek Lei Small Group Home II 8

Shek Lei Small Group Home III 8

Sheng Kung Hui St. Christopher’ s Home John Small Group Home 8

Matthew Small Group Home 8

Philip Small Group Home 8

Simon Small Group Home 8

Thaddaeus Small Group Home 8

Thomas Small Group Home 8

Sub-total 88

Tuen Mun The Boys’ & Girls’ Clubs Association of Hong Kwai Chun Small Group Home 8 Kong Kwai Sin Small Group Home 8

International Social Service - Hong Kong Tsing Yung Small Group Home 8 Branch

Sub-total 24

TOTAL 904 - 165 - Appendix 4.1 (Cont’ d) Family & Child Welfare Services

Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98

Number Type of District Name of Agency of Service Workers Family Aide Central & Western/ SWD 1 Service Islands Hong Kong Family Welfare Society 1

Sub-total 2

Eastern/Wanchai SWD 5

Hong Kong Family Welfare Society ) ) Caritas - Hong Kong ) 3 ) St. James Settlement )

Sub-total 8

Southern SWD 1

Sub-total 1

Kowloon City SWD 2

Caritas - Hong Kong 1

Sub-total 3

Sham Shui Po SWD 4

Hong Kong Family Welfare Society 1

Sub-total 5

Yau Tsim Mong SWD 2

Sub-total 2

Kwun Tong SWD 4

Christian Family Service Centre ) ) 3 Hong Kong Family Welfare Society )

Sub-total 7

Wong Tai Sin/Sai Kung SWD 4

Sub-total 4

Tsuen Wan/Kwai Tsing SWD 4

Hong Kong Family Welfare Society 2

Sub-total 6

Tuen Mun SWD 4

Sub-total 4

Shatin SWD 4

Sub-total 4 - 166 - Appendix 4.1 (Cont’ d)

Family & Child Welfare Services

Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98

Number Type of District Name of Agency of Service Workers Family Aide Tai Po/North SWD 4 Service

Sub-total 4

Yuen Long SWD 2

Sub-total 2 TOTAL 52 - 167 - Appendix 4.1 (Cont’ d)

Family & Child Welfare Services

Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98

No. of Clinical Type of Service SWD/Name of Agency Psychologists

Clinical Psychological SWD 33 Service Caritas - Hong Kong 4

Christian Family Service Centre 1

Hong Kong Christian Service 1

Hong Kong Family Welfare Society 2

Yang Memorial Social Service Centre 1

HK Young Women’ s Christian Association 1

Hong Kong Children & Youth Service 1

Total 44(*)

(*) excluding 5CPs for rehabilitation service in NGOs. - 168 - Appendix 4.1 (Cont’ d)

Family & Child Welfare Services

Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98

Type of District SWD/Name of Agency Service

Family Central & Western/ SWD Services Islands Centres - Central and Western/Islands Family Services Centre Hong Kong Family Welfare Society - Western Centre Caritas Family Service - Caine Road Eastern/Wan Chai SWD

- Chai Wan Family Services Centre

- Shau Kei Wan Family Services Centre

- Quarry Bay Family Services Centre

- Causeway Bay Family Services Centre

- Wan Chai Family Services Centre

Hong Kong Family Welfare Society - Hong Kong Eastern (Southorn) Centre Caritas Family Service - Chai Wan

St. James’ Settlement Southern SWD

- Aberdeen Family Services Centre

Caritas Family Service - Aberdeen Yau Tsim Mong SWD

- Yau Tsim Family Services Centre

- Mong Kok Family Services Centre

Hong Kong Christian Service

Yang Memorial Methodist Social Service Sham Shui Po SWD

- Sham Shui Po Family Services Centre

- Nam Cheong Family Services Centre

- Lai Chi Kok Family Services Centre

- Shek Kip Mei Family Services Centre

Hong Kong Family Welfare Society - West Kowloon Centre

Caritas Family Service - Shek Kip Mei - 169 - Appendix 4.1 (Cont’ d)

Family & Child Welfare Services

Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98

Type of District SWD/Name of Agency Service

Family Kowloon City SWD Services Centres - Kowloon City Family Services Centre - To Kwa Wan Family Services Centre Caritas Family Service - Kowloon Hong Kong Children & Youth Service - Hung Hom Centre

Wong Tai Sin/Sai SWD Kung - Wong Tai Sin Family Services Centre

- Tsz Wan Shan Family Services Centre

- San Po Kong Family Services Centre

- Sai Kung Family Services Centre

- Tseung Kwan O Family Services Centre

Caritas Family Service - Tung Tau

Kwun Tong SWD

- Kwun Tong Family Services Centre

- Ngau Tau Kok Family Services Centre

- Lam Tin Family Services Centre

- Sau Mau Ping Family Services Centre

Hong Kong Family Welfare Society - East Kowloon (Ngau Tau Kok) Centre Hong Kong Family Welfare Society - East Kowloon (Shun Lee) Centre Caritas Family Service - Ngau Tau Kok

Christian Family Service Centre

Tuen Mun SWD

- Yau Oi Family Services Centre

- On Ting Family Services Centre

- Butterfly Family Services Centre

- Tai Hing Family Services Centre

Caritas Family Service - Tuen Mun (South)

Caritas Family Service - Tuen Mun (North) - 170 - Appendix 4.1 (Cont’ d)

Family & Child Welfare Services

Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.98

Type of District SWD/Name of Agency Service Family Tsuen Wan/ SWD Services Kwai Tsing Centres - Tsuen Wan Family Services Centre - Kwai Chung (East) Family Services Centre - Kwai Chung (West ) Family Services Centre - Tsing Yi Family Services Centre Hong Kong Family Welfare Society - New Territories (Kwai Fong) Centre Hong Kong Family Welfare Society - New Territories (Cheung Shan) Centre Caritas Family Service - Tsuen Wan

Yuen Long SWD - Yuen Long (East) Family Services Centre - Yuen Long (West) Family Services Centre

Tai Po/North SWD - Tai Po (South) Family Services Centre - Tai Po (North) Family Services Centre - Fanling Family Services Centre - Sheung Shui Family Services Centre

Shatin SWD - Shatin (South) Family Services Centre - Shatin (North) Family Services Centre - Hin Tin Family Services Centre - Ma On Shan Family Services Centre Caritas Family Service - Shatin - 171 - Appendix 4.2

Distribution of Medical Social Services Units under SWD (as at 31.3.1998)

Hong Kong Region Southern District

1. Queen Mary Hospital 2. Queen Mary Hospital Specialist Clinics 3. Queen Mary Hospital University Psychiatric Unit 4. Queen Mary Hospital Child Psychiatric Day Hospital 5. Fung Yiu King Hospital 6. Grantham Hospital (Chest beds) 7. Wong Chuk Hang Hospital

Central/Western & Islands District

8. Tung Wah Hospital (Centenary Block) 9. St. John Hospital 10. Sai Ying Pun Chest Clinic 11. Sai Ying Pun Special Skin Clinic 12. Cheung Chau Chest Clinic 13. Sai Ying Pun Jockey Club Polyclinic 14. Tsan Yuk Hospital 15 Tung Chung Clinic 16. Western Psychiatric Centre 17. Western Psychiatric Day Hospital 18. David Trench Rehabilitation Centre

Eastern & Wanchai District

19. Tang Shiu Kin Hospital 20. Tang Shiu Kin Specialist Clinics 21. Tang Shiu Kin Hospital Social Hygiene Clinic 22. Tang Chi Ngong Specialist Clinic 23. Tang Chi Ngong Opthalmic Centre 24. Tung Wah Eastern Hospital (Ex-gov’ t beds) 25. Physiotherapy & Occupational Therapy Department, Southorn Centre 26 Hong Kong East Community Geriatric Assessment Team (Ruttonjee Hospital) 27. Wan Chai Chest Clinic 28. Ruttonjee Hospital (Chest beds) 29. Shaukeiwan Chest Clinic 30. Violet Peel Psychiatric Centre 31. Violet Peel Psychiatric Day Hospital 32. Pamela Youde Nethersole Eastern Hospital 33. Pamela Youde Nethersole Eastern Hospital Psychiatric Out-patient Department - 172 - Appendix 4.2 (Cont’ d)

East Kowloon Region Wong Tai Sin/Sai Kung District

34. East Kowloon Psychiatric Centre 35. East Kowloon Polyclinic 36. Haven of Hope Hospital - Community Geriatric Assessment Team 37. East Kowloon Chest Clinic 38. Hong Kong Buddhist Hospital (Ex-gov’ t beds) 39. Wong Tai Sin Hospital (Chest beds)

Kwun Tong District

40. Yung Fung Shee Psychiatric Centre 41. Yung Fung Shee Psychiatric Day Hospital 42. Ngau Tau Kok Psychiatric Day Hospital 43. Yung Fung Shee Geriatric Day Hospital 44. Pamela Youde Polyclinic 45. Yung Fung Shee Chest Clinic 46. Yung Fung Shee Memorial Centre 47. Pamela Youde Child Assessment Centre (Kwun Tong) 48. Kwun Tong Jockey Club Clinic General Out-patient Department 49. Ngau Tau Kok Geriatric Day Hospital 50. Ngau Tau Kok Jockey Club General Out-patient Clinic

West Kowloon Region Yau Tsim Mong District

51. Queen Elizabeth Hospital 52. Queen Elizabeth Hospital Specialist Clinics 53. Arran Street Child Assessment Centre 54. Yaumatei Psychiatric Centre 55. Yaumatei Psychiatric Day Hospital 56. Yaumatei Child Psychiatric Centre 57. Yaumatei Child Psychiatric Day Hospital 58. Yaumatei Chest Clinic 59. Yaumatei Jockey Club Polyclinic 60. Yaumatei Jockey Club Polyclinic General Out-patient Department 61. Yaumatei Special Medical Centre 62. Yaumatei Geriatric Day Hospital - 173 - Appendix 4.2

(Cont’ d) Kowloon City District

63. Hong Kong Eye Hospital 64. Kowloon Hospital 65. Kowloon Hospital Specialist Clinic 66. Kowloon Rehabilitation Centre 67. Kowloon Hospital Psychiatric Unit 68. Kowloon Hospital Psychiatric Day Hospital 69. Kowloon Hospital Psychiatric Out-patient Clinic 70. Lai Chi Kok Hospital Psychiatric Unit 71. Kowloon Chest Clinic 72. Kowloon Hospital T.B. Unit 73. Kowloon Hospital Special Skin Clinic 74. Shek Kip Mei Chest Clinic 75. Lai Chi Kok Hospital Special Skin Unit 76. Central Kowloon Health Centre

New Territories East Region Tai Po/North District

77. Prince of Wales Hospital 78. Prince of Wales Hospital Specialist Clinic 79 Li Ka Shing Specialist Clinics (General) 80. Pamela Youde Child Assessment Centre (Shatin) 81. Yuen Chau Kok Chest Clinic 82. Yuen Chau Kok General Out-patient Clinic 83. Fanling Hospital 84. Cheshire Home, Shatin (Ex-gov’ t beds) 85. Prince of Wales Hospital Psychiatric Unit 86. Li Ka Shing Specialist Clinic (Psychiatric) 87. Shatin Hospital 88. Tai Po Hospital 89. North District Hospital 90. North District Hospital Specialist Clinic - 174 - Appendix 4.2

(Cont’ d) New Territories West Region Tuen Mun District

91. Castle Peak Hospital 92. Castle Peak Hospital Community Work and Aftercare Unit 93. Siu Lam Hospital 94. Tuen Mun Hospital 95. Tuen Mun Hospital Specialist Clinics 96. Pok Oi Hospital (Ex-gov’ t beds) 97. Tuen Mun Child Assessment Centre 98. Tuen Mun Polyclinic 99. Yuen Long Yung Fung Shee Eye Clinic 100. Tuen Mun Psychiatric Centre 101. Tuen Mun Psychiatric Day Hospital

Tsuen Wan/Kwai Tsing District

102. Princess Margaret Hospital 103. Caritas Medical Centre (Ex-gov’ t beds) 104. Ha Kwai Chung Child Assessment Centre 105 Kwai Chung Hospital 106. South Kwai Chung Psychiatric Centre 107. South Kwai Chung Psychiatric Day Hospital 108. South Kwai Chung Jockey Club Polyclinic 109. South Kwai Chung Jockey Club Polyclinic General Out-patient Department 110. South Kwai Chung Chest Clinic 111. Yan Chai Hospital (Ex-gov’ t beds) 112. Yan Oi Chest Clinic - 175 - Appendix 4.3 Family & Child Welfare Services

Staffing Standards

Type of Service Staff Provision Remarks

Family Casework In the subvented sector, eight The standard notional establishment for family caseworker units make subvented FSCs does not apply to the up one team comprising the Hong Kong Catholic Marriage Advisory following staff: - Council.

1 SWO (Supervisor) A SWD FSC normally consists of 4 ASWOs 1 supervisor, 10 caseworkers, 1 ACO, 2 SSWAs 1 Workman II and 1 Typist. 2 SWAs 1 ACO 1 OA 1 Typist

Family Life Education 1/8 SWO 1 ASWO 1/8 ACO 1/8 Typist 1/8 OA

Home Help Team 1/8 SWO For service standard, a home help team is 1 SWA expected to handle 60-70 cases at any 1 WW one time and 120 cases per annum. 1 CA plus 10 Home Helpers (Home based Model) or 1 CA 7 Home Helpers 1 Cook 1 Driver 1 Workman II (Kitchen-based Model)

Family Aide 1 Ward Attendant For service standard, a family aide is (posted to 1 family services expected to handle 8 cases at any one centre) time approximately and 35 cases per annum.

Foster Care Service 1/8 SWO 1 basic unit: 20 foster care places 1 ASWO 1/8 ACO 1/8 Typist 1/8 OA

Small Group Home 1/3 ASWO 1 Home : 8 children 2 1/3 WW 1/3 additional WW is provided to each 1 WM II home admitting 1 mildly mentally handicapped child. - 176 - Appendix 4.3

(Cont’ d)

Family & Child Welfare Services

Staffing Standards

Type of Service Staff Provision Remarks

Residential Creche 1 CSWA (Supervisor) Statutory staff/children ratio - (Capacity : 100) 1 SWA (Social Worker) 1 : 8 between 8 a.m. to 8 p.m. 1 RN 4 EN 1 : 12 between 8 p.m. to 8 a.m. 5 SWW (Senior Child Care Worker) 40 WW (Child Care Worker) 1 CA 2 Cook 8 Workman II

Residential Nursery 1 CSWA (Supervisor) Statutory staff/children ratio - (Capacity : 100) 1 SWA (Social Worker) 1 : 8 between 8 a.m. to 8 p.m. 1 RN 2 EN 1 : 12 between 8 p.m. to 8 a.m. 5 SWW (Senior Child Care Worker) 40 WW (Child Care Worker) 1 CA 2 Cook 8 Workman II

Day Nursery 1 Child Care Supervisor Statutory staff/children ratio - 1 : 14 (Capacity : 100) 1 Assistant Supervisor 6 Child Care Workers 1 Clerical Assistant 4 Cook and Workman II

Day Creche 1 Child Care Supervisor Statutory staff/children ratio - 1 : 8 (Capacity : 60) 8 Child Care Workers 2 Child Care Aide 1 Cook 2 Workman II - 177 - Appendix 5.1

Services for Children and Youth

Resources have been allocated to the following new projects through reprovisioning of existing centres from 1995/96 to 1997/98

District Name of Agency Name of Centre

Yau Tsim Mong Salvation Army Properous Garden Children and Youth Centre cum Study/Reading Room Sham Shui Po Hong Kong Young Women’ s Sham Shui Po Children and Youth Christian Association Centre Boys’ and Girls’ Clubs Mei Foo Children and Youth Centre Association of Hong Kong Tsuen Wan/ Boys’ and Girls’ Clubs Cheung Hang Children and Youth Kwai Tsing Association of Hong Kong Centre Boys’ and Girls’ Clubs Shek Lei Children and Youth Centre Association of Hong Kong Boys’ and Girls’ Clubs Shek Yam East Children and Youth Association of Hong Kong Centre cum Study/Reading Room Hong Kong Federation of Youth Kwai Fong Children and Youth Groups Centre Wong Tai Sin/ Hong Kong Federation of Youth Ming Tak Children and Youth Centre Sai Kung Groups cum Study/Reading Room Boys’ and Girls’ Clubs Tsz Lok Children and Youth Centre Association of Hong Kong Hong Kong Federation of Youth Verbenna Children and Youth Centre Groups cum Study/ Reading Room Kwun Tong Chinese Young Men’ s Christian Lam Tin Children and Youth Centre Association of Hong Kong cum Study/Reading Room North Boys’ and Girls’ Clubs Ka Fuk Children and Youth Centre Association of Hong Kong cum Study/Reading Room Eastern Chinese Young Men’ s Christian Siu Sai Wan Children and Youth Association of Hong Kong Centre cum Study/ Reading Room Islands Sheng Kung Hui Diocesan Tung Chung Integrated Social Welfare Council Service Centre - 178 - Appendix 5.2

List of Integrated Teams (IT) as at 31.3.1998

District Name of Agency Name of Unit Tuen Mun Caritas-HK Integrated Service for Young People (Tuen Mun) Hong Kong Young Tuen Mun Integrated Social Service Centre Women’ s Christian Association Salvation Army Tuen Mun Integrated Services for Young People Tsuen Wan Hong Kong Tsuen Wan Integrated Youth Service Centre Federation of Youth Groups Kwai Tsing Hong Kong Integrated Service Centre for Children and Playground Youth - Kwai Chung Association Hong Kong Kwai Fong Integrated Team Federation of Youth Groups Shatin Sheng Kung Hui Ma On Shan (South) Children and Youth Diocesan Welfare Integrated Services Centre Council Sheng Kung Hui Ma On Shan (North) Children and Youth Diocesan Welfare Integrated Services Centre Council Wong Tai Caritas - HK Integrated Service for Young People (Wong Tai Sin/Sai Kung Sin) Hong Kong Integrated Service Centre for Children and Playground Youth - Chuk Yuen Association Eastern/ Chinese Young Chai Wan Integrated Centre Wanchai Men's Christian Association of Hong Kong Hong Kong Integrated Service Centre for Children and Playground Youth - North Point Assocation Sham Shui Po Hong Kong Christian Lei Cheng Uk/So Uk Integrated Team Service - 179 -

Appendix 5.2 (Cont’ d)

District Name of Agency Name of Unit Sham Shui Po Boys' and Girls' Cheung Sha Wan Children and Youth Integrated (Cont’ d) Clubs Association of Services Centre Hong Kong Kowloon City Hong Kong Hung Hom Integrated Youth Services Centre Federation of Youth Groups Kwun Tong Boys’ & Girls’ Sau Mau Ping Children and Youth Integrated Clubs Association of Services Centre Hong Kong Hong Kong Young Lok Wah Integrated Social Service Centre Women’ s Christian Association The Friends of Kai Yip Integrated Team for Children & Youth Scouting - Scout Association of Hong Kong Tai Po/North Hong Kong Children Tai Po Integrated Team and Youth Services Yuen Long Evangelical Lutheran Tin Shui Wai Children and Youth Integrated Church Social Team Service- HK - 180 - Appendix 5.3

List of Community Support Service Scheme Projects

District Served Name of Agency

Tuen Mun, Tsuen Wan and Kwai Tsing Hong Kong Federation of Youth Groups

Central, Western, Eastern, Wanchai and Methodist Centre Southern

Young offender cases of the whole territory Social Welfare Department - 181 - Appendix 5.4

Non-governmental Organizations Providing School Social Work Service in Secondary Schools with Social Welfare Subvention (as at 31.3.1998)

Non-governmental Organizations

1. Asbury Village Community Centre of the Methodist Church

2. The Boys' & Girls' Clubs Association of Hong Kong

3. Caritas - Hong Kong

4. Chinese Young Men's Christian Association

5. Christian Family Service Centre

6. Evangelical Lutheran Church Social Service - Hong Kong

7. Hong Kong Children & Youth Services

8. Hong Kong Christian Service

9. Hong Kong Family Welfare Society

10. Hong Kong Federation of Youth Groups

11. Hong Kong Lutheran Social Service

12. Hong Kong Playground Association

13. Hong Kong Young Women's Christian Association

14. International Social Service

15. Methodist Epworth Village Community Centre

16. S.K.H. Diocesan Welfare Council

17. St. James' Settlement

18. Yang Memorial Methodist Social Service - 182 - Appendix 5.5

Outreaching Social Work

Distribution of Provision as at 31.3.1998

District Name of Agency Central & Western Hong Kong Young Women's Christian Association Wanchai Hong Kong Playground Association Eastern The Chinese Young Men's Christian Association of Hong Kong The Neighbourhood Advice-Action Council Southern Caritas - Hong Kong Sai Kung The Hong Kong Federation of Youth Groups Kwun Tong The Boys' & Girls' Clubs Association of Hong Kong (2 teams) Hong Kong Christian Service Hong Kong Young Women's Christian Association Wong Tai Sin Caritas - Hong Kong Hong Kong Playground Association Kowloon City The Hong Kong Federation of Youth Groups Yang Memorial Methodist Social Service Shamshuipo The Boys' & Girls' Clubs Association of Hong Kong Hong Kong Christian Service Mongkok Hong Kong Playground Association Yau Tsim Yang Memorial Methodist Social Service Tsuen Wan/ The Chinese Young Men's Christian Association of Hong Kong Kwai Tsing The Hong Kong Federation of Youth Groups (2 teams) Hong Kong Playground Association - 183 - Appendix 5.5 (Cont’ d)

District Name of Agency Tuen Mun Caritas - Hong Kong Hong Kong Young Women's Christian Association Salvation Army Shatin The Chinese Young Men's Christian Association of Hong Kong Yang Memorial Methodist Social Service Tai Po/North Hong Kong Children & Youth Services (2 teams) Evangelical Lutheran Church Social Service - Hong Kong Yuen Long Hong Kong Christian Service Evangelical Lutheran Church Social Service - Hong Kong Projection of Uniformed Organizations (1998- 2002)

As at 31.3.1998 Projection * No. of Agency Headquarters No. of Uniformed Membership No. of Units & Regional Uniformed No. of Offices Members Units 98/99 99/00 00/01 01/02 02/03 98/99 99/00 00/01 01/02 02/03

1. Hong Kong Girl Guides 4 36,056 940 40,726 41,948 43,206 44,502 45,837 1,048 1,121 1,079 1,109 1,142 Association

2. The Scout Association 5 41,696 1 ,485 47,000 51,400 56,200 61,500 67,200 1,730 1,890 2,060 2,250 2,460 of Hong Kong

3 . Hong Kong Red Cross- 5 9,480 214 9,945 10,145 10,345 10,545 10,756 215 217 220 222 226 Youth and Welfare Department - 184

4. St. John’ s Ambulance 3 1,404 48 1,600 1,720 1,800 1,860 1,900 53 57 60 62 64 Brigade-Cadet Section

5. The Boys’ Brigade, 1 1,611 41 1,800 2,000 2,200 2,400 2,600 48 50 52 54 56 (Hong Kong)

6. The Girl’ s Brigade, 1 872 46 1,133 1,293 1,293 1,293 1,293 64 72 72 72 72 (Hong Kong)

7. Hong Kong Sea Cadat 8 955 13 1,200 1,200 1,200 1,200 1,200 16 16 16 16 16 Corps

8. Hong Kong Air Cadat 1 1,872 14 1,909 1,947 1,986 2,015 2,050 14 15 15 16 16 Corps

Total 28 93,946 2,801 Appendix 5.6

* Figures are projected by respective Uniformed Organizations. - 185 - Appendix 5.7

Services for Children and Youth

Staffing Standards

Type of Service Staff Remarks Children Centre/ 1/8 SWO Youth Centre 1 ASWO (without study/ 1 SWA reading room 2 WWs 1 CA 1 Workman II

Children Centre/ 1/8 SWO Youth Centre 1 ASWO (with study/ 2 SWAs reading room) 3 WWs 2 CA 1 Workman II

Combined Children 1/5 SWO SWAC advised on 23.5.83 to and Youth Centre 1 ASWO strengthen the staff provisions of (without study/ 3 SWAs combined Children and Youth reading room) 1 3/4 WW Centres with 1 1/2 WWs and 1/2 CA. 1 CA For combined children and youth 1 Workman II centres without study/reading room, additional provision of 1/4 Combined Children 1/5 SWO WW was implemented in 1991/92. and Youth Centre 1 ASWO (with study/ 4 SWAs reading room 2 1/2 WWs 2 CA 1 Workman II

Integrated Team 1 SWO *Note : If family life education is *5 ASWOs included as one of the core services of 1 SSWA an integrated team, the agency can 4 SWAs pool one of its existing family life 2 WWs education workers (1 ASWO) 1 ACO together with the corresponding 1 CA portion of supervisory and supportive 1 OA staff into the integrated team. 1 Typist 1 Workman II - 186 - Appendix 5.7 (Cont’ d)

Type of Service Staff Remarks Community Support 1/2 SWO Service Scheme 3 ASWOs 2 SWAs 1/2 ACO 1/2 Typist

School Social Work Unit 1 SWO 8 ASWOs 1 ACO 1 Typist 1 OA

Outreaching Social Work 1/3 SWO The revised team structure of 4 Team 4 ASWOs ASWOs, 2 SSWAs and 4 SWAs and 6 SWAs the supervisory ratio of 1 SWO to 2 1 ACO teams as endorsed by SWAC would 1 Typist be implemented subject to availability 1 OA of funds. Meanwhile, NGOs are given the flexibility to implement the improvements within the mind-point subvention provision under existing standard cost. Youth Office 1 SWO 1 SWA 1 CA 1 Workman II - 187 - Appendix 6.1

Multi-service Centres for the Elderly (as at 31.3.1998)

District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit

1. Eastern Hong Kong Society for the Aged Chai Wan Multi-service Centre for the Elderly

2. Eastern Hong Kong Society for the Aged Eastern District Multi-service Centre for the Elderly

3. Wan Chai St James' Settlement Wanchai Multi-service Centre for the Elderly

4. Southern Aberdeen Kaifong Welfare Jockey Club Wong Chi Keung Association Social Service Centre Multi-service Centre for the Elderly

5. Southern Aberdeen Kaifong Welfare Wong Chuk Hang Multi-service Association Social Service Centre Centre for the Elderly

6. Central & Western St James' Settlement Central and Western Multi-service Centre for the Elderly

7. Central & Western SKH Diocesan Welfare Council SKH Western District Multi- service Centre for the Elderly 8. Yau Tsim Mong The Salvation Army Yau Ma Tei Social Service Centre for the Elderly

9. Yau Tsim Mong Mongkok Kai-fong Welfare Chan Hing Social Service Centre Association

10. Sham Shui Po Caritas - Hong Kong Caritas Social Centre - Cheung Sha Wan

11. Sham Shui Po Sik Sik Yuen Ho Kin Multi-service Centre for the Elderly

12. Kowloon City SKH Diocesan Welfare Council Holy Carpenter Church Multi- service Centre for the Elderly

13. Kowloon City SKH Diocesan Welfare Council SKH Lok Man Alice Kwok Integrated Service Centre

14. Wong Tai Sin SKH Diocesan Welfare Council Wong Tai Sin Multi-service Centre for the Elderly

15. Wong Tai Sin SKH Diocesan Welfare Council SKH Chuk Yuen Canon Martin Multi-service Centre for the Elderly

16. Wong Tai Sin Yang Memorial Methodist Social Choi Hung Community Centre for Service Senior Citizens - 188 - Appendix 6.1 (Cont’ d)

District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit

17. Kwun Tong Christian Family Services Centre Shun On Multi-service Centre for the Elderly

18. Kwun Tong Christian Family Services Centre True Light Villa Multi-service Centre for the Elderly

19. Sha Tin Tung Wah Group of Hospitals Wilson T S WANG Multi-service Centre for the Elderly

20. Sha Tin Evangelical Lutheran Church Shatin Multi-service Centre for the Social Service - Hong Kong Elderly

21. Tai Po The Salvation Army Tai Po Multi-service Centre for the Elderly

22. Yuen Long Caritas - Hong Kong Caritas Social Centre - Yuen Long 23. Yuen Long Pok Oi Hospital Pok Oi Hospital Mrs Wong Tung Yuen Multi-service Centre for the Elderly

24. Tuen Mun Yan Oi Tong Yan Oi Tong Woo Chung Multi- service Centre for the Elderly

25. North HK Young Women's Christian Ellen Li Multi-service Centre for Association the Elderly

26. Tsuen Wan Hong Kong Society for the Aged Chan Tseng Hsi Tsuen Wan Multi-service Centre for the Elderly

27. Kwai Tsing Hong Kong Society for the Aged Chan Tseng Hsi Kwai Chung Multi-service Centre for the Elderly

28. Kwai Tsing SKH Diocesan Welfare Council Dr LAM Chik-suen Multi-service Centre for the Elderly - 189 - Appendix 6.2

Day Care Centres for the Elderly (as at 31.3.1998)

District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit

1. Central/Western Tung Wah Group of Hospitals TWGHs Anita Mui Day Care Centre for the Elderly

2. Eastern The Hong Kong Society for the Eastern District Day Care Centre Aged for the Elderly 3. Eastern The Hong Kong Society for the Yam Pak Charitable Foundation Aged Day Care Centre for the Elderly

4. Eastern Methodist Epworth Village Siu Sai Wan Day Care Centre for Community Centre, Social Welfare the Elderly

5. Wan Chai St James' Settlement Day Care Centre for the Elderly 6. Southern Po Leung Kuk 1982 Board of Directors Day Care Centre for the Elderly

7. Yau Tsim Mong Chung Sing Benevolent Society Chung Sing Benevolent Society Tin Ka Ping Day Care Centre for the Elderly

8. Yau Tsim Mong Po Leung Kuk Chow Hung Piu Day Care Centre for the Elderly

9. Sham Shui Po Caritas - Hong Kong West Kowloon Day Care Centre 10. Sham Shui Po HK Young Women's Christian Lam Woo Memorial Day Care Association Centre for the Elderly 11. Sham Shui Po SKH Diocesan Welfare Council LI Ka-shing Day Care Centre for the Elderly

12. Kowloon City HK Lutheran Social Service, Martha Boss Day Care Centre for Lutheran Church - Hong Kong the Elderly Synod

13. Kowloon City Sheng Kung Hui Diocesan Welfare SKH Holy Carpenter Church Day Council Care Centre for the Elderly

14. Wong Tai Sin The Salvation Army Chuk Yuen Day Care Centre for the Elderly

15. Wong Tai Sin Chi Lin Nunnery Chi Lin Day Care Centre for the Elderly

16. Wong Tai Sin Christian Family Service Centre Wang Tau Hom Day Care Centre for the Elderly - 190 - Appendix 6.2 (Cont’ d)

District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit

17. Wong Tai Sin/ Haven of Hope Christian Service Haven of Hope Christian Service Sai Kung Tsui Lam Day Care Centre for the Elderly

18. Kwun Tong Christian Family Service Centre Kwun Tong Day Care Centre for the Elderly

19. Kwun Tong SKH Diocesan Welfare Council Lok Wah Day Care Centre for the Elderly

20. Kwun Tong Christian Family Service Centre Tsui Ping Road Day Care Centre for the Elderly

21. Kwai Chung/ The Hong Kong Society for the Sun Kwai Hing Gardens Day Care Tsing Yi Aged Centre for the Elderly 22. Kwai Chung/ Chung Sing Benevolent Society Choy Yue-fai Day Care Centre for Tsing Yi the Elderly

23. Tsuen Wan Caritas - Hong Kong Tsuen Wan Day Care Centre for the Elderly

24. Tuen Mun Tung Wah Group of Hospitals Tai Tung Pui Day Care Centre for the Elderly

25. Shatin Baptist Oi Kwan Social Service Shatin Day Care Centre for the Elderly

26. Shatin Yan Chai Hospital Wan Shing Memorial Day Care Centre for the Elderly

27. Tai Po The Salvation Army Bradbury Day Care Centre for the Elderly

28. Yuen Long Pok Oi Hospital Chan Au Yeung Lai Sim Memorial Day Care Centre for the Elderly - 191 - Appendix 6.3

Social Centres for the Elderly (Government and Subvented) (as at 31.3.1998)

District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit

1. Eastern Methodist Epworth Village Methodist Hing Wah Social Service Community Centre Centre for the Elderly

2. Eastern SKH Diocesan Welfare Council SKH Holy Nativity Church Social Service Centre for the Elderly

3. Eastern Hong Kong Christian Mutual Chuang Chung Wen Social Centre for Improvement Society the Elderly

4. Eastern Methodist Epworth Village Methodist Epworth Social Service Community Centre, Social Welfare Centre for the Elderly

5. Eastern The Endeavourers, Hong Kong Bert James Young Social Centre for the Elderly

6. Eastern Hong Kong Society for the Aged Fong Shu Chuen Social Centre for the Elderly (Causeway Bay)

7. Eastern Project Care Social Centre for the Elderly (Causeway Bay)

8. Eastern HK - Macao Conference of 7th-Day Siu Sai Wan Social Centre for the Adventists Elderly

9. Eastern The Endeavourers, Hong Kong Wu Ki Lim Social Centre for the Elderly

10. Eastern SKH Diocesan Welfare Council SKH Holy Nativity Church Ming Wah Social Centre for the Elderly

11. Eastern Women's Welfare Club (Eastern Young Shu Cheung Social Centre for District) Hong Kong the Elderly

12. Eastern Women's Welfare Club Western Kwan Kai Ming Memorial Chung Hok District H.K. Elderly Centre

13. Eastern Hongkong & Kowloon Kaifong Tsang Hui Yuk Wan Social Centre for Women’ s Association the Elderly

14. Eastern Hop Yat Church The Church of Christ Hop Yat Church, The Church of Christ in China in China, Social Centre for the Elderly

15. Eastem Heung Hoi Ching Kok Lin Association Buddhist Ho Lee Foon Tak Elderly Social Centre

16. Eastern HK Lutheran Social Service, Lutheran Harmony Garden Lutheran Centre for Church - HK Synod the Elderly

17. Eastern Christian & Missionary Alliance Tsui Wan Social Centre for the Elderly Church Union of Hong Kong - 192 - Appendix 6.3 (Cont’ d)

District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit

18. Wanchai Baptist Oi Kwan Social Service Baptist Oi Kwan Social Centre for the Elderly

19. Wanchai Methodist Centre Methodist Southorn Centre for the Elderly

20. Wanchai Lok Sin Tong Benevolent Society, Chan Lai Jeong Kiu Social Centre for Kowloon the Elderly

21. Wanchai The Hong Kong Buddhist Association Buddhist Cheung Miu Yuen Social Centre for the Elderly

22. Wanchai The Hong Kong Buddhist Association Buddhist Ho Poon Yuet Ping Social Centre for the Elderly

23. Wanchai Yan Oi Tong Yan Oi Tong Tin Ka Ping Causeway Bay Elderly Centre

24. Wanchai Hong Kong PHAB Association Wun Sha Social Centre for the Elderly

25. Central/Western Caritas - Hong Kong Caritas Social Centre for the Elderly - Caine Road

26. Central/Western Women's Welfare Club - Western Chung Hok Social Centre for the District Hong Kong Elderly

27. Central/Western SKH Diocesan Welfare Council St Luke's Settlement Social Centre for the Elderly

28. Central/Western SKH Diocesan Welfare Council SKH St Matthew's Church Senior Citizens' Club

29. Central/Western HK Young Women's Christian Sai Wan Social Centre for the Elderly Association

30. Central/Western Agency for Volunteer Service Agency for Volunteer Service Social Centre for the Elderly

31. Central/Western Hong Kong West Point Baptist Hong Kong West Point Baptist Church Church Elderly Centre

32. Central/Western The Neighbourhood Advice - Action NAAC Nga Yin Association Social Council Centre of the Elderly

33. Central/Western Hong Kong Women Foundation Ltd Hong Kong Women Foundation Ltd HO KWOK Pui-chun Social Centre for the Elderly

34. Southern The Chinese Rhenish Church - HK Mrs Mann Tai Po Social Centre for the Synod Elderly

35. Southern Caritas - Hong Kong Caritas Social Centre for the Elderly - Aberdeen - 193 - Appendix 6.3 (Cont’ d)

District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit

36. Southern The Salvation Army Wah Fu Social Centre for the Elderly

37. Southern Tung Wah Group of Hospitals Wong Shiu Ching Social Centre for the Elderly

38. Southern The Christian and Missionary Alliance Lei Fook Church Social Centre for the Church Union of Hong Kong Elderly

39. Southern The Neighbourhood Advice-Action Lei Tung Social Centre for the Elderly Council

40. Southern Aberdeen Kaifong Welfare Fong Wong Woon Tei Social Centre for Association Social Service Centre the Elderly

41. Southern Hong Kong PHAB Association Hong Kong PHAB Association Stanley Social Centre for the Elderly

42. Yau Tsim Mong Yang Memorial Methodist Social Yau Ma Tei / Mongkok Elderly Service Service Centre

43. Yau Tsim Mong Hong Kong Christian Service Tsimshatsui Social Centre for the Elderly

44. Yau Tsim Mong Asia Women's League Ltd. Yaumatei Social Centre for the Elderly

45. Yau Tsim Mong International Women's League Ltd International Women's Leaque Ltd Social Centre for the Elderly

46. Yau Tsim Mong Baptist Oi Kwan Social Service Jordan Social Centre for the Elderly

47. Yau Tsim Mong Tsim Sha Tsui District Kai Fong Tsim Sha Tsui District Kai Fong Welfare Association Welfare Association Activities Centre for the Elderly

48. Yau Tsim Mong Tung Wah Group of Hospitals Fong Shu Chuen Social Centre for the Elderly

49. Yau Tsim Mong Asian Outreach Hong Kong Ltd Centre of Glorious Light

50. Yau Tsim Mong Baptist Oi Kwan Social Service Chan Tak Sang Memorial Elderly Centre

51. Yau Tsim Mong Sik Sik Yuen Ho Wong Social Centre for Senior Citizens

52. Yau Tsim Mong Chinese YMCA of Hong Kong Mongkok Social Centre for the Elderly

53. Yau Tsim Mong Po Leung Kuk Po Leung Kuk Lo Yau Yuk Sheung Social Centre for the Elderly

54. Sham Shui Po Hong Kong Christian Service So Uk Social Centre for the Elderly - 194 - Appendix 6.3 (Cont’ d)

District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit

55. Sham Shui Po Neighbourhood Advice-Action Pak Tin Social Centre for the Elderly Council

56. Sham Shui Po Caritas - Hong Kong Caritas Social Centre for the Elderly - Lai Kok

57. Sham Shui Po The Salvation Army Nam Tai Social Centre for the Elderly

58. Sham Shui Po China Peniel Missionary Society Inc. Peniel Shek Kip Mei Social Centre, Elderly

59. Sham Shui Po Sham Shui Po Kai Fong Welfare Chan Kwan Tung Social Centre for the Advancement Association Elderly

60. Sham Shui Po Chung Sing Benevolent Society Gan Low Khoon Choo Social Centre for the Elderly

61. Sham Shui Po Sik Sik Yuen Ho Chak Social Centre for Senior Citizens

62. Sham Shui Po SKH Diocesan Welfare Council Kei Oi Social Service Centre - Elderly Centre

63. Sham Shui Po Hong Kong Christian Service Lotus Social Centre for the Elderly

64. Sham Shui Po Assn of Baptists for World Un Chau Estate Baptist Church Elderly Evangelism, Inc Centre

65. Sham Shui Po Pok Oi Hospital Lai Wan Mei Foo Social Centre for the Elderly

66. Sham Shui Po Yan Chai Hospital Tang Bik Wan Memorial Social Centre for the Elderly

67. Sham Shui Po Young Women's Christian Association YWCA Chi Po Social Centre for the Elderly

68. Sham Shui Po The Association of Evangelical Free E.F.C.C. - Mei Foo Social Centre for Churches of Hong Kong the Elderly

69. Kowloon City SKH Diocesan Welfare Council Holy Carpenter Social Service Centre for the Elderly

70. Kowloon City Yang Memorial Social Service Centre Oi Man Elderly Centre

71. Kowloon City HK Lutheran Social Service, Lutheran The Peninsula Lions Club Jubilee Church - HK Synod Centre for the Elderly

72. Kowloon City New Life Church of Christ Homantin Social Centre for the Elderly

73. Kowloon City HK Mutual Encouragement Cheng Yu Tung Social Centre for the Association Ltd Elderly - 195 - Appendix 6.3 (Cont’ d)

District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit

74. Kowloon City HK Lutheran Social Service, Lutheran Ma Tau Wai Lutheran Centre for the Church - HK Synod Elderly

75. Kowloon City Yan Chai Hospital Yan Chai Hospital Ng Wong Yee Man Social Centre for the Elderly

76. Kowloon City Heung Hoi Ching Kok Lin Association Buddhist Ho Wong Cheong Po Elderly Social Centre sponsored by Heung Hoi Ching Kok Lin Association

77. Kowloon City Chung Sing Benevolent Society Chung Sing Benevolent Society Tan Siu Lin Social Centre for the Elderly

78. Kowloon City Hong Kong Family Welfare Society Hong Kong Family Welfare Society (Kowloon City) Senior Citizen Centre

79. Kowloon City Yan Tin Baptist Church Yan Tin Baptist Church Social Centre for the Elderly

80. Kowloon City Asia Women‘ s League Ltd. Ho Leung Kit Ting Care and Attention Home cum Social Centre for the Elderly

81. Wong Tai Sin HK Lutheran Social Service, Lutheran Choi Hung Lutheran Centre for the Church - HK Synod Elderly

82. Wong Tai Sin Caritas - Hong Kong Caritas Social Centre for the Elderly - Tung Tau

83. Wong Tai Sin Mutual Encouragement Association of Jane Shu Tsao Social Centre for the Hong Kong Elderly

84. Wong Tai Sin HK Young Women's Christian Wang Tau Hom Social Centre for the Association Elderly

85. Wong Tai Sin The Free Methodist Church of Hong Free Methodist Church Bradbury Kong Chung Sum Social Centre for the Elderly

86. Wong Tai Sin Sik Sik Yuen Ho Hing Social Centre for Senior Citizens

87. Wong Tai Sin The Salvation Army Chuk Yuen Social Centre for the Elderly

88. Wong Tai Sin Sik Sik Yuen Ho Yee Social Centre for Senior Citizens

89. Wong Tai Sin Pentecostal Church of HK Ltd. Fung Tak Social Centre for the Elderly

90. Wong Tai Sin SKH Diocesan Welfare Council Kindly Light Church Social Service Centre for the Elderly - 196 - Appendix 6.3 (Cont’ d)

District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit

91. Wong Tai Sin The Upper Wong Tai Sin and Fung The Upper Wong Tai Sin and Fung Wong Sun Tsuen Centre for the Wong Sun Tsuen Centre for the Elderly Elderly (Sponsored by the Maryknoll (Sponsored by the Maryknoll Sisters) Sisters)

92. Wong Tai Sin Sik Sik Yuen Ho Fu Social Centre for Senior Citizens

93. Wong Tai Sin The Hong Kong Buddhist Association Buddhist Ching Hang Social Centre for the Elderly

94. Wong Tai Sin Pentecostal Church of Hong Kong Ltd. Choi Wan Social Centre for the Elderly

95. Wong Tai Sin Kowloon City Baptist Church Lok Fu Social Centre for the Elderly

96. Wong Tai Sin The Salvation Army Tung Tau Social Centre for the Elderly

97. Wong Tai Sin Pentecostal Church of Hong Kong Tsz Fung Hong Lok Elderly Centre

98. Wong Tai Sin Hong Kong - Macao Conference of San Po Kong Social Centre for the Seventh - Day Adventists Elderly

99. Kwun Tong Lam Tin Kaifong Welfare Association Lam Tin Kaifong Welfare Association Social Centre for the Elderly

100. Kwun Tong Jordan Valley Kaifong Welfare Choi Ha Social Centre for the Elderly Association

101. Kwun Tong Caritas - Hong Kong Caritas Social Centre for the Elderly - Kwun Tong

102. Kwun Tong Caritas - Hong Kong Caritas Social Centre for the Elderly - Ngau Tau Kok

103. Kwun Tong Chung Sing Benevolent Society Mrs FONG WONG Woon Tei Social Centre for the Elderly

104. Kwun Tong Hong Kong Society for the Aged Kai Yip Social Centre for the Elderly

105. Kwun Tong Neighbourhood Advice-Action Martha Baker Social Centre for the Council Elderly

106. Kwun Tong Hong Kong Christian Service Shun Lee Social Centre for the Elderly

107. Kwun Tong Tung Wah Group of Hospitals Pong Wing Shiu Social Centre for the Elderly

108. Kwun Tong Christian and Missionary Alliance Lam Tin Alliance Church Social Centre Church Union for the Elderly

109. Kwun Tong Sik Sik Yuen Ho Ping Social Centre for the Senior Citizens - 197 - Appendix 6.3 (Cont’ d)

District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit

110. Kwun Tong Kowloon City Swatow Christian Lok Wah Social Centre for the Elderly Church

111. Kwun Tong Po Leung Kuk Lok Wah Social Centre for the Elderly

112. Kwun Tong The Association of Evangelical Free E.F.C.C. -Hing Tin Wendell Memorial Churches of Hong Kong Church Alison Lam Social Centre for the Elderly

113. Kwun Tong Tung Wah Group of Hospitals Fong Shiu Yee Social Centre for the Elderly

114. Kwun Tong Pentecostal Church of Hong Kong Ltd Ngau Tau Kok Elderly Centre

115. Kwun Tong Chung Sing Benevolent Society Mrs AW Boon Haw Social Centre for the Elderly

116. Kwun Tong The Salvation Army Kwun Tong Social Centre for the Elderly

117. Kwun Tong Free Methodist Church Bradbury Tak Tin Social Centre for the Elderly

118. Kwun Tong HK Lutheran Social Service, Lutheran Sai Cho Wan Lutheran Centre for the Church - HK Synod Elderly

119. Kwun Tong Hong Kong Christian Mutual Ko Chiu Road Centre of Christ Love Improvement Society for the Aged

120. Kwun Tong HK & Macau Lutheran Church HK & Macau Lutheran Church Kei Fuk Elderly Centre

121. Kwun Tong Kwun Tong Methodist Social Service Kwun Tong Methodist Social Service Lam Tin Elderly Centre

122. Kwun Tong Sik Sik Yuen Ho Wing Social Centre for Senior Citizens

123. Kwun Tong Po Leung Kuk Fong Tam Yuen Leung Social Centre for the Elderly

124. Sai Kung Caritas - Hong Kong Caritas Social Centre for the Elderly - Sai Kung

125. Sai Kung Association of Baptist for World Po Lam Bradbury Elderly Centre Evangelism

126. Sai Kung Hong Kong Society for the Aged Tsui Lam Social Centre for the Elderly

127. Sai Kung Christian & Missionary Alliance Bradbury King Lam Elderly Centre Church Union

128. Sai Kung Haven of Hope Christian Service Hau Tak Social Centre for the Elderly - 198 - Appendix 6.3 (Cont’ d)

District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit

129. Sai Kung Po Leung Kuk Po Leung Kuk Vicwood K.T. Chong Social Centre for the Elderly

130. Sha Tin Caritas - Hong Kong Caritas Social Centre for the Elderly - Shatin

131. Sha Tin New Life Church of Christ Sun Tin Wai Social Centre for the Elderly

132. Sha Tin Chinese Rhenish Church - HK Synod Wo Che Social Centre for the Elderly

133. Sha Tin The Association of Evangelical Free Hong Fuk Church Social Centre for the Churches of Hong Kong Elderly

134. Sha Tin International Church of Four Square Lung Hang Social Centre for the Gospel Elderly.

135. Sha Tin HK Lutheran Social Service, Lutheran Sun Chui Lutheran Centre for the Church - HK Synod Elderly

136. Sha Tin HK Chiu Chow Po Hing Buddhism Lek Yuen Estate Social Centre for the Association Ltd. Elderly

137. Sha Tin HK-Macao Conference of Seventh Heng On Social Centre for the Elderly Day Adventists Church

138. Sha Tin Hong Kong Society for the Aged Hin Keng Social Centre for the Elderly

139. Sha Tin Tung Wah Group of Hospitals Fong Yun Wah Social Centre for the Elderly

140. Sha Tin The Mission Convenant Church Yiu On Tong Social Centre for the Elderly

141. Sha Tin Sik Sik Yuen Ho Tai Social Centre for Senior Citizens

142. Sha Tin Yan Oi Tong Yan Oi Tong HK Toi Shan Association Elderly Centre

143. Sha Tin Neighbourhood Advice-Action The Neighbourhood Advice - Action Council Council Ma On Shan Social Centre for the Elderly

144. Sha Tin Yan Oi Tong Yan Oi Tong Hong Kong Toi Shan Association No.2 Elderly Centre

145. Sha Tin Social Welfare Department Shatin Social Centre for the Elderly

146. Tai Po Sik Sik Yuen Ho Hong Social Centre for Senior Citizens

147. Tai Po Tsung Tsin Mission of Hong Kong Fuk Hong Social Centre for the Elderly - 199 - Appendix 6.3 (Cont’ d)

District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit

148. Tai Po SKH Diocesan Welfare Council Tai Wo Social Centre for the Elderly

149. Tai Po Christian Nationals' Evangelism CNEC Aged People Centre Commission

150. Tai Po Tai Po Baptist Church Baptist Oi Au Cheung Sau Fong Elderly Centre Kwan

151. Tai Po Yan Oi Tong Pang Hung Cheung Social Centre for the Elderly

152. Tai Po Fung Ying Seen Koon Fung Ying Seen Koon Tai Po Social Centre for the Elderly

153. North Women's Welfare Club Eastern Leung Lee Sau Yu Recreation Centre District for the Elderly

154. North Fung Ying Seen Koon Cheung Wah Social Centre for the Elderly

155 North Chinese Young Men's Christian Tin Ping Social Centre for the Elderly Association of Hong Kong

156. North Yuen Yuen Institute Yuen Yuen Elderly Centre (Ka Fuk Estate)

157. North Tsung Tsin Mission of Hong Kong Tsung Tsin Mission of Hong Kong 150 Jubilee Social Centre for the Elderly

158. Yuen Long Yan Oi Tong Tin Ka Ping Social Centre for the Elderly

159. Yuen Long Pok Oi Hospital Chan Ping Memorial Social Centre for the Elderly

160. Yuen Long Yuen Long Town Hall Management Mrs Leung Hok Chiu Social Centre for Committee Ltd the Elderly

161. Yuen Long Yan Chai Hospital Wan Shing Memorial Social Centre for the Elderly

162. Yuen Long Yuen Long Town Hall Management Mr Chan Ying Tseung Memorial Social Committee Centre for the Elderly

163. Yuen Long Neighbourhood Advice-Action Tin Shui Social Centre for the Elderly Council

164. Yuen Long N.T. Women & Juvenile Welfare Watt Pak U Memorial Social Centre for Association the Elderly

165. Yuen Long Ching Chung Taoist Association of Ching Chung Taoist Association of Hong Kong Limited Hong Kong Limited Rev. Hau Po Wun Soical Centre for the Elderly - 200 - Appendix 6.3 (Cont’ d)

District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit

166. Tuen Mun HK Evangelical Church Tai Hing Bradbury Elderly Centre

167. Tuen Mun Evangelical Lutheran Church Social Shan King Estate Social Centre for the Service H.K. Elderly

168. Tuen Mun Butterfly Bay Baptist Church Butterfly Bay Baptist Church Social Centre for the Elderly

169. Tuen Mun HK Lutheran Social Service, Lutheran Yau On Lutheran Centre for the Elderly Church - HK Synod

170. Tuen Mun SKH Diocesan Welfare Council SKH Tuen Mun Social Service Centre (Elderly)

171. Tuen Mun Yan Chai Hospital Mrs Tsang Wing Social Centre for the Elderly

172. Tuen Mun International Church of Four-Square Kin Sang Church Elderly Centre Gospel

173. Tuen Mun The Association of Baptist for World Tin Yue Baptist Church Social Centre Evangelism for the Elderly

174. Tuen Mun Pok Oi Hospital Wong Muk Fung Memorial Social Centre for the Elderly

175. Tuen Mun Yan Oi Tong Ng Kam Yuk Memorial Social Centre for the Elderly

176. Tsuen Wan Caritas - Hong Kong Caritas Social Centre for the Elderly - Lei Muk Shue

177. Tsuen Wan Hong Kong Society for the Aged Rotary Club of Hong Kong Northwest Social Centre for the Elderly

178. Tsuen Wan The Association of Baptist for World Luk Yeung Baptist Elderly Centre Evangelism

179. Tsuen Wan Project Care Project Care Social Centre for the Elderly

180. Tsuen Wan Lok Sin Tong Benevolent Society Wan Lap Keung Social Centre for the Elderly

181. Tsuen Wan Christian & Missionary Alliance Riviera Gardens Social Centre for the Church Union Elderly

182. Tsuen Wan Yuen Yuen Institute Yuen Yuen Elderly Centre (Sham Tseng)

183. Tsuen Wan Tung Wah Group of Hospitals TWGHs Mrs. Wang Li Ming Tszun Tsuen Wan Social Centre for the Elderly - 201 - Appendix 6.3 (Cont’ d)

District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit

184. Tsuen Wan Yan Chai Hospital Yan Chai Hospital Fong Yock Yee Social Centre for the Elderly

185. Kwai Tsing Asbury Village Community Centre of Asbury Methodist Social Service - the Methodist Church Social Centre for the Elderly

186. Kwai Tsing Hong Kong Society for the Aged Kwai Hing Social Centre for the Elderly

187. Kwai Tsing The Salvation Army Tai Wo Hau Social Centre for the Elderly

188. Kwai Tsing HK Young Women's Christian Cheung Ching Social Centre for the Association Elderly

189. Kwai Tsing Association of Baptist for World Lai King Baptist Church Evangelism Lai King Baptist Church Bradbury Social Centre for the Elderly

190. Kwai Tsing Sik Sik Yuen Ho Ning Centre for Senior Citizens

191. Kwai Tsing Association of Baptist for World Cheung Hong Baptist Church Social Evangelism Centre for the Elderly

192. Kwai Tsing The Association of the Evangelical E.F.C.C. - Fook On Church Social Free Churches of HK Centre for the Elderly

193. Kwai Tsing Evangelical Lutheran Church Social Kwai Chung Elderly Service Centre Service

194. Kwai Tsing Po Leung Kuk Mrs CHAO King Lin Social Centre for the Elderly

195. Kwai Tsing Baptist Oi Kwan Social Service Baptist Oi Kwan Social Service Tsing Yi Social Centre for the Elderly

196. Kwai Tsing Christian & Missionary Alliance Cheung Hang Social Centre for the Church Union Elderly

197. Kwai Tsing Yan Chai Hospital Mr & Mrs Yeung Wan Memorial Social Service Centre for the Elderly

198. Kwai Tsing Yan Chai Hospital Mrs Annie CHAN Social Centre for the Elderly

199. Kwai Tsing HK Buddhist Association Buddhist Foo Wong Hop Social Centre for the Elderly

200. Kwai Tsing Baptist Oi Kwan Social Service Lai Yiu Social Centre for the Elderly

201. Kwai Tsing Light & Love Home Light and Love Social Centre for the Elderly

202 Islands Chung Shak Hei (Cheung Chau) Wan Ho Kan Elderly Centre Home for the Aged Ltd - 202 - Appendix 6.3 (Cont’ d)

District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit

203. Islands Pok Oi Hospital Pok Oi Hospital Chan Shi Sau Memorial Social Service Centre

204. Islands Hong Kong PHAB Association Hong Kong PHAB Association Peng Chau Social Centre for the Elderly

205. Islands Sheng Kung Hui Diocesan Welfare SKH Tung Chung Integrated Services Council - 203 - Appendix 6.3 (Cont’ d)

Social Centres for the Elderly (Non-subvented) (as at 31.3.1998)

District Name of Agency Name of Centre/Unit

Kowloon City (1) Hong Kong Baptist Au Shue Hung Health Centre - Pui Hong Hospital Centre

Sham Shui Po (2) Pak Tin Baptist Church Pak Tin Social Centre for the Elderly - 204 - Appendix 6.4

Residential Services for the Elderly (Government and Subvented Homes) (as at 31.3.1998)

Capacity District Name of Agency Name of Home Hostel H/A C&A

Eastern 1) Tung Wah Group of Lee See Ping Hostel for the 0 76 0 Hospitals Elderly

2) Tung Wah Group of Lui’ s Brothers Hostel for the 55 86 0 Hospitals Elderly

3) Hong Kong Lutheran Mr & Mrs Lawrence Wong 0 114 45 Social Service, Lutheran Lutheran Home for the Elderly Church - Hong Kong Synod

4) Women’ s Welfare Club Ng Siu Mui Home Cum C&A 0 22 83 (Eastern District) HK Unit for the Elderly

Wan Chai 5) Heung Hoi Ching Kok Buddhist Li Ka Shing C&A 0 0 252 Lin Association Home for the Elderly

6) Heung Hoi Ching Kok Buddhist Po Ching Home for 0 108 0 Lin Association the Aged Women

Central & 7) Po Leung Kuk Chan Au Big Yan Home for 0 42 45 Western the Elderly

8) Tung Wah Group of Hui Mok Tak Yu C&A Home 0 0 153 Hospitals

Southern 9) Chuk Lam Ming Tong Chuk Lam Ming Tong Care & 0 60 120 Ltd Attention Home for the Aged

10) Hong Kong Christian Wah Hong Hostel for the 28 84 0 Service Elderly

11) Hong Kong & Macau Wai Kei Hostel for the Elderly 0 58 44 Lutheran Church

12) The Hong Kong Society Bradbury Home for the Elderly 0 0 196 for the Aged - 205 - Appendix 6.4 (Cont’ d)

Capacity District Name of Agency Name of Home Hostel H/A C&A

13) The Hong Kong Society Quan Chuen Home for the 0 0 196 for the Aged Elderly

14) The Hong Kong Society Madam Ho Sin Hang Home 0 0 184 for the Aged for the Elderly

15) Tung Wah Group of David Trench Home for the 0 97 106 Hospitals Aged

16) H.K. Young Women’ s Cheng Pon Hing Hostel for the 0 150 0 Christian Association Elderly

17) Po Leung Kuk Po Leung Kuk 1984 Care & 0 100 50 Attention Home cum Madam AW Tan Kyi Kyi Home for the Aged

18) Tung Wah Group of Yu Chun Keung Memorial 0 0 200 Hospitals C&A Home

Sham Shui Po 19) Caritas - Hong Kong Lai Kok Home 0 40 48

20) Helping Hand Chak On Jockey Club Care 0 0 69 Home

21) The Salvation Army Nam Ming Haven for Women 0 42 0

22) The Salvation Army Nam Shan Hostel for the 75 75 0 Elderly

23) Tung Wah Group of Ma Cheng Shuk Ying Hostel 63 99 0 Hospitals for the Elderly

24) Hong Kong Young Wan Wah Care and Attention 0 0 126 Women’ s Christian Home for the Elderly Association

25) SKH Diocesan Welfare Li Ka Shing Care and 0 0 250 Council Attention Home for the Elderly

Kowloon City 26) Asia Women’ s League Chan Kwun Tung C&A Home 0 20 130 Ltd. for the Elderly - 206 - Appendix 6.4 (Cont’ d)

Capacity District Name of Agency Name of Home Hostel H/A C&A

27) Asia Women‘ s League Ho Leung Kit Ting Care and 0 0 120 Ltd. Attention Home

Wong Tai Sin 28) Lok Sin Tong Benevolent Leung Kau Kui Hostel for the 0 162 0 Society Elderly

29) Tung Wah Group of Ho Tung Hostel for the Elderly 20 106 0 Hospitals

30) HK Lutheran Social Fung Tak Lutheran Home for 0 100 51 Service - Lutheran the Elderly Church - Hong Kong Synod

31) Chi Lin Nunnery Chi Lin Care and Attention 0 34 250 Home

32) Helping Hand Hong Kong Bank Foundation 0 0 72 Lok Fu Care Home

33) Pok Oi Hospital Chan Feng Men Ling Care and 0 0 127 Attention Home

34) Sik Sik Yuen Ho Yam Care and Attention 0 0 250 Home

Kwun Tong 35) Hong Kong Chinese Madam Wong Chan Sook 0 100 152 Women’ s Club Ying Memorial C&A Home for the Aged

36) Hong Kong Christian Shun Lee Hostel 56 94 0 Service

37) The Hong Kong Society Kai Yip Hostel for the Elderly 0 89 0 for the Aged

38) The Hong Kong Society Mrs Fung Yiu King Hostel for 0 125 0 for the Aged the Elderly

39) The Kowloon Women’ s Wong Cheung Kin Memorial 0 100 50 Welfare Club Hostel for the Elderly

40) The Salvation Army Tak Tin Home for the Elderly 0 30 44 - 207 - Appendix 6.4 (Cont'd)

Capacity District Name of Agency Name of Home Hostel H/A C&A

41) SKH Diocesan Welfare Good Shepherd Home for the 0 86 44 Council Elderly

42) Hong Kong Buddhist Buddhist Sum Ma Shui Ying 0 80 168 Association C&A Home for the Elderly

43) Po Leung Kuk Siu Ming Memorial Home cum 0 102 44 C&A Unit

Sai Kung 44) Christian Family Service Yam Pak Charitable 0 80 45 Centre Foundation King Lam Home for the Elderly

45) Christian Family Service Yang Chen House 0 94 40 Centre

46) The Hong Kong Society Tsui Lam Hostel for the 40 110 0 for the Aged Elderly

47) The Salvation Army Po Lam Home for the Elderly 0 90 51

48) Tung Sin Tan Ltd Tung Sin Tan Home for the 0 81 0 Aged

Sha Tin 49) The Chinese Rhenish Wong Siu Ching Hostel for the 42 108 0 Church Elderly - HK Synod

50) The Hong Kong Society Mrs Wong Wha San Hostel for 54 96 0 for the Aged the Elderly

51) The Hong Kong Society Kwan Fong Nim Chee Home 0 0 198 for the Aged for the Eldelry

52) The Salvation Army Bradbury Home for Loving 0 0 124 Kindness

53) The Salvation Army Lung Hang Hostel for the 45 110 0 Elderly

54) SKH Diocesan Welfare SKH St Paul’ s Home for the 0 85 0 Council Elderly

55) Sik Sik Yuen Ho Shing Home for the Elderly 0 80 45 - 208 - Appendix 6.4 (Cont’ d)

Capacity District Name of Agency Name of Home Hostel H/A C&A

56) Social Welfare Ho’ s Clansman Association 69 88 0 Department Hostel for the Elderly

57) Tung Wah Group of Chan Han Home for the 0 80 45 Hospitals Elderly

58) Tung Wah Group of Lo Man Huen Hostel for the 33 76 0 Hospitals Elderly

59) Tung Wah Group of Ma Hing Chau Hostel for the 41 100 0 Hospitals Elderly

60) Tung Wah Group of Mok Wong Fung Yee Hostel 33 124 0 Hospitals for the Elderly

61) Yan Chai Hospital Li Chan Yuk Sim Hostel for 42 110 0 the Elderly

62) Caritas - Hong Kong Caritas Harold H.W. Lee C&A 0 0 200 Home

Tai Po 63) Lok Sin Tong Benevolent Chu Ting Cheong Home for 0 124 126 Society the Aged

64) SKH Diocesan Welfare SKH Home of Loving Care for 0 80 45 Council the Elderly

65) Sik Sik Yuen Ho Shin Home for the Elderly 0 89 51

66) Tsung Tsin Mission of Kwong Fuk Hostel for the 39 113 0 Hong Kong Elderly

67) Tung Wah Group of Hui Lai Kuen Hostel for the 0 56 44 Hospitals Elderly

68) Tung Wah Group of Pao Siu Loong C&A Home 0 0 188 Hospitals

69) Tung Wah Group of Wu York Yu C&A Home 0 0 248 Hospitals

70) Caritas - Hong Kong Caritas Fu Heng Home - Tai 0 80 45 Po - 209 - Appendix 6.4 (Cont’ d)

District Name of Agency Name of Home Capacity Hostel H/A C&A

North 71) Chinese Young Men’ s Tin Ping Hostel for the Elderly 43 115 0 Christian Association

72) Heung Hoi Ching Kok Buddhist Po Ching C&A Home 0 0 117 Lin Association for the Aged Women

73) Tung Wah Group of Fong Wong Woon Tei Hostel 30 120 0 Hospitals for the Elderly

74) Women’ s Welfare Club Wong Fung Ting Hostel for the 0 112 0 (Eastern District) HK Elderly

75) Tung Wah Group of Po Chung Chuen Ying Home for 0 80 45 Hospitals the Elderly

76) Caritas - Hong Kong Caritas Fung Wong Fung Ting 0 0 100 Home

Yuen Long 77) Pok Oi Hospital Yeung Chun Pui C&A Home 0 0 140

78) Caritas - Hong Kong Ying Shui Home 0 55 42

79) Ching Chung Taoist Ching Chung C&A Home for 0 0 103 Association of Hong the Aged Kong Ltd

80) Yan Oi Tong Tin Ka Ping Hostel for the 0 152 0 Elderly

81) Tung Wah Group of Y.C. Liang Memorial Home for 0 80 45 Hospitals the Elderly

82) Pok Oi Hospital Tai Kwan C&A Home 0 0 105

83) Pok Oi Hospital Jockey Club C&A Home 0 0 165

Tuen Mun 84) Ching Chung Taoist Ching Chung Home for the 0 120 0 Association of Hong Aged Kong Ltd

85) The Evangelical Lutheran Shan King Estate Hostel for the 0 88 45 Church of Hong Kong Elderly - 210 - Appendix 6.4 (Cont’ d)

District Name of Agency Name of Home Capacity Hostel H/A C&A

86) Kiangsu Chekiang Tuen Mun Hostel for the Elderly 0 192 0 Residents’ (HK) Association

87) Yan Chai Hospital Yau Oi Hostel for the Elderly 27 65 0

88) Sik Sik Yuen Ho Cheung Home for the Elderly 0 80 45

89) Tung Wah Group of Tai Tung Pui C&A Home 0 0 170 Hospitals

90) Caritas - Hong Kong Li Ka Shing C&A Home 0 0 248

Tsuen Wan 91) The Hong Kong Society Shek Wai Kok Home for the 0 92 45 for the Aged Elderly

92) Tung Lum Nieh Fah Tung Lum Buddhist Aged Home 0 44 40 Tong Ltd

93) Yuen Yuen Institute Yuen Yuen Home for the Aged 0 120 0

94) Yuen Yuen Institute Yuen Yuen C&A Home for Aged 0 0 150

Kwai Tsing 95) The Chinese Rhenish Sze Tian Hostel for the Elderly 49 107 0 Church - HK Synod

96) Chung Sing Benevolent Lau Mui Hin Home for the 0 80 45 Society Elderly

97) Helping Hand Kwai Shing West Care Home 0 0 65

98) Helping Hand Lai Yiu Bradbury Care Home 0 0 59

99) Helping Hand Tai Wo Hau Christa Tisdall 0 0 40 Jockey Club Care Home

100) Hong Kong Christian Cheung Fat Home 0 79 45 Service

101) HK Lutheran Social Mrs Leung Kwai Yee Lutheran 0 80 45 Service - HK Synod Home for the Elderly - 211 - Appendix 6.4 (Cont’ d)

Capacity District Name of Agency Name of Home Hostel H/A C&A

102) Kiangsu & Chekiang Kwai Tsing Hostel for the 0 154 0 Residents’ (HK) Elderly Association

103) Yan Chai Hospital Hong Kong Peninsula Lions 41 118 0 Club Hostel for the Elderly

104) Yan Chai Hospital Mrs Kwok Yuk Cheung C&A 0 0 246 Home

105) Yan Chai Hospital Artiste Training Alumni 0 0 126 Association Care and Attention Home

106) SKH Diocesan Welfare SKH Lam Woo Home for the 0 0 126 Council Elderly

107) Yan Chai Hospital Chinachem C&A Home 0 0 250

108) Sik Sik Yuen Ho On Hostel for the Elderly 0 60 40

Islands 109) Chung Shak Hei Chung Shak Hei (Cheung 0 75 55 (Cheung Chau) Home for Chau) Home for the Aged the Aged Limited

110) Chung Shak Hei (Cheung Wan Ho Kan Care and 0 0 100 Chau) Home for the Attention Home Aged Limited

111) Caritas - Hong Kong Lung Tin Home (Aged Home) 0 40 0

Total: 925 6,843 8,011 - 212 - Appendix 6.4 (Cont’ d)

Residential Services for the Elderly (Self-financing Homes) (as at 31.3.1998)

Capacity District Name of Agency Name of Home Hostel H/A C&A

Wan Chai 1) Sister of St Paul De St Paul’ s Home for Girls 0 12 0 Chartres

2) St. James’ Settlement Li Chit Street Home for the 0 0 43 Aged

Central & 3) Chee Sing Kok Centre of Chee Sing Kok Centre of the 0 45 0 Western the Humanity Love Humanity Love

4) St James’ Settlement Madam Hui Mok Tak Yu 0 0 49 Home for the Aged

Southern 5) Little Sisters of the Poor St Mary’ s Home for the Aged 0 170 0

6) Tung Wah Group of Jockey Club Care-and- 0 0 68 Hospitals attention Home

Yau Tsim Mong 7) Friends of the Shui Ying Shui Ying Home for the Aged 0 7 0 Centres for the Aged (Main Home)

8) Friends of the Shui Ying Shui Ying Home for the Aged 0 6 0 Centres for the Aged (Branch Home)

Sham Shui Po 9) Helping Hand Chak On Care Home for the 0 0 23 Elderly I & II

Kowloon City 10) China Coast Community China Coast Community 0 0 40 Limited Home for the Elderly

11) The Hong Kong Chi Wo Home for the Aged 0 51 0 Buddhist Association

12) Beautiful Gate Baptist House of Dawn 0 37 13 Church Limited

13) Asid Women‘ s League Ho Leung Kit Ting C&A 0 0 66 Ltd Home - 213 - Appendix 6.4 (Cont’ d)

Capacity District Name of Agency Name of Home Hostel H/A C&A

14) Y.C.Ho Home for the Y.C.Ho Home for the Elderly 0 36 0 Elderly

Wong Tai Sin 15) Chi Lin Nunnery Chi Lin Care and Attention 0 0 68 Home

16) Helping Hand Lok Fu Care Home 0 0 55

17) Hong Kong Chinese Diamond Hill Kwong Yum 0 280 0 Christian Churches Union Home for the Aged

18) Little Sisters of the Poor St Joseph’ s Home for the Aged 0 100 20

Kwun Tong 19) Hong Kong Chinese Kwun Tong Kwong Yum 0 325 0 Christian Churches Union Home for the Aged

Sai Kung 20) Cham Shan Monastery Tz’ u Te Home for the Aged 0 37 31

21) HK - Macau Conference Eden Villa Adventist Home 16 0 0 of 7th Day Adventists

Sha Tin 22) Poh Yea Ching Shea Ltd Buddhist Poh Yea Home for 0 86 0 the Aged

23) Sin Tin Tao Sin Tin Tao Home for the 0 0 85 Aged

24) Caritas - Hong Kong Harold H.W.Lee C&A Home 0 0 56

Yuen Long 25) Assemblies of God Holy Assemblies of God Holy Light 0 40 20 Light Church Church Home for the Elderly

26) Beautiful Gate Baptist House of Dawn 26 50 10 Church Ltd

27) Pok Oi Hospital Jockey Club C&A Home 0 0 44

Tuen Mun 28) King Lo Lok Yuen King Lo Lok Yuen 0 0 50

29) Light & Love Home Light & Love Elderly Hostel 0 15 45 - 214 - Appendix 6.4 (Cont’ d)

Capacity District Name of Agency Name of Home Hostel H/A C&A

30) The United Muslim Haji Omar Ramju Sadick Care 0 10 41 Association of Hong and Attention Home Kong

31) Lord Grace Home for the Lord Grace Home for the 0 10 0 Aged Aged

32) Ching Yan Elderly Home Ching Yan Elderly Home 0 0 10

Kwai Tsing 33) Helping Hand Lai Yiu Bradbury Care Home 0 0 14

34) Helping Hand Kwai Shing West Care Home 0 0 4

Tsuen Wan 35) Helping Hand Tai Wo Hau Christa Tisdall 0 0 15 Jockey Club Care Home

Total: 42 1,317 870 - 215 - Appendix 6.5

Services for the Elderly

Staffing Standards

Type of service Staff provision Remarks

Social Centre for the SSWA 1/6 Elderly SWA 1 WW 1 WM II 1 CA 1

Day Care Centre for the RN 1 Elderly EN 1 CA 1/2 PCW 6 Driver 2 Cook 1 WM II 2 PT II 1/4

Multi-service Centre for A) Administration & Other A multi-service centre the Elderly Components comprises the following main components : SWO 1 ASWO 1 a) administration and other SSWA 1 components which ACO 1 include canteen service, Cook 1 community education, WM II 2 counselling, bathing and laundry services; B) Social and Recreational Activities b) social and recreational activities; SSWA 1 SWW 1 c) home help service; WW 1 WM II 1 d) any other programme to serve the mode of the C) Home Help (on centralised- district. kitchen model) An additional 0.2 CA has been SWA 1 provided to each of the existing WW 1 multi-service centres since CA 1 April 96. Home Helpers 7 Cook 1 Driver 1 WM II 1 (Laundry Amah) - 216 - Appendix 6.5 (Cont’ d)

Type of service Staff provision Remarks

Care-and-attention A) Capacity : 40 places In general, EN is provided at a Home ratio of 1:14 residents. SSWA 1 RN 1 * The ratio for PCW is WW 1 supported to be 1:4.5 C&A EN 1:14 residents residents. Due to PCW* 1:4.5 residents limited funds, only the ACO 1 ratios of 1:4.75 C&A Driver 1 residents (for homes already Cook 2 1/2 in existence in 1994/95) and WM II 1:15 residents 1: 5 C&A residents (for PT II 1:150 residents homes which commenced operation in 1995/96 and B) Capacity : 100-149 places thereafter) were implemented as from ASWO 1 1.10.1994. RN 2 WW 1 EN 1:14 residents PCW* 1:4.5 residents ACO 1 Driver 1 Cook 3 WM II 1:15 residents PT II 1:150 residents

C) Capacity : 150-199 places

SWO 1 RN 2 WW 2 EN 1:14 residents PCW* 1:4.5 residents ACO 1 Driver 1 Cook 4 WM II 1:15 residents PT II 1:150 residents - 217 - Appendix 6.5 (Cont’ d)

Type of service Staff provision Remarks

D) Capacity : 200-249 places

SWO 1 RN 3 WW 3 EN 1:14 residents PCW 1:4.5 residents ACO 1 CA 1 Driver 1 Cook 5 WM II 1:15 residents PT II 1:150 residents

E) Capacity : 250 places & over

SWO 1 RN 4 WW 3 EN 1:14 residents PCW 1:4.5 residents ACO 1 CA 2 Driver 1 Cook 6 WM II 1:15 residents PT II 1:150 residents

Note : The staffing provisions for care-and-attention homes mainly serve as a guide since there are variations in the capacity of such homes. - 218 - Appendix 6.5 (Cont’ d)

Type of service Staff provision Remarks

Home for the Aged A) Capacity : below 70 places i) Superintendent of homes with 150 or more places SWA 1 is provided at CSWA WW 3 rank. EN 1 ACO 1 ii) A minimum of 3 WWs to WM II 1:20 residents maintain round the clock Cook 3 service.

B) Capacity : 70-150 places iii) WM II is calculated at the ratio of 1:20 residents. SSWA 1 SWW 1 iv) Additional EN and WW 1:30 residents WM II will be provided EN 1 for homes with 25 or ACO 1 more frail residents WM II 1:20 residents waitlisted for admission Cook 3 to C&A homes.

C) Capacity : 151 & over v) Supernumery PCW will be provided to look offer CSWA 1 frail residents waitlisted SWW 1 for admission to C&A WW 1:30 residents homes. EN 2 ACO 1 CA 1 WM II 1:20 residents Cook 4

Hostel for the Elderly SSWA 1 i) Superintendent of homes SWW 1 with 150 or more places WW 3-4 is provided at CSWA ACO 1 rank. EN 1 Cook 2-3 ii) A minimum of 3 WWs WM II 1:25 - 30 are required to provide residents 24-hour coverage. Hostels with capacities of 140 places or more are entitled to an additional WW. - 219 - Appendix 6.5 (Cont’ d)

Type of service Staff provision Remarks

iii) A minimum of 2 cooks will be provided. Hostels accommodating 70 H/A places or more will be provided with 3 cooks.

iv) Additional EN and WM II will be provided for hostels with 25 or more frail residents waitlisted for admission to C&A homes.

v) Supernumerary PCW will be provided to look after frail residents waitlisted for admission to C&A homes.

Home cum Care-and- ASWO 1 i) The number of staff is Attention Unit in RN 1 calculated on the basis public housing estate SWA 1 of a home with capacity WW 4 of 45 C&A places and 80 EN 4 H/A places. PCW 9 WM II 7 ii) EN is calculated at the Cook 3 ratio of 1:14 C&A places Driver 1 and 1 EN for H/A ACO 1 section. PT II 1/4 iii) PCW is calculated at the ratio of 1:4.5 C&A places.

iv) WW is calculated at the ratio of 1:40 C&A places and 1:30 H/A places. - 220 - Appendix 6.5 (Cont’ d)

Type of service Staff provision Remarks

v) WM II is calculated at the ratio of 1:15 C&A places and 1:20 H/A places.

Infirmary Unit in RN 1 In addition to the staff already Care-and-attention EN 4 provided in care-and-attention Home home.

Note : 1. The supervisory ratio of 1 SWO : 5 day care centres is supported by policy and the implementation is pending funds available.

2. The supervisory ratio is supported to be 1 SWO : 5 homes with superintendents at the rank of ASWO or below. Due to limited funds available, only the ratio of 0.75 SWO : 5 homes was implemented as from 1.10.1994. - 221 - Appendix 6.6

Services for the Elderly Planned Provision for 1998/99

Type of Service District Name of Agency/Centre

(A) Multi-service Centre for the Wanchai (1) NGO (to be nominated) - at Elderly Wanchai

Eastern (2) Hong Kong Young Women’ s Christian Association - at Tai Hong Street/Lei King Road Site

Kwun Tong (3) Hong Kong Christian Service - at Wan Hon Estate

Shamshuipo (4) Neighbourhood Advice Action Council - at NAAC Pak Tin Estate Redevelopment Phase II

(B) Day Care Centre for the Elderly North (1) Fung Kai Public School - at Fanling Area 6a

Southern (2) Aberdeen Kai-fong Welfare Association Soical Service Centre - at Wah Kwai Estate Infill Site

(C) Social Centre for the Elderly Kowloon City (1) NGO (to be nominated) - at Kowloon City

Sai Kung (2) Haven of Hope Christian Service - at Tseung Kwan O Area 59 S/E Phase III

North (3) Fung Kai Public School - at Fanling Area 6a

Yau Tsim Mong (4) Mongkok Kai-fong Association Ltd - at Mongkok KCRC Redevelopment - 222 - Appendix 6.6 (Cont’ d)

Type of District Project Capacity Service Hostel H/A C&A

(D) Home for Sai Kung (1) Hong Kong Lutheran Social Service 128 the Aged Lutheran Church - HK Synod Home for the Aged at Sheung Tak Estate, Phase 3

Kwai Tsing (2) Chinese Rhenish Church - Home for the 128 Aged at Kwai Shing Estate Redevelopment, Phase 4

(E) Home cum Islands (3) Caritas Home cum C&A Unit at Tung 59 66 care-and- Chung Area 10, Phase 1 attention Unit

(F) Combined Wanchai (4) St. James’ Settlement Kat On Street 20 105 Home Home for the Aged (non-subvented places)

North (5) Heung Hoi Ching Kok Lin Association 6 150 Buddhist Po Ching Home for the Aged Women (Redevelopment and extension)

(6) Fung Kai Public School Home for the 158 112 Elderly (including 112 non-subvented C&A places)

(G) Care-and- Sai Kung (7) Haven of Hope Woo Ping Memorial Care 321 Attention and Attention Home Home (non-subvented places)

Tsuen Wan (8) Hong Kong Bodhi Siksa Society Ltd Care 100 and Attention Home

(9) Yan Chai Hospital Care and Attention 60 Home (non-subvented places)

Conversion programme from Hostel to Home -27 26 for the Aged places

Total : -27 525 914 - 223 - Appendix 6.7

Services for the Elderly Planned Provision for 1999/2000

Type of Service District Name of Agency/Centre

(A) Multi-service Centre for the Eastern (1) Tung Wah Group of Hospitals Elderly at Po Man Street

Wong Tai Sin (2) NGO (to be nominated) - at Tsz On Estate Phase II

Kowloon City (3) Tung Wah Group of Hospitals at Sheung Shing Street

(B) Day Care Centre for the Elderly Eastern (1) Tung Wah Group of Hospitals at Po Man Street

Kowloon City (2) Tung Wah Group of Hospitals at Sheung Shing Street

Kwun Tong (3) NGO (to be nominated) - at Sam Ka Tsuen UC Complex

Yuen Long (4) Yan Oi Tong - Shui Pin Wai Estate

(C) Social Centre for the Elderly Eastern (1) NGO (to be nominated) - at Wan Tsui Estate Redevelopment

Eastern (2) NGO (to be nominated) - at Chai Wan UC Complex

Southern (3) NGO (to be nominated) - Location to be identified

Mongkok (4) NGO (to be nominated) - at West Kowloon Reclamation Mongkok West PHE

Mongkok (5) NGO (to be nominated) - at West Kowloon Reclamation Tai Kok Tsui Airport Railway Station - 224 - Appendix 6.7 (Cont’ d)

Type of Service District Name of Agency/Centre

Shamshuipo (6) NGO (to be nominated) - at Forture Street Public Rental Housing and HOS

Wong Tai Sin (7) Po Leung Kuk - at Lung Poon Street Sandwich Class Housing, Diamond Hill - 225 - Appendix 6.7 (Cont’ d)

Type of Service District Project Capacity Hostel H/A C&A (D) Home for Mongkok (1) Mongkok West PHE 100 the Aged

(E) Combined Wanchai (2) Hong Kong Tuberculosis, Chest and 80 176 Home Heart Diseases Association - Freni Home at Shiu Fai Terrace (including 56 non-subvented C&A places)

(F) Care-and- Homantin (3) Neighbourhood Advice-Action 125 attention Council - Care-and-attention Home at Home Homantin South, Phase 1

(4) Tung Wah Group of Hospitals - Care- 252 and-attention Home in Wong Cho Tong Social Service Building

Mongkok (5) NGO (to be nominated ) - at 125 Mongkok West PHE, Phase 3

Shamshuipo (6) Baptist Swatow Shamshuipo Church - 113 Care-and-attention Home (non-subvented places)

Shaukeiwan (7) Tung Wah Group of Hospitals - Care- 170 and-attention Home in Fong Shu Chuen Social Service Building

Southern (8) Tung Wah Group of Hospitals - 67 Extension to Jockey Club Care-and- attetnion Home (non-subvented places)

(9) Conversion programme from Hostel to -145 145 Home for the Aged Places

Total : -145 325 1,028 - 226 - Appendix 8.1

Planned Rehabilitation Services (1998/99)

Type of services : Day Activity Centre (DAC)

District Project Capacity

Tung Chung Spastics Association of Hong Kong (SAHK) 50 Fu Tung Day Activity Centre

Southern Tung Wah Group of Hospitals (TWGHs) 50 Tsin Cheung Day Activity Centre

Type of services : Sheltered Workshop (SW)

District Project Capacity

- Non-government Organizations (NGOs) 140 Expansion of existing services

Type of services : Hostel for Severely Mentally Handicapped (H/SMH) Persons

District Project Capacity

Tung Chung Spastics Association of Hong Kong (SAHK) 50 Fu Tung Hostel

Southern Tung Wah Group of Hospitals (TWGHs) 50 Tsin Cheung Hostel

Type of services : Halfway House (HWH)

District Project Capacity

Wong Tai Sin/ Richmond Fellowship of Hong Kong (RF) 40 Sai Kung Tseung Kwan O Area 59

- Non-governmental Organization (NGO) 40 Premises to be confirmed - 227 - Appendix 8.1 (Cont’ d)

Planned Rehabilitation Services (1998/99)

Type of services : Early Education and Training Centre (EETC)

District Project Capacity

Sai Kung Haven of Hope Christian Service (HHCS) 60 Po Lam EETC

Wong Tai Sin Spastics Association of Hong Kong (SAHK) 60 Tak Tin EETC

- Non-governmental Organizations (NGOs) 60 Expansion of existing centres

Type of services : Integrated Programme (IP)

District Project Capacity

- Non-governmental Organizations (NGOs) 48

Type of services : Autistic Children Programme in Special Child Care Centre

District Project Capacity

- Non-governmental Organizations (NGOs) 36

Type of services: Supported Employment

District Project Capacity

- Non-governmental Organizations (NGOs) 60 To expand supported employment service by 60 places in 1998/99 (operation) - 228 - Appendix 9.1

Community Development

Staffing Standards

Type of Service Staff Provision Remarks Community Centres Administration Group Work Unit This staffing standard applies to operated by non- full-fledge community centres, governmental 1 SWO 1 ASWO providing both group and Organization 1 SWW 1 SSWA community work service. 1 ACO 2 SWAs 1 CA 4 WWs 1 Typist 2 Watchmen Study/Reading Room 2 OAs 7 Workmen II 1 SWA 1 WW Community Work Unit 1 CA

1 ASWO 1 SSWA 1 SWA

Group Work Unit operated (i)in District 1 SWO Group Work Units in Government by Social Welfare Community 1 ASWO run community centre mainly Department Centre 1 SSWA provide Group Work Service. 3 SWA 1 SWW 4 WW 1 ACO 2 CA 1 Typist 1 OA 2 Workmen II

(ii)in Estate 1 ASWO Community 1 SWA Centre 1 WW 1 CA 1 Workman II

Neighbourhood Level 1/5 SWO A half time Workman II is to be Community Development 1 ASWO provided to NLCDP teams with Project 2 SWAs independent premises. 1 CA

Youth Office 1 SWO 1 SWA 1 CA 1 WMII - 229 - Appendix 9.2

Community Development

Standard Schedule of Accommodation for District Community Centres, Area Community Centres and Neighbourhood Community Centres

Type of Community Centres Facilities (Floor Area in sq.m.) District Area Neighbourhood Community Community Community Centres Centres Centres I. Standard Items:

1. Multi-purpose Hall and Stage 451 393 279

2. Administration, Conference Room 135 104 102

3. Open Basketball Court/ 448 N.A. N.A. Outdoor Activities Area

4. Group Activities - Children 228 208 208

5. Group Activities - Youth 242 253 253

6. Group Activities - Adult 112 93 N.A.

7. Study/Reading Room 130 130 130

8. Day Nursery for Children 336 336 336 aged 2 - 6 years 2,028 1,517 1,308 Sub-total

II. Optional Items: ) (To be selected in accordance with ) local needs and submitted to SAVC* ) for approval prior to the formal ) inclusion) ) ) 1. Social Security Field Unit ) ) 2. Probation Office ) ) 3. Special Child Care Centre - 230 - Appendix 9.2 (Cont'd)

Type of Community Centres Facilities (Floor Area in sq.m.) District Area Neighbourhood Community Community Community Centres Centres Centres 4. Day Work Activity Centre ) for the Severely Mentally )Not exceeding Not Not Handicapped (Now renamed )a total exceeding exceeding as Day Activity Centre) )floor a total a total )area of floor floor 5. Social/Recreation Centre )800 sq.m. area of area of for the Disabled ) 550 sq.m. 350 sq.m. ) 6. Family Service Centre ) ) 7. Home Help Team ) ) 8. Multi-service Centre for ) the Elderly ) ) 9. Social Centre for the Elderly ) ) 10. CABO**/Sub-office ) ) 11. Public Enquiry Centre 2,882 2,067 1,658 Total

III. Miscellaneous Facilities: ) 1. Toilets ) ) As Appropriate 2. Caretaker's Quarters )

3. Carpark for Staff

*SAVC : Schedule of Accommodation Vetting Committee

**CABO : Community Affairs Branch Office, now renamed as Home Affairs Department Enquiry Office. - 231 - Appendix 9.3

Criteria for Selecting Priority Area for Neighbourhood Level Community Development Project

The first three criteria and one or more of the remaining criteria must be fulfilled for an area to be selected as a project area:

(a) A population between 3,000 and 15,000.

(b) The area would not be cleared within 3 years.

(c) Low income areas.

(d) Geographically isolated communities being remote from the town centre and not accessible to welfare services.

(e) New settlement with inadequate welfare services.

(f) Heterogeneous communities with groups of conflicting interests, different ethnic groups or social classes.

(g) Areas with long-standing environmental/social problems. - 232 - Appendix 9.4 Community Development Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.1998 Neighbourhood Level Community Development Projects

Type of Name of Name of Service District Agency Project Priority Areas

Neighbourhood Eastern Neighbourhood 1. Chai Wan 1. Chai Wan Estate (Blk 13-15) Level Community Advice-Action Centre Development Council Project Islands Young 2. Tai O 2. Tai O squatter areas (Wing Women’ s On Street, etc.) Christian Association 3. Tai O - other area (Shek Tsai Po Street, etc. )

Caritas - 3. Cheung Chau 4. Cheung Chau Sai Wan Hong Kong Sai Wan (Round Table 1, 2, 3 Villages, Care Village, Lutheran Village)

Southern Aberdeen 4. Shek Pai 5. Wong Chuk Hang Kaifong Wan San Wai Village Welfare Association 6. Wong Chuk Hang Social Service Kau Wai Village Centre 7. Shek Pai Wan Estate (Blk 1, 3-7)

Caritas - 5. Pokfulam 8. Pofulam Village Hong Kong

Kwun Tong Neighbourhood 6. Cha Kwo 9. Cha Kwo Ling Squatters Advice-Action Ling Council Squatters 10. Fan Wah Street

Young Women’ s 7. Kai Lok 11. Kai Lok THA Christian THA Association 12. Kai Wo THA

13. Kai Yiu THA

Neighbourhood 8. Lam Tin (II) 14. Lam Tin Estate Advice-Action Estate (Blk 1-4) Council 9. Lam Tin 15. Lam Tin (III) Estate (III) Blk 5-8, 10) Estate - 233 - Appendix 9.4 (Cont’ d)

Type of Name of Name of Service District Agency Project Priority Areas

Neighbourhood Kwun Tong Christian 10. Lei Yu 16. Lei Yue Mun Village Level Family Mun Community Service Centre Development 17. Ma Pui Village Project Hong Kong 11. Sau Mau 18. Sau Mau Ping Estate Christian Ping Estate (Blk 21-25) Service 12. Sau Mau 19. Sau Mau Ping Estate Ping Estate (Blk 19-20 & 37-41) (Team II)

Wong Tai Salvation 13. Upper 20. Upper Wong Tai Sin Estate Sin Army Wong Tai Sin Estate

Neighbourhood 14. Wong Tai 21. Tai Hom Village Advice-Action Sin Bradbury Council Centre 22. Ha Yuen Leng

Sai Kung Caritas - 15. Sai Kung 23. Sai Kung Squatters Hong Kong (Tui Min Hoi Housing Est, Man Yi Fishermen’ s Estate, Tai Ping Village, Chung Mei Tuk)

16. Sha Kok 24. Sha Kok Mei THA Mei THA

Kowloon Neighbourhood 17. Valley Road 25. Valley Road Estate City Advice-Action Estate (Blk 6-11) Council 26. Hung Hom Estate (Blk 1-2)

27. Valley Road Estate (Blk. 1-5, 12, 14-17) - 234 - Appendix 9.4 (Cont’ d)

Type of Name of Name of Service District Agency Project Priority Areas

Neighbourbood Evangelical 18. Homantin 28. Homantin Estate (Blk 3-6) Level Lutheran Estate (I) Community Church Development Social Service 19. Homantin 29. Homantin Estate Project Estate (II) (Blk 1, 2, 7, 8)

Caritas - 20. Tung Tau 30. Tung Tau Estate (Blk. 23) Hong Kong Estate

Shamshuipo Hong Kong 21. Fat Tseung 31. Fat Tseung St. THA Christian Service Street THA

SKH Kei Oi 22. Pak Tin 32. Pak Tin Estate (Blk 4-6) Social Service Centre 33. Tai Hang Tung Estate (Tung Fu, Wing, Wan, Wo & San)

Hong Kong 23. Shek Kip Mei 34. Shek Kip Mei Estate Christian Service (Blks. 10-11, 35-41)

Neighbourhood 24. Shamshuipo 35. Lung Ping Road THA Advice-Action Centre Council 36. Yen Chow Street THA (Blk 1-10)

37. Wai Man Village

38. Butterfly Village

Hong Kong 25. Cheung Sha 39. Cheung Sha Wan Estate Christian Wan (Blk 1-12, 14) Service

Salvation 26. Un Chau 40. Un Chau Street Estate Army Street Estate (Blk 4-7)

Neighbourhood 27. Shek Kip 41. Shek Kip Mei Estate Advice-Action Mei Centre (Blk 1-7, 8-9, 12-13) Council

Society for 28. Nam Cheong 42. Nam Cheong Old Urban Community Old Urban Area Organization Area - 235 - Appendix 9.4 (Cont’ d)

Type of Name of Name of Service District Agency Project Priority Areas

Neighbourhood Yau Mong Caritas - 29. Mongkok 43. Mongkok South Level Hong Kong South Community Development Shatin Hong Kong 30. Pak Tin 44. Pak Tin Village Project Christian Tsuen/Shatin Service Tau THA

Tai Po Salvation 31. Sam Mun 45. Sam Mun Tsai New Village Army Tsai 46. Other Villages (Care Village, Luen Yick Village, Sha Lan Village, Chan Village, Lei Village)

North Caritas - 32. Lung Yeuk 47. Lung Yeuk Tau Hong Kong Tau.

Hong Kong 33. Wo Hop 48. Wo Hing Village Lutheran Shek Church Social Village, 49. Wo Hop Shek Village Service Wo Hing Tsuen

34. Shek Wu 50. Shek Wu San Tsuen

51. Ling Shan Tsuen

52. Ma Sze Po

Yuen Long Caritas - 35. Yuen Long 53. Ng Ka Tsuen Hong Kong Rural 54. Kam Tsin Wai

55. Tin Sam San Tsuen

56. Shek Wu Tong

57. Yuen Kong

58. Yuen Kong San Tsuen

Evangelical 36. Yuen Long 59. Yuen Long Estate Lutheran Church (Blk 1-5) Social Service - 236 - Appendix 9.4 (Cont’ d)

Type of Name of Name of Service District Agency Project Priority Area

Neighbourhood Salvation 37. Ngau Tam 60. Chuk Yuen Tsuen Level Army Mei Community 61. San Wai Tsuen Development Project 62. Ngau Tam Mei (including Wai Tsai Village)

Tsuen Caritas - 38. Hing Shing/ 63. Hing Shing THA Wan Hong Kong Hon Man 64. Hon Man Village

65. Sham Tseng Village

66. Tsing Lung Tau Village

Hong Kong 39. Lei Muk 67. Lei Muk Shue Estate Young Women’ s Shue Christian Association

SKH Lady 40. Lo Wai/San 68. Lo Wai MacLehose Tsuen/Fu Centre Yung Shan 69. San Tsuen

70. Fu Yung Shan

71. Tai Wo Chuen

72. Yi Pei Chun

73. Tung Kwu Shek

74. Sam Dip Tam - 237 - Appendix 9.4 (Cont’ d)

Type of Name of Name of Service District Agency Project Priority Areas

Neighbourhood Kwai Tsing SKH Lady 41. Kwai Fong 75. Tam Tang San Tsuen Level MacLehose Community Centre 76. Tso Kung Tam Village Development Project 77. Kwong Pan Tin Village (Upper and Lower Village)

78. Pak Tin Pa Village

79. Kwai Fong Est. Blk 3, 6

80. Tai Wo Hau Est (Blk. 20)

81. Kwai Shun THA

82. Kwai Lok THA

Neighbourhood 42. Kwai Chung 83. Kwai Chung Estate Advice-Action Centre (Blk. 14-18,19-26,27,28, Council 32-35)

Christian 43. Kwai Chung 84. Kwai Chung Estate Family Service Estate (Blk. 1-13) Centre

Hong Kong 44. Shek Yam 85. Shek Yam Estate (Blk. 4-5) Young Women Christian Association

45. Shek Lei 86. Shek Lei Estate (Blk 1-3, 8-9)

87. Kwun Lung Lau (Designated Area) (Blk A - G)

46. Shek Lei 88. Shek Lei Estate (Blk 12, 16)

47. Tsing Kin & 89. Tsing On THA Tsing On 90. San Fat Estate (Blk. 1-4) - 238 - Appendix 9.4 (Cont’ d)

Type of Name of Name of Service District Agency Project Priority Areas

Neighbourhood Kwai Tsing Hong Kong 48. Tsing Yan 91. Tsing Yan THA Level Lutheran Community Social Service Project Centre

Tuen Mun Caritas - 49. Hung Shui 92. Chung Uk Tsuen Hong Kong Kiu 93. Wo Ping San Tsuen

94. Tan Kwai Tsuen

95. Long Bin THA(Yuen Long)

Yan Oi Tong 50. Tuen Tsz 96. Tuen Tsz Wai Limited Wai/San Hing Tsuen/ 97. San Hing Tsuen Tsing Chuen Wai Rural 98. Tsing Chuen Wai

Neighbourhood 51. Yick Yuen 99. Yick Yuen Village Advice-Action Council 100. Tin Sam Village

101. Kiu Tau Wai

102. Shek Po Tsuen

103. San Lee Uk Tsuen

104. Hung Shui Kiu

105. Hung Uk Tsuen - 239 - Appendix 9.5

Community Development Distribution of Current Provision as at 31.3.1998 Community Centre Facilities

Name of Community Centre Type of District Community Area Community Neighbourhood Service Centre/Community Centre/Estate Community District Name of Agency Centre Community Centre Centre/Community Hall Community Central, Government 1. Western Centre Western District CC and Islands Caritas - 2. Kennedy Town Hong Kong CC

3. Caine Road CC

East and Government 4. Chai Wan CC 1. Hing Wah CH Wanchai 5. Causeway Bay 2. Yue Wan CH DCC

St. James' 6. St. James' Settlement Settlement CC

Southern Government 3. Ap Lei Chau CH

4. Lei Tung CH

5. Wah Kwai NCC

6. South Horizons NCC

Caritas - 7. Aberdeen CC Hong Kong

Aberdeen 8. Aberdeen Kaifong Kaifong Welfare Welfare Association Assocition Community CC Centre

Kwun Tong Government 9. Kwun Tong CC 1. Lok Wah ECC 7. Kai Yip CH

2. Sau Mau Ping 8. Sai Tso (South) ECC Wan NCC

3. Sau Mau Ping (Central) ECC - 240 - Appendix 9.5 (Cont'd)

Name of Community Centre Type of District Community Area Community Neighbourhood Service Centre/Community Centre/Estate Community District Name of Agency Centre Community Centre Centre/Community Hall Community 4. Lam Tin(East) ECC Centre 5. Lam Tin (West) ECC

6. Shun Lee ECC

Caritas - 10. Ngau Tau Kok CC Hong Kong

Wong Tai Government 11. Wong Tai Sin 7. Tsz Wan 9. Sai Kung Town Sin and CC Shan Hall (CH) Sai Kung (South) ECC 10. Tsui Lam CH 8. Choi Wan ECC 11. King Lam NCC

9. Chuk Yuen ECC

10. Fung Tak ACC

Kowloon Caritas - 12. Kowloon CC City Hong Kong

Hong Kong 13. Martha Boss Lutheran CC Social Service

Sham Shui Government 14. Tai Hang 12. Pak Tin CH Po Tung CC 13. Lai Kok CH 15. Cheung Sha Wan CC 14. Shek Kip Mei CH 16. Nam Cheong DCC

Yau Tsim Government 17. Henry G Mong Leong Yaumatei CC

Mongkok 18. Chan Hing Kaifong Social Association Service Ltd. Centre (CC) - 241 - Appendix 9.5 (Cont’ d)

Name of Community Centre Type of District Community Area Community Neighbourhood Service District Name of Centre/Community Centre/Estate Community Agency Centre Community Centre Centre/Community Hall Community Sha Tin Government 11. Lung Hang 15. Lek Yuen CH Centre ECC 16. Wo Che CH 12. Heng On ECC 17. Sha Kok CH

18. Sun Tin Wai CH

19. Chun Shek CH

20. Pok Hong CH

21. Kwong Yuen CH

22. Shatin Area Hin Keng NCC

Tai Po Government 19. Tai Po CC 23. Tai Yuen CH and North 20. North 24. Kwong Fuk CH District CC 25. Fu Shin CH

26. Wan Tau Tong NCC

27. Tai Wo NCC

28. Fi Heng NCC

29. Cheung Wah CH

30. Sha Tau Kok CH

31. Ta Kwu Ling CH

Yuen Long Government 13. Tin Yiu ECC 32. Long Ping CH

33. Tin Shui Estate NCC

Yuen Long 21. Yuen Long Town Hall Town Management Hall (CC) Company Ltd. - 242 - Appendix 9.5 (Cont'd)

Name of Community Centre Type of District Community Area Community Neighbourhood Service District Name of Centre/Community Centre/Estate Community Agency Centre Community Centre Centre/Community Hall Community Tsuen Wan Government 22. Princess 14. Tai Woo Hau 34. Shek Wai Kok Centre and Kwai Alexandra CC ECC CH Tsing 15. Shek Lei 35. Lek Muk Shue CH ECC 36. Lai King CH 16. Cheung Ching ECC 37. Kwai Shing CH

17. Cheung Fat 38. Shek Yam CH ECC 39. Kwai Fong CH

40. Tsing Yi Estate CH

41. Cheung Hang CH

Caritas- 23. Tsuen Wan CC Hong Kong

Diocesan 24. S.K.H. Lady Welfare MacLehose CC Council

Tuen Mun Government 25. On Ting/Tau 18. Butterfly 42. Tuen Mun Town Oi CC Bay ECC Centre CH

19. Leung King 43. Tai Hing CH ECC 44. Shan King CH

45. Kin Shan CH

Yan Oi Tong 26. Yan Oi Tong Ltd. Community and Indoor Sports Centre - 243 - Appendix 10.1

Eligibility Criteria of the Social Security Schemes

I. COMPREHENSIVE SOCIAL SECURITY ASSISTANCE SCHEME

1.1 A person is eligible for Comprehensive Social Security Assistance if he :

(a) has insufficient income or other resources to cover basic and special needs; and

(b) has resided in Hong Kong for at least one year prior to application (excluding any person whose presence in Hong Kong is unlawful or any person admitted to Hong Kong for a purpose other than residence, for example, imported workers, visitors) [see Note (1)], and continues to reside in Hong Kong [see Note (2)].

1.2 In addition to the above, an applicant, aged between 15 and 59, has to further meet one of the following criteria:

(a) he is in ill health or having physical or mental disability; or

(b) he has a demonstrated need to remain at home to look after young children or sick or disabled family members; or

(c) he is receiving full-time education or vocational training (normally applicable to persons aged under 22); or

(d) he is in gainful employment; or

(e) if he is unemployed or is not earning a reasonable income as defined by the Department, he has registered with the Labour Department for employment assistance and has not declined an offer of a job without an acceptable reason.

Note (1): In exceptional circumstances of a case, the Director of Social Welfare may, at his discretion, grant assistance to an applicant who does not satisfy the above-mentioned residence requirement.

Note (2) : Temporary absence from Hong Kong not exceeding the permissible limits as specified below will not affect the amount of assistance payable to the recipients :

Elderly and disabled recipients - 180 days per year

Other recipients - 60 days per year (in exceptional circumstances of a case, this limit can be extended up to a maximum of 90 days a year) - 244 - Appendix 10.1 (Cont’ d)

1.3 With effect from 1 April 1997, elderly persons aged 60 or above are eligible to receive the portable comprehensive social security assistance should they choose to take up permanent residence in Guangdong, provided that the applicant meets the following criteria:

(a) he must be a permanent resident of Hong Kong and has resided in Hong Kong for at least seven years; and

(b) he must have received comprehensive social security assistance continuously for three years before application.

II. SOCIAL SECURITY ALLOWANCE SCHEME

Normal Old Age Allowance

2.1 Any person aged between 65-69 is eligible for normal old age allowance if he :

(a) has resided in Hong Kong for at least 1825 days (i.e. five years) since attaining the age of 60 [see Note (3)];

(b) continues to reside in Hong Kong [see Note (4)];

(c) is not in receipt of any other allowance under the Scheme;

(d) is not in receipt of assistance under the Comprehensive Social Security Assistance Scheme;

(e) is not imprisoned; and

(f) is not having an income or assets over the prescribed levels (see paragraph 2.2 of Appendix 10.2).

Note (3): For determining whether an applicant meets the 1825-day residence requirement, the applicant's absence from Hong Kong up to a maximum of 280 days is treated as residence in Hong Kong.

Note (4): Temporary absence from Hong Kong is allowed for up to 180 days a year. At the discretion of the Director of Social Welfare, a longer period of absence may be permitted if the recipient needs to receive medical treatment outside Hong Kong. In any case, the recipient has to be resident in Hong Kong for at least 90 days a year or he will not be entitled to any absence allowance.

Higher Old Age Allowance

2.2 Any person aged 70 or over is eligible for higher old age allowance provided that he has satisfied the eligibility criteria set out in paragraph 2.1 (a) - (e) above for normal old age allowance. - 245 - Appendix 10.1 (Cont’ d)

Normal Disability Allowance

2.3 Any person who is severely disabled, regardless of age, is eligible for normal disability allowance if he :

(a) has been in continuous residence in Hong Kong for at least one year immediately before claiming the allowance (in the case of a child under one year of age, the child should have lived in Hong Kong continuously since birth) [see Note (5)];

(b) continues to reside in Hong Kong [see Note (6)];

(c) has been certified by the Director of Health or the Chief Executive, Hospital Authority, or under exceptional circumstances by a registered medical practitioner of a private hospital, as severely disabled under the following conditions within the meaning of the Scheme for at least six months as defined below:

(i) Physically disabled, blind or other disabling condition

Being in a position broadly equivalent to a person with a 100% loss of earning capacity according to the criteria in the First Schedule of the Employees' Compensation Ordinance (Cap. 282), or suffering from such a condition, which produces a degree of disability broadly equivalent to a person with a 100% loss of earning capacity.

(ii) Profound deafness

Profound deafness is defined as perceptive or mixed deafness with a hearing loss of 85 decibels or more in the better ear for pure tone frequencies of 500, 1,000 and 2,000 cycles per second, or 75 to 85 decibels with other physical handicaps such as lack of speech and distortion of hearing.

(d) is not in receipt of any other allowance under the Scheme;

(e) is not in receipt of assistance under the Comprehensive Social Security Assistance Scheme; and

(f) is not imprisoned.

Note (5): Absence from Hong Kong up to a maximum of 56 days in the year is treated as residence in Hong Kong. - 246 - Appendix 10.1 (Cont’ d)

Note (6): Temporary absence from Hong Kong is allowed for up to 180 days a year. At the discretion of the Director of Social Welfare, a longer period of absence may be permitted if the recipient needs to receive medical treatment outside Hong Kong. In any case, the recipient has to be resident in Hong Kong for at least 90 days a year or he will not be entitled to any absence allowance.

Higher Disability Allowance

2.4 To qualify for higher disability allowance, in addition to meeting the criteria for normal disability allowance, a person must :

(a) be certified by the Director of Health or the Chief Executive, Hospital Authority, or under exceptional circumstances by a registered medical practitioner of a private hospital, to be in need of constant attendance; and

(b) not receiving residential care in a government or subvented institution or a medical institution under the Hospital Authority.

III. ACCIDENT COMPENSATION SCHEMES

Emergency Relief

3.1 Emergency relief is provided for victims of natural and other disasters such as tempest, fire, typhoon, flooding, rainstorm, landslide, house collapse, boat capsize, shipwreck, explosion and eviction from a dangerous building under Closure Orders.

Criminal and Law Enforcement Injuries Compensation Scheme

3.2 Persons who are injured, disabled or killed as a result of a crime of violence, or who are accidentally injured, disabled or killed by law enforcement officers in the execution of their duties, are eligible for compensation under this Scheme (payments are made to their dependants in the case of death), subject to satisfying the Criminal Injuries Compensation or the Law Enforcement Injuries Compensation Board that :

(a) the victim must be lawfully residing or temporarily staying in Hong Kong;

(b) the injuries were sustained in Hong Kong;

(c) the application must be made within 3 years from the date of the incident; - 247 - Appendix 10.1 (Cont’ d)

(d) for a re-application where the first claim for compensation had been made within 3 years of the date of the incident but the case was closed due to self-withdrawal or lost contact, the second or subsequent claim has been made either within 3 years of the date of the incident or within 1 year of the date of self-withdrawal or lost contact, whichever is later;

(e) the circumstances of the injury have been the subject of criminal proceedings, or were reported to the Police without unreasonable delay;

(f) in the case of a victim and the offender living together at the time of incident as members of the same family or as man and wife, the offender should have been prosecuted for the offence except where the Board considers otherwise;

(g) the injuries inflicted are sufficiently grave that sick leave of 3 days or more was recommended by registered medical practitioners. This rule does not apply to cases where the victim was killed or sustained permanent disability, or where the victim sustained injury as a result of resisting or preventing crime or making such attempts;

(h) for law enforcement injuries, the injury must have been inflicted by the use of a weapon by a law enforcement officer in the execution of his duties; and

(i) the applicant has given the Board all related information and reasonable assistance, particularly in relation to any medical reports which it may require.

Traffic Accident Victims Assistance Scheme

3.3 Any person who is a victim of a traffic accident (or his dependants in the case of his death) is eligible for cash assistance under this scheme without regard to the means of the family or to the element of fault in causing the accident. The scheme covers only traffic accidents as defined under the Traffic Accident Victims (Assistance Fund) Ordinance, Cap. 229. Eligibility criteria are as follows:

(a) the victim must be lawfully residing or temporarily staying in Hong Kong;

(b) the accident must have been reported to the Police;

(c) the application must be submitted within 6 months of the date of the accident;

(d) the injuries sustained are sufficiently grave that sick leave of 3 days or more is recommended by registered medical practitioners. This rule does not apply to cases where the victim was killed or sustained permanent disability; and - 248 - Appendix 10.1 (Cont’ d)

(e) the applicant must undertake to notify the Director of Social Welfare of any other claim or the bringing of any legal proceedings by him in respect of the accident, and to notify the person against whom the claim is made or proceedings instituted of the amount of money which has been received from the Director of Social Welfare. - 249 -

Appendix 10.2

The Level of Assistance of the Various Social Security Schemes and the Standards Under Which They Are Operated

I. COMPREHENSIVE SOCIAL SECURITY ASSISTANCE SCHEME

1.1 The Comprehensive Social Security Assistance Scheme is means-tested and non-contributory. The amount of assistance payable is calculated by taking into account the family's resources against the family's 'recognized' needs in terms of various types of payments which the family is entitled to under the Scheme (including standard rates, supplements and a wide range of special grants). The amount of assistance payable is the amount by which the total 'recognised' needs exceed the family's resources (including earnings, contributions and regular free meals received). In assessing the family's resources, the earnings of a person can be disregarded up to a certain amount (see paragraph 1.6 below).

Standard rates

1.2 (a) The standard rates for different categories of comprehensive social security assistance recipients are, effective from 1 April 1997, as follows:

Category Standard rate Single person Family member $ per month $ per month

Elderly person 2,060 1,920 aged 60 or above

Disabled adult

50% disabled 2,060 1,875 100% disabled 2,575 2,230 Requiring constant 3,775 3,425 attendance

Disabled child

50% disabled 2,750 2,395 100% disabled 3,265 2,915 Requiring constant 4,455 4,115 attendance

Able-bodied child 2,060 1,715 - 250 -

Appendix 10.2 (Cont’ d)

Able-bodied adult

Single parent or family carer - 1,875 Other adult 1,720 1,535 Adult in ill-health 2,060 1,875

(b) The payment rates are reviewed regularly to take account of inflation as reflected in the movement of the Social Security Assistance Index of Prices, to ensure that the true value of the cash assistance is maintained. The following inflationary adjustments in the payment rates have been made since 1992 :

Effective Date %

1.4.1992 10.7 1.4.1993 9.0 1.4.1994 7.7 1.4.1995 8.5 1.4.1996 7.0 1.4.1997 6.5

Social Security Assistance Index of Prices

1.3 The Social Security Assistance Index of Prices reflects the aggregate change in the prices of the essential items in food, clothing, fuel, foot-wear, etc. every month. The relative importance of the items to the comprehensive social security assistance households is taken into account by using a set of weights. Based on the findings of the Household Expenditure Survey on Comprehensive Social Security Assistance Recipients (1994-95), the weights are as follows :

Weights (in percentage) Section of Commodity/Services 1994/95-based (%)

Food 69.15 Fuel & light 7.49 Alcoholic drinks and tobacco 3.59 Clothing & footwear 3.49 Durable goods 1.87 Miscellaneous goods 7.01 Transport 3.89 Miscellaneous services 3.51 100.00 - 251 -

Appendix 10.2 (Cont’ d)

Long Term Supplement

1.4 An annual supplement is given to those who have been receiving comprehensive social security assistance continuously for 12 months to meet the extra costs incurred for the replacement of household and durable goods. The rates effective from 1.4.1997 are $1,530 for a single person, $3,060 for a family with 2 - 4 members, and $4,305 for a family with 5 or more members.

Single Parent Supplement

1.5 A monthly supplement of $245 is payable to single parent families to meet the special difficulties which single parents face in bringing up a family.

Disregarded Earnings

1.6 (a) For those aged 60 and above and those who are not required to register with the Labour Department as a condition of receiving comprehensive social security assistance, their first $430 and half of the next $2,580 of their earnings are disregarded. The maximum amount of earnings to be disregarded is, therefore, $1,720 per month. Any earnings in excess of $3,010 per month are taken fully into account as assessable income.

(b) The disregarded earnings provision is also applicable to able-bodied recipients aged 15 - 59 in regular employment. An able-bodied adult earning no less than $3,100 and working no less than 120 hours per month is considered to be in regular employment. The maximum level of disregarded earnings is also $1,720.

(c) To provide the elderly, the disabled and family carers with a greater incentive to secure a full-time job with a view to achieving self sufficiency, their first month's income will be disregarded if they secure a full-time job.

Rent Allowance

1.7 (a) A rent allowance is payable under the Comprehensive Social Security Assistance Scheme. The amount of rent allowance is the actual rent paid or the highest rent allowance under the Scheme, whichever is the less. The maximum rent allowance payable with effect from 1.4.1997 are as follows : - 252 -

Appendix 10.2 (Cont’ d)

For single person 1,420

For a family of :

two eligible members 2,860

three eligible members 3,730

four eligible members 3,970

five eligible members 3,975

six and more eligible members 4,970

(b) Comprehensive social security assistance recipients who are in genuine need of housing assistance can be referred to the Housing Department for compassionate rehousing.

(c) Rent allowance above the maximum level can be considered for cases waitlisted for compassionate rehousing or awaiting admission to subvented residential institutions.

Special Grants 1.8 In addition to rent allowance, special grants are payable to meet other special needs arising from old age, disability, personal or family circumstances. Details are given in Appendix 10.3.

Free Medical Treatment

1.9 Each successful applicant is given a Certificate of Comprehensive Social Security Assistance Recipient (for Medical Waiver) which contains the particulars of the applicant and other eligible members of the family, if any. With this Certificate, the applicant and any other eligible member of his/her family can obtain free medical treatment at a public hospital or clinic.

Application Procedure

2.0 Applications for assistance can be made directly to a social security field unit by telephone, by post or in person or through a referral by a non-governmental organization or another government department. For urgent cases, cash payment may be arranged to be paid to the applicant at the social security field unit immediately after the investigation has been completed. - 253 -

Appendix 10.2 (Cont’ d)

II. SOCIAL SECURITY ALLOWANCE SCHEME

2.1 This Scheme comprises normal old age allowance, higher old age allowance, normal disability allowance and higher disability allowance, all of which are non-contributory. With the exception of the normal old age allowance, allowances payable under the Scheme are non-means-tested. The payment rates of the allowances, as specified below, took effect on 1 April 1997.

Normal Old Age Allowance

2.2 The rate of the allowance is $595 per month. To qualify for the allowance, applicants are required to make a simple declaration that their income and assets do not exceed the following levels :

Single person Married couple Income per month $5,200 $8,420

Assets value $161,000 $242,000

Higher Old Age Allowance 2.3 The rate of the allowance is $675 per month.

Normal Disability Allowance 2.4 The rate of the allowance is $1,200 per month.

Higher Disability Allowance 2.5 The rate of the allowance is $2,400 per month, which is twice the amount of the normal disability allowance.

III. EMERGENCY RELIEF

3.1 In carrying out this programme, the Department :

(a) registers and provides emergency relief in the form of hot meals or dry rations, blankets, ground mats, eating utensils, and toilet articles as soon as possible to all in need. Where circumstances justify, cash payment in lieu of food may be considered. The maximum period of emergency feeding is normally 14 days.

(b) liaises with the Housing Department and the Home Affairs Department to arrange temporary shelters; and - 254 -

Appendix 10.2 (Cont’ d)

(c) arranges payments of burial grant, injury grant, interim maintenance grant, disability grant and death grant as appropriate from the Emergency Relief Fund as soon as practicable to families whose members suffered death or personal injuries as a result of the disaster. Grants are made from the Emergency Relief Fund established under the Emergency Relief Fund Ordinance (Cap 1103).

3.2 A schedule of rates of cash payments under the Emergency Relief Fund is at Appendix 10.4.

IV. CRIMINAL AND LAW ENFORCEMENT INJURIES COMPENSATION SCHEME

4.1 Criminal Injuries Compensation Scheme

(a) This Scheme, which is non-means-tested and non-contributory, is administered by a Board which assesses eligibility for compensation on the same basis and at the same rates as those applicable under the Emergency Relief Fund for the disbursement of grants to assist victims of natural disasters (see paragraph 3.2 above).

(b) The Board has the power to refuse a claim, or to reduce the amount of payment, if the victim’ s conduct or character and way of life were considered to have contributed to his own injury. The Board has the discretion to increase the award on the basis of the Emergency Relief Fund scale by up to 100% in excess of the scales, if the victim was killed or injured when taking positive steps to prevent crime or help in the arrest or prosecution of an offender or suspect, or the applicant was the victim of rape, or the victim was killed or injured by bullets not fired by a law enforcement officer in a police-criminal shoot-out.

4.2 Law Enforcement Injuries Compensation Scheme

(a) This Scheme, non-means-tested and non-contributory, is administered by a Board which assesses the compensation payable to a person killed or injured by a law enforcement officer using weapons in the execution of his duty. Compensation is either the amount of compensation that would have been payable under the Criminal Injuries Compensation Scheme, or the amount he would have been awarded as damages at common law, whichever is the greater. - 255 -

Appendix 10.2 (Cont’ d)

(b) The Board has the power to refuse a claim, or to reduce the amount of payment, if the victim's conduct or criminal activity contributed to his own injury. The Board also has the discretion to increase the award on the basis of the Emergency Relief Fund scale by up to 100% in excess of the scales if the victim was killed or injured when taking positive steps to prevent crime or help in the arrest or prosecution of an offender or suspect.

V. TRAFFIC ACCIDENT VICTIMS ASSISTANCE SCHEME

5.1 The Scheme, set up in May 1979, is non-means-tested. It aims at providing speedy financial help to traffic accident victims, or to their dependants in the case of death, regardless of who is at fault in causing the accident. Payments are made on the same basis and at the same rates as those applicable under the Emergency Relief Fund for personal injury or death (see paragraph 3.2 above); damage to property is not included. Beneficiaries who receive other compensation in respect of the same accident will be required to refund either the payments they have received from the Scheme or the amount of compensation awarded, whichever is the less.

5.2 Grants are made from the Traffic Accident Victims Assistance Fund governed by the Traffic Accident Victims (Assistance Fund) Ordinance (Cap. 229). The Fund is financed by :-

(a) levies on vehicle licences;

(b) levies on driving licences; and

(c) contribution from general revenue.

VI. OTHER WELFARE NEEDS

6.1 Identification of other welfare needs is part of the administration of the social security schemes. Where there are other needs requiring attention, follow-up action will be taken to ensure that these needs are also attended to. - 256 - Appendix 10.3

Major Special Grants Payable to Recipients under the Comprehensive Social Security Assistance Scheme

Type of Grant Current rate

(I) Standard Special Grants

(a) Housing and related grants

(1) Rent allowance $1,420 to $4,970 per month (see paragraph 1.7 of Appendix 10.2 for more details)

(2) Water/sewage charge Up to a maximum of $20.3 per person per month allowance

(3) Grant for rent deposit Up to two times of the appropriate maximum rent allowance

(4) Grant for electricity, water Actual expenses and gas deposits for accommodation in public housing

(5) Domestic removal grant Up to a maximum of $23,780 depending on the type of housing and the size of the family

(6) Grant to cover telephone Actual fees charged (payable to families installation fee and monthly demonstrating a genuine need for a telephone, e.g. telephone charges families with school children or elderly/disabled persons living alone)

(7) Grant to cover emergency Installation fee : up to a maximum of $2,500; or alarm system for elderly recipients Monthly service charge : up to a maximum of $100 per month.

(8) Grant for renewal of Actual expenses electrical wiring

(b) Family grant

(1) Grant for a new-born baby Up to a maximum of $1,370

(2) Burial grant Up to a maximum of 11,190

(3) Grant to cover fares to Actual expenses (usually by the cheapest means of hospital/clinic and other available transport) essential travelling expenses - 257 - Appendix 10.3 (Cont’ d)

(4) Grant for a young person for Up to a maximum of $1,370 taking up a first job after leaving school

(5) Grant to cover fees charged by An amount to enable the customer to pay private elderly institutions monthly fees up to $7,177 subject to the prescribed criteria being met

(6) Chinese New Year grant for $210 per year (normally paid before Chinese elderly recipients New Year)

(7) Grant for recreational and social $340 per year (normally paid in April or May) activities for elderly recipients

(c) Medical and rehabilitation grants

(1) Extra diet allowance Higher rate : $760 per month Lower rate : $400 per month

(2) Grant to cover one-off and Actual expenses subject to medical recurrent costs of medical, recommendation rehabilitation, surgical appliances and hygienic items

(3) Grants to cover costs of glasses Actual expenses and dental treatment

(4) Care and attention allowance Up to a $3,915 per month (or more in exceptional cases) subject to medical certification and a social worker’ s recommendation

(5) Grant to cover the charge for Actual fees charged less a portion of the respite service standard rate

(6) Grant to cover the medical Actual fees examination fee for admission to a subvented residential institution

(7) Grant to cover the annual medical Up to a maximum of $200 examination fee for elderly recipients in residential care homes

(8) Grant to cover fees for home help Actual service charge (cost of meals service excluded) - 258 - Appendix 10.3 (Cont’ d)

(d) Child-care grants

(1) Grant to cover baby-sitting Up to a general maximum of $2,610 per charges month (or more in exceptional cases)

(2) Grant to cover fees for Creche : Up to a maximum of $4,260 per attending a day creche/day month nursery Day Nursery : Up to a maximum of $2,500 per month

(3) Grant to cover maintenance Up to a maximum of $2,610 per month (the payment to a relative or friend child will be paid a miscellaneous expense for the provision of board and rate instead of a standard rate) lodging for a child

(4) Grant to cover charges for Actual fees occasional child care services provided by aided day nurseries on half-day of full-day basis

(5) Grant to cover after-school- Actual fees charged by non-profit-making care programme agencies with a social worker’ s recommendation

(e) School grants

(1) Grant to cover school fees Actual fees except for kindergarten fees of which the maximum levels are :

full-day kindergarten : $1,822 per month half-day kindergarten : $894 per month

(2) Meal allowance for full-day $210 per month students taking lunch away from home

(3) Grant to cover fares to school Actual expenses(normally by the cheapest means of available transport)

(4) Grant to cover Hong Kong Actual fees Certificate of Education Examination and Hong Kong Advanced Level Examination fees - 259 - Appendix 10.3 (Cont’ d)

(5) Grant for selected items for As from the 1996/97 school year, a flat-rate school related expenses (i.e. grant is payable to full time students up to books, stationery, school the upper secondary level for selected items uniforms, miscellaneous and of school related expenses. The rates for minor one-off expenses) 1997/98 school year are as follows :

Rate Level of per student (per year) education Full grant ($)

Day nursery 1,290

Kindergarten 2,945

Primary 2,600

Lower secondary 3,950 (secondary 1-3)

Upper secondary 3,330 (including technical/commercial institutes)

II. Discretionary Special Grant

Discretionary special grants are meant to cover any special needs not covered by standard special grants or other provisions, which, in the opinion of the Director of Social Welfare, are essential and fully justified in a particular case (for example, a discretionary special grant to meet the cost of essential household effects for a street- sleeper who is offered a public housing unit). These grants may be made only under exceptional circumstances on the merits of individual cases and at the discretion of the Director of Social Welfare. - 260 - Appendix 10.4

EMERGENCY RELIEF FUND CHAPTER 1103 OF THE LAWS OF HONG KONG PAYMENT OF GRANTS (effective from 15 August 1997)

(1) (2) (3) Type of Payment Level of Grant Condition of Grant

A. Grants in respect of Death or Personal Injury

1. Burial Grant $11,190 per person. If the burial expenses were paid whether in full or in part by Government (such as under the Comprehensive Social Security Assistance Scheme) or by one of the charitable funds, then the amount of Grant shall be reduced by the amount of such payment. 2. Death Grant

a) Loss of the sole $92,700 for one If the beneficiary is an adult wage earner where dependent family member who is mentally unsound or there are dependents plus $7,725 for each found unconscious or is a additional dependent minor without surviving family member, up to a parent or legal guardian, maximum of $131,325. payments will be made on the advice of the Social Welfare Department.

b) Loss of a wage $46,350 for one earner where there dependent family member are dependents and plus $7,725 for each another wage earner additional dependent remaining in the family member, up to a family maximum of $84,975.

c) Loss of a parent who $46,350 for one child was not a wage under 15 plus $7,725 for earner where there each additional child are children under under 15, up to a 15 years of age maximum of $84,975. - 261 - Appendix 10.4 (Cont’ d)

(1) (2) (3) Type of Payment Level of Grant Condition of Grant

3. Disability Grant Up to a maximum of $111,240, abated to 2/3 for persons aged 60 and over, discounted on account of degree of disability as provided for under the Employees’ Compensation Ordinance.

4. Injury Grant $538 up to a maximum of For cases where the injury $44,570 depending on period is 7 days or more gravity of injury. before death - a) injury grant is payable; b) it is payable to the victim or to his family after his death as appropriate.

Injury grant should cease from the date on which the victim becomes eligible for the disability grant, or upon the death of the victim.

5. Interim Maintenance Up to $7,725 per month In case of incapacity of a Grant for up to six months (one wage earner or a non-wage- month is regarded as 30 earning parent where there days). are children under 15 years of age. Payment of this grant should cease upon the death of the victim. B. Other Grants Apart from the above mentioned grants, there are other grants investigated and paid by other agent departments, namely the Housing Department, the Marine Department, and the Agriculture and Fisheries Department. These grants include domestic re-accommodation, re- equipment, site formation and repair grants, and grant for extensive damage to household appliances, grants for the repair or replacement of vessels and fishing gear, primary producer grants, and special grants. - 262 - Appendix 11.1

Existing Services on Modified Standard Cost Subvention

Family Welfare Family Casework Foster Care Family Life Education Small Group Home Residential Nursery/Creche Home Help Children’ s Home Boy’ s Home/Hostel & Girls’ Home Girls’ Hostel Halfway Home for Boys

Young People School Social Work Outreaching Social Work Children Centre Youth Centre Children Centre + Study/Reading Room Youth Centre + Study/Reading Room Children and Youth Centre

Elderly Social Centre for the Elderly Day Care Centre for the Elderly Multi-service Centre for the Elderly Elderly Home/Hostel with meal places Pool Bus

Rehabilitation Special Child Care Centre Residential Special Child Care Centre Halfway House for Discharged Mental Patients

Community Development Community Centre Neighbourhood Level Community Development Project

Support Central Administration - 263 - Appendix 11.2

Subventions for Recurrent Expenditure by Programme Areas, 1995/96 and 1997/98

1995/96 1996/97 1997/98 Programme area expenditure expenditure expenditure ($ Mn) ($ Mn) ($ Mn)

Family & child welfare 595.7 718.3 818.8

Elderly & medical social services 897.0 1,115.3 1,302.8

Young people 694.9 778.7 858.0

Offenders 28.8 33.2 36.9

Rehabilitation 804.2 1,010.2 1,218.1

Community development 137.4 150.9 159.6

Support 167.2 183.6 203.5

Social Security 0.3 0.4 0.4

Total 3,325.5 3,990.6 4,598.1 ======- 264 - Appendix 11.3

Lotteries Fund Allocations by Programme Areas, 1995/96 and 1997/98

1995/96 1996/97 1997/98 Programme area allocations allocations allocations ($ Mn) ($ Mn) ($ Mn)

Family & child welfare 259.8 68.1 222.8

Elderly services 390.4 405.2 299.9

Young people 27.7 25.2 58.4

Offenders 0.7 0.9 0.5

Rehabilitation 215.6 115.6 183.6

Community development 1.7 4.2 6.2

Support 4.1 1.8 29.7

Total 900.0 621.0 801.1 ======- 265 - Appendix 11.4

Extracted from Social Welfare Manpower Planning System Report No. 10

Projections for Degree Graduates

For degree graduates, there would be a surplus for 1997/98 to 1999/2000 and a shortfall for 2000/01 to 2001/02

Financial Year 1997/98 1998/99 1999/2000 2000/01 2001/02

New Supply of Degree Graduates

(Year of Graduation) (1997) (1998) (1999) (2000) (2001) (a) Graduates of local TIs for the year 465 474 456 436 484 (b) Voluntary non-entrants 74 76 73 70 77 (c) New entrants with overseas qualification 20 20 20 20 20

Total [i.e. (a) - (b) + (c)] 411 418 403 386 427

New Demand for ASWO and above plus SWP in TIs

(d) Net additional staff requirement 220 145 235 250 268 (e) Replacement for wastage 133 140 146 155 164

Total [i.e. (d) + (e)] 353 285 381 405 432

Shortfall (-) / Surplus of Supply

At end of individual years (supply less demand) 58 133 22 -19 -5

Estimated Strength

At end of the year 3,918 4,063 4,298 4,548 4,816 - 266 - Appendix 11.5

Extracted from Social Welfare Manpower Planning System Report No. 10

Projections for Diploma Graduates

There would be a surplus of diploma graduates for 1997/98 to 2001/02

Financial Year 1997/98 1998/99 1999/2000 2000/01 2001/02

New Supply of Diploma Graduates

(Year of Graduation) (1997) (1998) (1999) (2000) (2001) (a) Graduates of local TIs for the year 694 693 709 616 622 (b) Voluntary non-entrants 101 101 104 90 91 (c) Students holding posts of SWA grade 11 2 1 2 #

Total [i.e. (a) - (b) - (c)] 582 590 604 524 531

New Demand for SWA and above

(d) Net additional staff requirement 231 168 161 172 184 (e) Replacement for wastage 254 278 292 306 321

Total [i.e. (d) + (e)] 485 446 453 478 505

Shortfall (-) / Surplus of Supply

At end of individual years (supply less demand) 97 144 151 46 26

Estimated Strength

At end of the year 3,183 3,351 3,512 3,684 3,868

Note : # Unknown - 267 - Appendix 11.6

Research studies completed from 1995/96 to 1997/98 and data systems developed/maintained in 1997/98

I. Research studies completed by Social Welfare Department in 1995/96

1. 1994/95 Household Expenditure Survey (HES) on Comprehensive Social Security Assistance (CSSA) and Social Security Allowance Households jointly conducted with Census & Statistics Department

2. CSSA Customer Opinion Survey

3. Study of Applicants for Traffic Accident Victims Assistance in 1993/94

4. Study of Fee Assistance Cases in Day Nurseries and Day Creches

5. Survey of Street Sleepers 1994

6. Study of CSSA Recipients 1994

II. Research studies completed by Social Welfare Department in 1996/97

1. Study of CSSA Recipients 1995

2. Survey of Street Sleepers 1996

3. Departmental Hotline Services Customer Opinion Survey

III. Research studies completed by Social Welfare Department in 1997/98

1. Study of CSSA Recipients 1996

2. Survey on Customer Opinion on Traffic Accident Victims Assistance Scheme

3. Research Study on CSSA Elderly Recipients

4. Survey on Employment Situation of 1997 Social Work Graduates - 268 - Appendix 11.6 (Cont’d)

IV.Data systems developed/maintained by Social Welfare Department in 1997/98

1. Central Referral System for the Aged Blind

2. Central Referral System for the Discharged Mental Patients

3. Central Referral System for the Elderly

4. Central Referral System for the Physically Handicapped, Mentally Handicapped, Deaf and Blind Clients

5. Co-ordinated Referral System for Disabled Pre-schoolers

6. DSW Wards/Wards of High Court Registry

7. Integrated Law and Order Statistical System - SWD Sub-system

8. Planned Welfare Projects Registry

9. Private Elderly Homes Registry

10. Registry on Clients Enrolled in Sheltered Workshops and Day Activity Centres

11. Social Welfare Manpower Planning System

12. Street Sleepers Registry

V. Research studies completed by the Research Department, HKCSS in 1995/96

1. Survey on Employment Situation of Person with Disabilities in Welfare Organizations.

2. A study on the Utility Theory and Adolescent Drug Abuse.

3. Public Attitudes towards Mental Health Problems and Mental Patients in HK.

4. Role of community works in working with people with employment difficulties.

5. Asian Experience in the Paths out of Poverty: Economic Development, Human Investment and Others. - 269 - Appendix 11.6

VI. Research studies completed by the Research Department, HKCSS in 1996/97

1. Uniformed Group Service and Youth Development - Research on Effectiveness of Uniformed Group Service

2. Survey on Utilization of the Internet among Member Agencies of the HK Council of Social Service.

3. Survey on Mainland - Hong Kong Exchange Activities 1995 - 96 among Member Agencies of the Hong Kong Council of Social Service.

4. Comparative Study of Treatment Programmes for Drug Abusers and Follow-up of Programmes Graduates in Hong Kong Phase I: Operational Analysis of Drug Treatment Programmes.

5. General Characteristics of Rooftop Dwellers and their Awareness of Related Government Policy.

6. A Study on Marital Problem 1994: CIS for Family Counselling and Casework Service.

7. Study on Alternative Education Opportunities for the Youth

VII. Research Studies completed by the Research Department. HKCSS in 1997/98

Comparative Study of Treatment Programmes for Drug Abusers and Follow-up of Programmes Graduates in Hong Kong. Phase II : Clients Characteristics and Their Reasons of Admission to Treatment Programes

1. Research on the Role of Community Workers in Working with People with employment difficulties

2. Second Survey on Knowledge/Attitude on AIDS Among Social Welfare Personnel

3. Survey on Mainland-Hong Kong Exchange activities 1996-97 among Member Agencies of the Hong Kong Council of Social Service

4. Survey on Needs and Service Utilisation Among Lower Income Households in Rural Areas

5. Utilisation of Health Care Services and Social Services by Neurotic Patients and Their Service Needs - 270 - Appendix 11.6 (Cont’ d)

VIII. Information systems developed/maintained by the Research Department, HKCSS

1. Social Research Index 1997 - CD-ROM Version.

2. Directory of Social Services 1997 - CD-ROM Version.

3. Reference Index on Pilot Project 1993.

4. Clientele Information Systems - 7 sub-systems.

5. Social Welfare Statistics 1997 - CD-ROM Version.

6. Computerized CIS Outreaching Social Work Service Sub-system.

7. Computerized CIS Elderly Service Sub-system.

8. Computerized Community Centre Data Management System.

9. Computerized CIS C&Y Centre Sub-system, under construction.

10. Computerized CIS Home Help Sub-system, under construction.

11. Computerized Integrated Team for Youth Services Data Collection System.

12. Computerized Summer Youth Programme Data Management System.